WO2022042772A1 - Mobile terminal control method, and mobile terminal - Google Patents

Mobile terminal control method, and mobile terminal Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022042772A1
WO2022042772A1 PCT/CN2021/125904 CN2021125904W WO2022042772A1 WO 2022042772 A1 WO2022042772 A1 WO 2022042772A1 CN 2021125904 W CN2021125904 W CN 2021125904W WO 2022042772 A1 WO2022042772 A1 WO 2022042772A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
antenna
state
mobile terminal
reflection coefficient
mobile phone
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/125904
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
周大为
刘亮
李元鹏
于亚芳
Original Assignee
荣耀终端有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 荣耀终端有限公司 filed Critical 荣耀终端有限公司
Publication of WO2022042772A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022042772A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01QANTENNAS, i.e. RADIO AERIALS
    • H01Q1/00Details of, or arrangements associated with, antennas
    • H01Q1/52Means for reducing coupling between antennas; Means for reducing coupling between an antenna and another structure
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/02Constructional features of telephone sets
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/02Constructional features of telephone sets
    • H04M1/0202Portable telephone sets, e.g. cordless phones, mobile phones or bar type handsets
    • H04M1/026Details of the structure or mounting of specific components
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/72Mobile telephones; Cordless telephones, i.e. devices for establishing wireless links to base stations without route selection
    • H04M1/724User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones
    • H04M1/72448User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones with means for adapting the functionality of the device according to specific conditions
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/72Mobile telephones; Cordless telephones, i.e. devices for establishing wireless links to base stations without route selection
    • H04M1/724User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones
    • H04M1/72448User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones with means for adapting the functionality of the device according to specific conditions
    • H04M1/72454User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones with means for adapting the functionality of the device according to specific conditions according to context-related or environment-related conditions
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/72Mobile telephones; Cordless telephones, i.e. devices for establishing wireless links to base stations without route selection
    • H04M1/725Cordless telephones
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M2250/00Details of telephonic subscriber devices
    • H04M2250/12Details of telephonic subscriber devices including a sensor for measuring a physical value, e.g. temperature or motion

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present application relate to the technical field of terminals, and in particular, to a control method of a mobile terminal and a mobile terminal.
  • mobile terminals such as mobile phones
  • mobile terminals have gradually become an indispensable part of people's lives, and also provide great convenience for people's work.
  • the held state of the mobile terminal is often used as the basis for adjusting various parameters of the mobile terminal, so as to improve the user experience of the mobile terminal.
  • the state in which the mobile terminal is held may include multiple holding states such as a bilateral holding state, a left unilateral holding state, a right unilateral holding state, and a free space (FS) state.
  • a bilateral holding state such as a bilateral holding state, a left unilateral holding state, a right unilateral holding state, and a free space (FS) state.
  • FS free space
  • detecting the holding state of the mobile terminal by the sensor provided on the side of the mobile terminal has the following problems: (1) the additional sensor will increase the cost; (2) the antenna is usually provided on the side of the mobile terminal, if the Setting the sensor in this locale may affect the performance of the antenna.
  • the present application provides a control method of a mobile terminal and a mobile terminal, which can improve the accuracy of identifying the holding state of the mobile terminal, thereby optimizing the performance of the mobile terminal.
  • the present application provides a method for controlling a mobile terminal, which can be applied to a mobile terminal.
  • a first antenna and a second antenna are respectively provided in the frame on opposite sides of the mobile terminal.
  • the mobile terminal can acquire the first reflection coefficient of the first antenna at the first working frequency and the second reflection coefficient of the second antenna at the second working frequency.
  • the first reflection coefficient and the second reflection coefficient are vectors used to characterize the amplitude and phase of the corresponding signals.
  • the mobile terminal may calculate the vector distances between the first reflection coefficients and the plurality of third reflection coefficients of the first antenna, respectively, and calculate the vector distances between the second reflection coefficients and the plurality of fourth reflection coefficients of the second antenna, respectively.
  • the plurality of third reflection coefficients include the reflection coefficients of the first antenna at the first operating frequency when the first antenna is in different states; the plurality of fourth reflection coefficients include the second antenna when the second antenna is in different states Reflection coefficient at the second operating frequency.
  • the mobile terminal may compare each calculated vector distance with a preset distance threshold to obtain a comparison result, and control the mobile terminal according to the comparison result. The comparison result is used to indicate the holding state of the mobile terminal.
  • the impedance of the antenna is different, and the reflection coefficient of the antenna is different.
  • the vector distances between the first reflection coefficient of the first antenna and the different third reflection coefficients are different, and the vector distances between the second reflection coefficient and the different fourth reflection coefficients are different.
  • the vector distance between the first reflection coefficient and the third reflection coefficient when the first antenna is in one state is less than the preset distance threshold, it indicates that the first antenna is more likely to be in this state.
  • the vector distance between the second reflection coefficient and the fourth reflection coefficient when the second antenna is in one state is less than the preset distance threshold, it indicates that the second antenna is more likely to be in this state.
  • the states of the first antenna and the second antenna disposed on the opposite side frames of the mobile terminal may be different. In this way, the state of the first antenna and the state of the second antenna can determine the holding state of the mobile terminal.
  • the accuracy of identifying the holding state of the mobile terminal can be improved. Then, by controlling the mobile terminal according to the holding state of the mobile terminal, the performance of the mobile terminal can be optimized.
  • the vector distance of any two reflection coefficients is the distance of the two reflection coefficients on the Smith chart.
  • the first antenna and the second antenna can support the mobile terminal to recognize the holding state of the mobile terminal when the mobile terminal is in a vertical screen state.
  • the above-mentioned first antenna is arranged on the left side frame of the mobile terminal
  • the second antenna is arranged on the right side frame of the mobile terminal.
  • the opposite side borders of the mobile terminal are the left border of the mobile terminal and the right border of the mobile terminal.
  • the first antenna and the second antenna may support the mobile terminal to recognize the holding state of the mobile terminal in a landscape screen scenario.
  • the above-mentioned first antenna is arranged on the upper side frame of the mobile terminal
  • the second antenna is arranged on the lower side frame of the mobile terminal.
  • the opposite side frames of the mobile terminal are an upper frame of the mobile terminal and a lower frame of the mobile terminal.
  • the states of the first antenna and the second antenna may include a first state and a second state.
  • the first state is a state corresponding to the antenna when the side frame where the corresponding antenna is located is not held; the second state is a state corresponding to the antenna when the side frame where the corresponding antenna is located is held.
  • the first state of the first antenna is the state of the first antenna when the side frame where the first antenna is located is not held.
  • the second state of the first antenna is the state of the first antenna when the side frame where the first antenna is located is held.
  • the first state of the second antenna is the state of the second antenna when the side frame where the second antenna is located is not held.
  • the second state of the second antenna is the state of the second antenna when the side frame where the second antenna is located is held.
  • the above-mentioned plurality of third reflection coefficients include: when the first antenna is in the first state, the reflection coefficient of the first antenna at the first working frequency; and when the first antenna is in the second state, the first antenna is at the first working frequency reflection coefficient.
  • the above-mentioned plurality of fourth reflection coefficients include: when the second antenna is in the first state, the reflection coefficient of the second antenna at the second working frequency; and when the second antenna is in the second state, the second antenna is at the second working frequency reflection coefficient.
  • the holding state of the mobile terminal may include a double-sided holding state, a free space (Free Space, FS) state, a first one-sided holding state, and a second one-sided holding state holding state.
  • FS Free Space
  • the above comparison result indicates that the mobile terminal is in a double-sided holding state.
  • the mobile terminal is in the self-FS state.
  • the mobile terminal is in the first one-sided holding state.
  • the mobile terminal is in the second one-sided holding state.
  • the above-mentioned two-sided holding state is a state in which both sides of the frame on the opposite sides of the mobile terminal are held by the user.
  • the first one-side holding state is a state in which the first side frame is held by the user and the second side frame is not held by the user among the opposite side frames of the mobile terminal.
  • the above-mentioned second one-side holding state is a state in which the second side frame of the opposite side frames of the mobile terminal is held by the user, and the first side frame is not held by the user.
  • the first side frame is the left frame of the mobile terminal
  • the second side frame is the right frame of the mobile terminal.
  • the first side frame is the upper frame of the mobile terminal
  • the second side frame is the lower frame of the mobile terminal.
  • the mobile terminal compares each calculated vector distance with a preset distance threshold to obtain a comparison result, including: if the first reflection coefficient and the first antenna are in the second The vector distance of the third reflection coefficient in the state is smaller than the preset distance threshold, and the vector distance between the second reflection coefficient and the fourth reflection coefficient when the second antenna is in the second state is smaller than the preset distance threshold, then the above comparison result indicates that the The mobile terminal is held on both sides.
  • the vector distance between the first reflection coefficient and the third reflection coefficient when the first antenna is in the second state is less than the preset distance threshold, it means that the first reflection coefficient is close to the first antenna in the Smith chart.
  • the third reflection coefficient in the second state In this case, the probability of the first antenna being in the second state is high.
  • the vector distance between the second reflection coefficient and the fourth reflection coefficient when the second antenna is in the second state is smaller than the preset distance threshold, it means that the second reflection coefficient on the Smith chart is close to that when the second antenna is in the second state Fourth reflection coefficient. In this case, the possibility that the second antenna is in the second state is high.
  • both the first antenna and the second antenna are in the second state, the mobile terminal is in a double-sided holding state.
  • the bilateral holding state reference may be made to the introduction in the above possible design manners, which will not be repeated here.
  • the mobile terminal in a bilateral holding state can be divided into the following two situations: Case (1): the mobile terminal is in a bilateral holding state in a head-hand model scenario.
  • the head-hand model scenario is a scenario in which the mobile terminal is held on both sides and a voice call is made.
  • the hand model scenario is a scenario in which the mobile terminal is held on both sides but no voice call is being made.
  • the mobile terminal can judge that the mobile terminal is in the head-hand mode scene or the hand mode scene by the receiver (Receiver) of the mobile terminal being in the ON state or the OFF state.
  • the method of the present application may further include: the mobile terminal judging whether the receiver of the mobile terminal is in an open state; if the receiver is in an open state, the mobile terminal is in a head-hand mode scene; Or, if the receiver is in a closed state, the mobile terminal is in a hand mode scene.
  • the mobile terminal compares each calculated vector distance with a preset distance threshold to obtain a comparison result, including: if the first reflection coefficient and the first antenna are in the second When the vector distance of the third reflection coefficient in the state is less than the preset distance threshold, and the vector distance between the second reflection coefficient and the fourth reflection coefficient when the second antenna is in the first state is less than the preset distance threshold, the above comparison result indicates the movement The terminal is in the first one-sided holding state.
  • the first one-sided holding state reference may be made to the introduction in the above possible design manners, which will not be repeated here.
  • the vector distance between the first reflection coefficient and the third reflection coefficient when the first antenna is in the second state is less than the preset distance threshold, it means that the first reflection coefficient is close to the first antenna in the Smith chart.
  • the third reflection coefficient in the second state In this case, the probability of the first antenna being in the second state is high.
  • the vector distance between the second reflection coefficient and the fourth reflection coefficient when the second antenna is in the first state is smaller than the preset distance threshold, it means that the second reflection coefficient on the Smith chart is close to that when the second antenna is in the first state Fourth reflection coefficient. In this case, the possibility that the second antenna is in the first state is high. If the first antenna is in the second state and the second antenna is in the first state, then the mobile terminal is in the first one-sided holding state.
  • the holding state of the mobile terminal may also include the first A SAR test status.
  • the first SAR test state is a state in which the distance between the first side frame of the mobile terminal and the human body test model is 0 mm.
  • the first one-sided holding state and the first SAR test state are indistinguishable. That is, if the vector distance between the first reflection coefficient and the third reflection coefficient when the first antenna is in the second state is less than the preset distance threshold, and the second reflection coefficient and the fourth reflection when the second antenna is in the first state If the vector distance of the coefficient is smaller than the preset distance threshold, the mobile terminal may be in the first one-sided holding state, or may be in the first SAR test state.
  • the first side frame reference may be made to the introduction in the above possible design manners, which will not be repeated here.
  • the mobile terminal can distinguish the above-mentioned first one-sided holding state or the first SAR test through the third antenna disposed on the back of the mobile terminal, or the change of the first reflection coefficient and the second reflection coefficient in a preset time period condition.
  • the mobile terminal may distinguish the above-mentioned first one-sided holding state and the first SAR test state through the third antenna disposed on the back of the mobile terminal.
  • the mobile terminal further includes a third antenna, and the third antenna is disposed on the back of the mobile terminal.
  • the above-mentioned mobile terminal compares each calculated vector distance with a preset distance threshold to obtain a comparison result, including: if the vector distance between the first reflection coefficient and the third reflection coefficient when the first antenna is in the second state is less than the preset distance threshold, and the vector distance between the second reflection coefficient and the fourth reflection coefficient when the second antenna is in the first state is less than the preset distance threshold, the mobile terminal detects the fifth reflection coefficient of the third antenna at the third working frequency; the mobile terminal Calculate the vector distance between the fifth reflection coefficient and the sixth reflection coefficient; if the vector distance between the fifth reflection coefficient and the sixth reflection coefficient is greater than or equal to the preset distance threshold, the above comparison result indicates that the mobile terminal is in the first one-sided holding state Or, if the vector distance between the fifth reflection coefficient and the sixth reflection coefficient is less than the preset distance threshold, the above comparison result indicates that the mobile terminal is in the first SAR test state.
  • the above-mentioned sixth reflection coefficient is the reflection coefficient of the third antenna at the third working frequency when the mobile terminal is in the FS state.
  • the mobile terminal when the mobile terminal is in the first one-sided holding state, the user's finger will touch the position of the third antenna on the back of the mobile terminal. In this way, compared to the FS state, when the user holds the mobile terminal in the first one-sided holding state, the impedance of the third antenna may change, and thus the reflection coefficient of the third antenna may also change.
  • the human body test model when the mobile terminal is in the first SAR test state, the human body test model does not touch the position of the third antenna on the back of the mobile terminal. Therefore, compared with the FS state, in the first SAR test state, the impedance of the third antenna does not change, and thus the reflection coefficient of the third antenna does not change.
  • the mobile terminal is in the first one-sided holding state. If the vector distance between the fifth reflection coefficient and the sixth reflection coefficient is less than the preset distance threshold, the mobile terminal is in the first SAR test state.
  • the mobile terminal may distinguish the above-mentioned first one-sided holding state and the first SAR test state through the change of the first reflection coefficient and the second reflection coefficient in a preset time period.
  • the mobile terminal compares each calculated vector distance with a preset distance threshold to obtain a comparison result, including: if the vector distance between the first reflection coefficient and the third reflection coefficient when the first antenna is in the second state is less than The preset distance threshold, and the vector distance between the second reflection coefficient and the fourth reflection coefficient when the second antenna is in the first state is less than the preset distance threshold, the mobile terminal determines that the first reflection coefficient or the second reflection coefficient is within the preset duration If the change in the first reflection coefficient or the second reflection coefficient within the preset time period is greater than the preset change threshold, the above comparison result indicates that the mobile terminal is in the first one-sided holding state; or , if the changes of the first reflection coefficient and the second reflection coefficient within the preset time period are both less than or equal to the preset change threshold, the above comparison result indicates that the mobile terminal is in the first SAR test state.
  • the mobile terminal can distinguish the above-mentioned first one-sided holding state and the first SAR test state according to the change of the first reflection coefficient and the second reflection coefficient in a preset time period.
  • the mobile terminal compares each calculated vector distance with a preset distance threshold to obtain a comparison result, including: if the first reflection coefficient and the first antenna are in the first When the vector distance of the third reflection coefficient in the state is less than the preset distance threshold, and the vector distance between the second reflection coefficient and the fourth reflection coefficient when the second antenna is in the second state is less than the preset distance threshold, the above comparison result indicates the movement
  • the terminal is in a second one-sided holding state.
  • the vector distance between the first reflection coefficient and the third reflection coefficient when the first antenna is in the first state is less than the preset distance threshold, it means that the first reflection coefficient is close to the value of the first antenna in the Smith chart.
  • the third reflection coefficient in the first state In this case, the probability that the first antenna is in the first state is high. If the vector distance between the second reflection coefficient and the fourth reflection coefficient when the second antenna is in the second state is smaller than the preset distance threshold, it means that the second reflection coefficient on the Smith chart is close to that when the second antenna is in the second state Fourth reflection coefficient. In this case, the possibility that the second antenna is in the second state is high. If the first antenna is in the first state and the second antenna is in the second state, then the mobile terminal is in the second one-sided holding state.
  • the holding state of the mobile terminal may further include a third SAR test state.
  • the third SAR test state is a state in which the distance between the second side frame of the mobile terminal and the human body test model is 0 mm.
  • the second one-sided holding state and the third SAR test state are indistinguishable. That is, if the vector distance between the first reflection coefficient and the third reflection coefficient when the first antenna is in the first state is less than the preset distance threshold, and the second reflection coefficient and the fourth reflection when the second antenna is in the second state If the vector distance of the coefficient is smaller than the preset distance threshold, the mobile terminal may be in the second one-sided holding state, or may be in the third SAR test state.
  • the second side frame reference may be made to the introduction in the above-mentioned possible design manners, which will not be repeated here.
  • the mobile terminal can distinguish the second one-sided holding state or the third SAR test by using the third antenna disposed on the back of the mobile terminal, or the change of the first reflection coefficient and the second reflection coefficient in a preset time period. condition.
  • the mobile terminal uses the third antenna to distinguish between the second one-sided holding state and the third SAR test state, and the mobile terminal uses the first reflection coefficient and the second reflection coefficient to change in a preset time period.
  • the method of the second one-sided holding state and the third SAR test state reference may be made to the method for distinguishing the first one-sided holding state and the first SAR test state in the above-mentioned embodiment, which will not be repeated in this application.
  • the mobile terminal compares each calculated vector distance with a preset distance threshold to obtain a comparison result, including: if the first reflection coefficient and the first antenna are in the first When the vector distance of the third reflection coefficient in the state is less than the preset distance threshold, and the vector distance between the second reflection coefficient and the fourth reflection coefficient when the second antenna is in the first state is less than the preset distance threshold, the above comparison result indicates the movement The terminal is in FS state.
  • the vector distance between the first reflection coefficient and the third reflection coefficient when the first antenna is in the first state is less than the preset distance threshold, it means that the first reflection coefficient is close to the value of the first antenna in the Smith chart.
  • the third reflection coefficient in the first state In this case, the probability that the first antenna is in the first state is high. If the vector distance between the second reflection coefficient and the fourth reflection coefficient when the second antenna is in the first state is smaller than the preset distance threshold, it means that the second reflection coefficient on the Smith chart is close to that when the second antenna is in the first state Fourth reflection coefficient. In this case, the possibility that the second antenna is in the first state is high. If the first antenna is in the first state and the second antenna is in the first state, then the mobile terminal is in the FS state.
  • the above comparison result indicates that the mobile terminal is in the FS state or the head mode state.
  • the head model state is a state in which the mobile terminal is not held by the user and a voice call is being performed.
  • the mobile terminal can judge whether the mobile terminal is in the FS state or the head mold state by whether the receiver of the mobile terminal is in the open state or the closed state. Specifically, if the vector distance between the first reflection coefficient and the third reflection coefficient when the first antenna is in the first state is less than the preset distance threshold, and the second reflection coefficient and the fourth reflection coefficient when the second antenna is in the first state If the vector distance is less than the preset distance threshold, the mobile terminal judges whether the receiver of the mobile terminal is in the open state; if the receiver is in the open state, the mobile terminal is in the head mold state; or if the receiver is in the closed state, the mobile terminal is in the FS state .
  • the above comparison result indicates that the mobile terminal is in the FS state, the head mode state, or the second Any of the holding states in the SAR test state.
  • the second SAR test state may include a state in which the mobile terminal is 5 mm away from the human body test model.
  • the second SAR test state may include at least one state such as a 5mm back state, a 5mm right side state, and a 5mm left side state.
  • the 5mm back state is a state in which the back of the mobile terminal is 5mm away from the human test model.
  • the 5mm right side state is the state in which the right border of the mobile terminal is 5mm away from the human test model.
  • the 5mm left side state is a state in which the left border of the mobile terminal is 5mm away from the human test model.
  • the mobile terminal can distinguish the above-mentioned second SAR test state from the FS state and the head mold state through the SAR sensor in the mobile terminal.
  • the SAR sensor is used to collect the distance between the mobile terminal and other objects.
  • the mobile terminal collects the distance between the mobile terminal and other objects through the SAR sensor; if the distance collected by the SAR sensor is less than the preset value, the above comparison result indicates that the mobile terminal is in the second SAR test state ; Or, if the distance collected by the SAR sensor is greater than or equal to the preset value, the above comparison result indicates that the mobile terminal is in the FS state or the head model state.
  • the mobile terminal can distinguish the above-mentioned second SAR test state through the SAR sensor; however, the FS state and the head model state cannot be distinguished through the SAR sensor.
  • the mobile terminal can judge whether the mobile terminal is in the FS state or the head mold state by whether the receiver of the mobile terminal is in the open state or the closed state.
  • the above-mentioned controlling the mobile terminal according to the comparison result includes: the mobile terminal adjusts the uplink power of the mobile terminal according to the comparison result; or, the mobile terminal switches to use the antenna of the mobile terminal according to the comparison result,
  • the antenna of the mobile terminal includes a first antenna and a second antenna.
  • the mobile terminal stores multiple third reflection coefficients and multiple fourth reflection coefficients in advance.
  • the mobile terminal may display a guide interface, where the guide interface is used to guide users to hold the mobile terminal in a preset holding manner; the mobile terminal may collect the user's preset holding method.
  • the mobile terminal When the mobile terminal is held in the holding mode, a plurality of third reflection coefficients and a plurality of fourth reflection coefficients are obtained and stored from the reflection coefficient of the first antenna and the reflection coefficient of the second antenna.
  • the preset holding methods include: a bilateral holding method, a first unilateral holding method, and a second unilateral holding method.
  • a bilateral holding method In the above-mentioned manner of holding on both sides, the frame on the opposite sides of the mobile terminal is held by the user.
  • the first one-sided holding mode In the first one-sided holding mode, the first side frame of the two opposite side frames of the mobile terminal is held by the user, and the second side frame is not held by the user.
  • the second side frame is held by the user, and the first side frame is not held by the user.
  • the present application provides a mobile terminal, wherein a first antenna and a second antenna are respectively disposed in the frame on opposite sides of the mobile terminal.
  • the mobile terminal also includes a memory and a processor, the memory being coupled to the processor.
  • the memory is used to store computer program code, and the computer program code includes computer instructions.
  • the mobile terminal When the computer instructions are executed by the processor, the mobile terminal is caused to perform the following operations: obtain the first reflection coefficient of the first antenna at the first working frequency and the second reflection coefficient of the second antenna at the second working frequency; The vector distances between a reflection coefficient and a plurality of third reflection coefficients of the first antenna respectively, and calculate the vector distances between the second reflection coefficients and a plurality of fourth reflection coefficients of the second antenna respectively; The comparison result is obtained by comparing with the preset distance threshold, and the mobile terminal is controlled according to the comparison result; wherein, the comparison result is used to indicate the holding state of the mobile terminal.
  • the first reflection coefficient and the second reflection coefficient are vectors used to characterize the amplitude and phase of the corresponding signals.
  • the plurality of third reflection coefficients include the reflection coefficients of the first antenna at the first working frequency when the first antenna is in different states, and the plurality of fourth reflection coefficients include the second antenna at the second working frequency when the second antenna is in different states. lower reflection coefficient.
  • the first antenna is arranged on the left side frame of the mobile terminal
  • the second antenna is arranged on the right side frame of the mobile terminal
  • the opposite side frames of the mobile terminal are the left side frame of the mobile terminal.
  • the first antenna is arranged on the upper side frame of the mobile terminal
  • the second antenna is arranged on the lower side frame of the mobile terminal
  • the opposite side frames of the mobile terminal are the side frames of the mobile terminal.
  • the plurality of third reflection coefficients include: when the first antenna is in the first state, the reflection coefficient of the first antenna at the first working frequency; and the first antenna is in the first state In the second state, the reflection coefficient of the first antenna at the first operating frequency.
  • the above-mentioned plurality of fourth reflection coefficients include: when the second antenna is in the first state, the reflection coefficient of the second antenna at the second working frequency; and when the second antenna is in the second state, the second antenna is at the second working frequency reflection coefficient.
  • the first state is the state of the antenna of the mobile terminal when the side frame where the corresponding antenna is located is not held; the second state is the state of the antenna of the mobile terminal when the side frame where the corresponding antenna is located is held.
  • the mobile terminal when the computer instructions are executed by the processor, the mobile terminal is caused to further perform the following steps: if the first reflection coefficient and the first antenna are in the second state, the third reflection coefficient The vector distance of the second reflection coefficient is less than the preset distance threshold, and the vector distance between the second reflection coefficient and the fourth reflection coefficient when the second antenna is in the second state is less than the preset distance threshold, then the above comparison result indicates that the mobile terminal is in a bilateral holding state .
  • the two-side holding state is a state in which both sides of the frame on the opposite sides of the mobile terminal are held by the user.
  • the mobile terminal when the computer instructions are executed by the processor, the mobile terminal is caused to further perform the following steps: judging whether the receiver of the mobile terminal is in an open state; if the receiver is in an open state, then the mobile terminal In the head-hand mode scene; or, if the receiver is in the off state, the mobile terminal is in the hand mode scene.
  • the above-mentioned head-hand model scenario is a scenario in which the mobile terminal is held on both sides and a voice call is performed;
  • the hand model scenario is a scenario where the mobile terminal is held on both sides but no voice call is performed.
  • the mobile terminal when the computer instructions are executed by the processor, the mobile terminal is caused to further perform the following steps: if the first reflection coefficient and the first antenna are in the second state, the third reflection coefficient The vector distance of the mobile terminal is less than the preset distance threshold, and the vector distance between the second reflection coefficient and the fourth reflection coefficient when the second antenna is in the first state is less than the preset distance threshold, then the above comparison result indicates that the mobile terminal is in the first one-sided grip hold status.
  • the above-mentioned first one-side holding state is a state in which the first side frame is held by the user and the second side frame is not held by the user among the opposite side frames of the mobile terminal.
  • the first side frame is the left frame of the mobile terminal, and the second side frame is the right frame of the mobile terminal; or, the first side frame is the upper frame of the mobile terminal, and the second side frame is the lower side of the mobile terminal frame.
  • the mobile terminal further includes a third antenna, and the third antenna is arranged on the back of the mobile terminal.
  • the mobile terminal is caused to further perform the following steps: if the vector distance between the first reflection coefficient and the third reflection coefficient when the first antenna is in the second state is less than a preset distance threshold, and the second reflection coefficient
  • the mobile terminal detects the fifth reflection coefficient of the third antenna at the third working frequency; calculates the fifth reflection coefficient and the sixth reflection The vector distance of the coefficient; if the vector distance between the fifth reflection coefficient and the sixth reflection coefficient is greater than or equal to the preset distance threshold, the above comparison result indicates that the mobile terminal is in the first one-sided holding state; or, if the fifth reflection coefficient and If the vector distance of the sixth reflection coefficient is less than the preset distance threshold, the above comparison result indicates that the mobile terminal is in the first SAR test state; wherein, the first S
  • the sixth reflection coefficient is the reflection coefficient of the third antenna at the third working frequency when the mobile terminal is in the free space FS state.
  • the above-mentioned first one-side holding state is a state in which the first side frame is held by the user and the second side frame is not held by the user among the opposite side frames of the mobile terminal.
  • the above-mentioned first side frame is the left side frame of the mobile terminal, and the second side frame is the right side frame of the mobile terminal; or, the first side frame is the upper side frame of the mobile terminal, and the second side frame is the lower side frame of the mobile terminal. .
  • the mobile terminal when the computer instructions are executed by the processor, the mobile terminal is caused to further perform the following steps: if the first reflection coefficient and the first antenna are in the second state, the third reflection coefficient If the vector distance is less than the preset distance threshold, and the vector distance between the second reflection coefficient and the fourth reflection coefficient when the second antenna is in the first state is less than the preset distance threshold, it is judged that the first reflection coefficient or the second reflection coefficient is within the preset distance threshold.
  • the above comparison result indicates that the mobile terminal is in the first one-sided holding state Or, if the changes of the first reflection coefficient and the second reflection coefficient within the preset time period are both less than or equal to the preset change threshold, the above comparison result indicates that the mobile terminal is in the first SAR test state.
  • the first one-side holding state is a state in which the first side frame is held by the user and the second side frame is not held by the user among the opposite side frames of the mobile terminal.
  • the first SAR test state is a state in which the distance between the first side frame and the human body test model is 0 mm.
  • the first side frame is the left frame of the mobile terminal, and the second side frame is the right frame of the mobile terminal; or, the first side frame is the upper frame of the mobile terminal, and the second side frame is the lower side of the mobile terminal frame.
  • the mobile terminal when the computer instructions are executed by the processor, the mobile terminal is caused to further perform the following steps: if the first reflection coefficient and the third reflection coefficient of the first antenna are in the first state The vector distance of the mobile terminal is less than the preset distance threshold, and the vector distance between the second reflection coefficient and the fourth reflection coefficient when the second antenna is in the second state is less than the preset distance threshold, the above comparison result indicates that the mobile terminal is in the second one-sided grip hold status.
  • the second one-side holding state is a state in which the second side frame is held by the user and the first side frame is not held by the user among the opposite side frames of the mobile terminal.
  • the first side frame is the left frame of the mobile terminal, and the second side frame is the right frame of the mobile terminal; or, the first side frame is the upper frame of the mobile terminal, and the second side frame is the lower frame of the mobile terminal.
  • the mobile terminal when the computer instructions are executed by the processor, the mobile terminal is caused to further perform the following steps: if the first reflection coefficient and the third reflection coefficient of the first antenna are in the first state The vector distance of , is less than the preset distance threshold, and the vector distance between the second reflection coefficient and the fourth reflection coefficient when the second antenna is in the first state is less than the preset distance threshold, the above comparison result indicates that the mobile terminal is in the FS state.
  • the mobile terminal when the computer instructions are executed by the processor, the mobile terminal is caused to further perform the following steps: if the first reflection coefficient and the third reflection coefficient of the first antenna are in the first state The vector distance of the mobile terminal is less than the preset distance threshold, and the vector distance between the second reflection coefficient and the fourth reflection coefficient when the second antenna is in the first state is less than the preset distance threshold, then it is judged whether the receiver of the mobile terminal is in an open state; if the receiver In the open state, the above comparison result indicates that the mobile terminal is in the head mold state; or, if the receiver is in the closed state, the above comparison result indicates that the mobile terminal is in the FS state.
  • the head model state is a state in which the mobile terminal is not held by the user and a voice call is being performed.
  • the above-mentioned mobile terminal includes a SAR sensor, and the SAR sensor is used to collect the distance between the mobile terminal and other objects.
  • the mobile terminal is caused to further perform the following steps: if the vector distance between the first reflection coefficient and the third reflection coefficient when the first antenna is in the first state is less than a preset distance threshold, and the second reflection coefficient When the vector distance from the fourth reflection coefficient when the second antenna is in the first state is less than the preset distance threshold, the distance between the mobile terminal and other objects is collected by the SAR sensor; if the distance collected by the SAR sensor is less than the preset value, then The above comparison result indicates that the mobile terminal is in the second SAR test state; or, if the distance collected by the SAR sensor is greater than or equal to the preset value, the above comparison result indicates that the mobile terminal is in the FS state or the head mold state.
  • the head model state is a state in which the mobile terminal is not held by the user and a voice call
  • the mobile terminal when the computer instructions are executed by the processor, the mobile terminal is caused to further perform the following steps: if the distance collected by the SAR sensor is greater than or equal to a preset value, determine the receiver of the mobile terminal Whether it is in the open state; if the receiver is in the open state, the above comparison result indicates that the mobile terminal is in the head mold state; or, if the receiver is in the closed state, the mobile terminal is in the FS state.
  • the mobile terminal when the computer instruction is executed by the processor, the mobile terminal is caused to further perform the following steps: adjusting the uplink power of the mobile terminal according to the comparison result; or, switching to use the mobile terminal according to the comparison result
  • the antenna of the mobile terminal includes a first antenna and a second antenna.
  • a plurality of third reflection coefficients and a plurality of fourth reflection coefficients are pre-stored in the memory.
  • the mobile terminal further includes a display screen, and the display screen is coupled to the processor; when the computer instructions are executed by the processor, the mobile terminal is caused to further perform the following steps: displaying a guidance interface, guiding the The interface is used to guide and hold the mobile terminal in a preset holding manner; wherein, the preset holding manner includes: a double-sided holding manner, a first one-sided holding manner, and a second one-side holding manner method; collect the reflection coefficient of the first antenna and the reflection coefficient of the second antenna when the user holds the mobile terminal in a preset holding manner, and obtain and save multiple third reflection coefficients and multiple fourth reflection coefficients.
  • the two opposite side frames of the mobile terminal are held by the user; in the first one-side holding mode, the first side frame among the opposite two side frames of the mobile terminal is held by the user , the second side frame is not held by the user; in the second one-sided holding mode, the second side frame is held by the user, and the first side frame is not held by the user; the first side frame is the left side of the mobile terminal side frame, the second side frame is the right side frame of the mobile terminal; or, the first side frame is the upper side frame of the mobile terminal, and the second side frame is the lower side frame of the mobile terminal.
  • the present application provides a mobile terminal
  • the mobile terminal includes a frame, a first antenna and a second antenna.
  • the first antenna and the second antenna are respectively disposed on the first side frame and the second side frame opposite to the mobile terminal.
  • the physical dimensions of the first antenna and the second antenna are between 15 mm and 100 mm, and the distance between one end of the first antenna and the second antenna close to the third side frame of the mobile terminal and the third side frame is between 0 mm and 20 mm. between.
  • the mobile terminal further includes a memory and a processor, and the memory is coupled with the processor.
  • the mobile terminal when the first vector distance between the first reflection coefficient of the first antenna at the first working frequency and the third reflection coefficient of the first antenna is less than the first preset distance threshold, and the second antenna is at the second working frequency When the second vector distance between the second reflection coefficient of the first antenna and the fourth reflection coefficient of the second antenna is less than the second preset distance threshold, the mobile terminal will state to control the mobile terminal.
  • the first reflection coefficient and the second reflection coefficient are vectors used to characterize the amplitude and phase of the corresponding signals
  • the third reflection coefficient and the fourth reflection coefficient are vectors pre-existing in the mobile terminal
  • the third reflection coefficient is the first antenna The reflection coefficient at the first working frequency when in the first antenna state
  • the fourth reflection coefficient is the reflection coefficient at the second working frequency when the second antenna is in the second antenna state.
  • the first side frame is a left frame
  • the second side frame is a right frame
  • the first antenna is arranged on the left side frame of the mobile terminal
  • the second antenna is arranged on the right side frame of the mobile terminal
  • the opposite side frames of the mobile terminal are the left side frame and the right side frame of the mobile terminal.
  • the third side frame is the lower frame of the electronic device; the first antenna state of the first antenna and the second antenna state of the second antenna are used to control the mobile terminal in the vertical screen state.
  • the first side frame is an upper frame
  • the second side frame is a lower frame
  • the first antenna is arranged on the upper side frame of the mobile terminal
  • the second antenna is arranged on the lower side frame of the mobile terminal
  • the opposite side frames of the mobile terminal are the upper side frame and the lower side frame of the mobile terminal.
  • the third side frame is the left frame or the right frame of the electronic device; the first antenna state of the first antenna and the second antenna state of the second antenna are used to control the mobile terminal in the horizontal screen state.
  • the first antenna state includes: a state of the first antenna when the first side frame is not held, and a state of the first antenna when the first side frame is held .
  • the second antenna state includes: a state of the second antenna when the second side frame is not held, and a state of the second antenna when the second side frame is held.
  • the above mobile terminal further includes a receiver.
  • the mobile terminal controls the mobile terminal according to the first antenna state of the first antenna and the second antenna state of the second antenna in combination with the state of the receiver.
  • the state of the receiver is an open state or a closed state.
  • the above-mentioned mobile terminal further includes a third antenna, and the third antenna is disposed on the back of the mobile terminal. Moreover, the distance between one end of the third antenna close to the third side frame of the mobile terminal and the third side frame is between 1 mm and 20 mm. Wherein, when the third vector distance between the fifth reflection coefficient of the third antenna at the third working frequency and the sixth reflection coefficient of the third antenna is less than the third preset distance threshold, the mobile terminal according to the first antenna An antenna state, a second antenna state of the second antenna, and a third antenna state of the third antenna control the mobile terminal.
  • the fifth reflection coefficient is a vector used to characterize the amplitude and phase of the corresponding signal
  • the sixth reflection coefficient is a vector pre-existing in the mobile terminal
  • the sixth reflection coefficient is the third antenna when the third antenna is in the third antenna state at the third operating frequency reflection coefficient.
  • the above-mentioned third antenna is a patch antenna.
  • the physical size of the third antenna is M ⁇ N, where M ranges from 10 mm to 30 mm, and N ranges from 10 mm to 30 mm.
  • the third antenna state includes: a state of the third antenna when the back of the mobile terminal is not held, and a state of the third antenna when the back of the mobile terminal is held .
  • the present application provides a chip system, the chip system is applied to a mobile terminal including a memory, and a first antenna and a second antenna are respectively provided in the opposite side frames of the mobile terminal.
  • the chip system includes one or more interface circuits and one or more processors.
  • the interface circuit and the processor are interconnected by wires.
  • the interface circuit is used to receive signals from the memory and send signals to the processor, the signals including computer instructions stored in the memory.
  • the processor executes the computer instructions
  • the mobile terminal executes the method of the first aspect and any possible design manners thereof.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a computer-readable storage medium, including computer instructions, when the computer instructions are run on a mobile terminal, the mobile terminal is made to execute the method of the first aspect and any possible design methods thereof .
  • embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product, which, when the computer program product runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method of the first aspect and any possible design manner thereof.
  • the beneficial effects that can be achieved by the computer program product described in the sixth aspect reference may be made to the beneficial effects in the first aspect and any possible design manners thereof, which will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 1A is a schematic diagram of a state in which a mobile terminal is held according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 1B is a schematic diagram of another state in which the mobile terminal is held according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 1C is a schematic diagram of another state in which the mobile terminal is held according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • 1D is a schematic diagram of another state in which the mobile terminal is held according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 1E is a schematic diagram of a mobile terminal in a Body SAR state according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 1F is a schematic diagram of antenna distribution on a mobile terminal according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 1G is a schematic diagram of antenna distribution on another mobile terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • 1H is a schematic diagram of the distribution of reflection coefficients of an antenna on a Smith chart according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 1I is a schematic diagram of the distribution of the reflection coefficient of another antenna on a Smith chart according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of a mobile terminal according to an embodiment of the present application
  • 3A is a schematic diagram of thermal distribution of a mobile phone when a human hand holds a mobile phone according to an embodiment of the present application
  • 3B is a flowchart of a method for controlling a mobile terminal provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a radio frequency circuit of a mobile phone according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • 5A is a schematic diagram of the distribution of reflection coefficients of another antenna on a Smith chart according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • 5B is a schematic diagram of a guidance interface provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • 5C is a schematic diagram of another guidance interface provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • 5D is a schematic diagram of another guidance interface provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • 6A is a schematic diagram of the distribution of reflection coefficients of another antenna on a Smith chart according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • 6B is a schematic diagram of the distribution of the reflection coefficient of another antenna on a Smith chart according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart of another method for controlling a mobile terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of the distribution of a patch antenna on a mobile phone 100 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a flowchart of another method for controlling a mobile terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a flowchart of another method for controlling a mobile terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a flowchart of another method for controlling a mobile terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a flowchart of another method for controlling a mobile terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of the deviation of the distribution of a reflection coefficient on the Smith chart, the distance, the amplitude of the reflection coefficient, and the phase of the reflection coefficient according to an embodiment of the application;
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of the distribution of feeding points of an antenna according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • 15 is a schematic diagram of the distribution of the reflection coefficient of another antenna on a Smith chart according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • 16 is a schematic diagram of the distribution of the reflection coefficient of another antenna on a Smith chart according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • 17 is a schematic diagram of the distribution of the reflection coefficient of another antenna on a Smith chart according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • 18 is a schematic diagram of the distribution of the reflection coefficient of another antenna on a Smith chart according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • 19 is a schematic diagram of the distribution of the reflection coefficient of another antenna on a Smith chart according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • first and second are only used for descriptive purposes, and should not be construed as indicating or implying relative importance or implicitly indicating the number of indicated technical features.
  • first camera and the second camera refer to different cameras.
  • a feature defined as “first” or “second” may expressly or implicitly include one or more of that feature.
  • plural means two or more.
  • Free Space (FS) state of the mobile terminal the mobile terminal (such as a mobile phone) is placed on a table, placed in a pocket or a backpack, not held by the user, and the mobile terminal is in a standby state.
  • the FS state is an ideal state in which the mobile terminal is in a standby state and is not in contact with any object.
  • the mobile phone 100 ie, the mobile terminal
  • the FS state is in the FS state.
  • Bilateral holding state of the mobile terminal a state in which the user's hand touches two opposite side frames of the mobile terminal and holds the mobile terminal.
  • the bilateral holding state may include (Hand Left, HL) state and (Hand Right, HR) state).
  • the mobile phone 100 ie, the mobile terminal
  • a bilateral holding state ie, the HL state
  • the mobile phone 100 is held by the user's right hand in a bilateral holding state (ie, the HR state); the user's right hand is in contact with the right frame of the mobile phone 100, and the user's right hand is in contact with the mobile phone. 100 left border.
  • a bilateral holding state ie, the HR state
  • the user's right hand is in contact with the right frame of the mobile phone 100
  • the user's right hand is in contact with the mobile phone. 100 left border.
  • the mobile phone 100 is held by both hands of the user in a bilateral holding state;
  • the mobile terminal 120 (such as the mobile phone 120 or the tablet computer 120 ) is held by both hands of the user in a bilateral holding state; The right hand contacts the lower side frame of the mobile terminal 120 .
  • the mobile phone 100 ie, the mobile terminal
  • the mobile phone 100 is held by the user's left hand in a one-sided holding state (ie, the left one-sided holding state); the user's left hand contacts the left frame of the mobile phone 100 .
  • the mobile phone 100 is held by the user's right hand in a one-sided holding state (ie, the right one-sided holding state); the user's right hand contacts the left frame of the mobile phone 100 .
  • the mobile terminal 120 is held by the user's left hand in a one-sided holding state; the user's left hand contacts the upper frame of the mobile phone 100 .
  • the mobile terminal 120 is held by the user's right hand in a one-sided holding state; the user's right hand contacts the lower side frame of the mobile terminal 120 .
  • the mobile terminal can be in different working scenarios.
  • the working scenario refers to a scenario defined in the Cellular Telecommunications Industry Association CTIA (Cellular Telecommunications Industry Association CTIA) model in which the mobile terminal works in the above-mentioned various holding states.
  • CTIA Cellular Telecommunications Industry Association CTIA
  • Various working scenarios of the mobile terminal are introduced here in the embodiments of the present application.
  • BHH Beside Head Hand
  • the BHH scene includes the Beside Head Hand Left (BHHL) and the Beside Head Hand Right (BHHR) scene.
  • BHHL Beside Head Hand Left
  • BHHR Beside Head Hand Right
  • Hand model scene the Hand Only scene.
  • the mobile terminal is held by the user (eg, the mobile terminal is in (a) in FIG. 1B , (b) in FIG. 1B , (c) in FIG. 1B , (a) in FIG. 1C , (b) in FIG. 1C , (a) in FIG. 1D, (b) in FIG. 1D, and (c) in FIG. 1D), and a scene other than a voice call.
  • a user holding a mobile terminal, surfing the Internet, walking, or a black screen of the mobile terminal all belong to the above-mentioned hand model scenario.
  • the above-mentioned head-hand-model scene and hand-model scene are both test scenarios of the mobile terminal.
  • the test scenarios of the mobile terminal include but are not limited to the above-mentioned head and hand model scenarios and hand model scenarios.
  • the test scenario may also include other call scenarios that are different from the above-mentioned head-hand model scenario.
  • the other call scenarios may include: the mobile terminal is not held by the user, and a voice call is performed, such as when the mobile terminal is placed on a table by the user, and the mobile terminal plays an external sound through a speaker and performs voice communication with other electronic devices. .
  • the test scenarios of the mobile terminal may further include: electromagnetic radiation ratio (specific absorption rate, SAR) test scenarios/states.
  • SAR test scenario/state may also be referred to as a Body SAR scenario/state, that is, a body SAR scenario, such as a Body SAR scenario when a mobile terminal turns on a hotspot.
  • the mobile terminal when the mobile terminal turns on the hotspot, radiation may be generated to the user.
  • the mobile terminal if the radiation exceeds the standard, the mobile terminal needs to adjust the corresponding working parameters (such as antenna transmit power) so that the Body SAR value meets the regulatory requirements (eg, the radiation is within the regulatory requirements).
  • the above Body SAR states may include Body SAR states at different test distances, such as 0 millimeter (mm) Body SAR state, 5mm Body SAR state, 10mm Body SAR state and 15mm Body SAR state, etc.
  • the above test distance refers to the distance between the mobile terminal (eg, the mobile phone 100 ) and the human body test model.
  • the front side of the mobile phone 100 that is, the side where the display screen of the mobile phone 100 is located
  • the back side or the reverse side such as the test surface in the back state, that is, the side opposite to the display screen of the mobile phone 100 .
  • top surface such as the test surface in the following Top state, that is, the plane where the top of the mobile phone 100 is located
  • bottom surface that is, the plane where the bottom of the mobile phone 100 is located, such as the plane where the speaker and the microphone are located
  • left side such as the following left The test surface in the side state, that is, the plane where the left side frame of the mobile phone 100 is located
  • right side such as the following test surface in the right side state, that is, the plane where the right side frame of the mobile phone 100 is located.
  • the mobile terminal is the mobile phone 100 shown in FIG. 1A .
  • the SAR test state of the mobile phone 100 is introduced by taking the 5mm right side state, the 5mm back state, the 0mm right side state, the 0mm back state, the 0mm top state and the 5mm top state as examples.
  • the 0mm back state is the SAR test state of the mobile phone 100 when the distance between the back or the back of the mobile phone 100 and the human body test model 10 is 0 mm.
  • FIG. 1E shows the 0 mm back state in which the cell phone 100 is placed.
  • the back or back of the mobile phone 100 contacts the human body test model 10, that is, the distance between the back or back of the mobile phone 100 and the human body test model 10 is 0 mm.
  • the 5mm back state is the Body SAR state of the mobile phone 100 when the distance between the back or the back of the mobile phone 100 and the human test model 10 is 5 mm.
  • FIG. 1E shows the 5mm back state in which the cell phone 100 is placed.
  • the distance between the back of the mobile phone 100 and the human body test model 10 is 5mm.
  • setting the mobile phone 100 in the 0mm back state or the 5mm back state is a scene for testing the Body SAR on the back of the mobile phone 100 .
  • the 0mm right side state is the Body SAR state of the mobile phone 100 when the distance between the right side of the mobile phone 100 and the human test model 10 is 0 mm.
  • FIG. 1E shows a 0 mm right side state in which the cell phone 100 is placed.
  • the right side of the mobile phone 100 contacts the human body test model 10 , that is, the distance between the right side of the mobile phone 100 and the human body test model 10 is 0 mm.
  • 5mm right side is the Body SAR state of the mobile phone 100 when the distance between the right side of the mobile phone 100 and the human body test model 10 is 5 mm.
  • FIG. 1E shows the 5 mm right side state of the mobile phone 100 ; in the 5 mm right side state, the distance between the right side of the mobile phone 100 and the human body test model 10 is 5 mm.
  • setting the mobile phone 100 in the 0mm right side state shown in (c) in FIG. 1E or the 5mm right side state shown in (d) in FIG. 1E is a scene for testing the Body SAR on the right side of the mobile phone 100 .
  • the 0mm top state is the Body SAR state of the mobile phone 100 when the distance between the top surface of the mobile phone 100 and the human body test model 10 is 0 mm.
  • FIG. 1E shows a 0 mm top state in which the cell phone 100 is placed.
  • the top surface of the mobile phone 100 contacts the human body test model 10, that is, the distance between the top surface of the mobile phone 100 and the human body test model 10 is 0mm.
  • the 5mm top state is the Body SAR state of the mobile phone 100 when the distance between the top surface of the mobile phone 100 and the human body test model 10 is 5 mm.
  • (f) in FIG. 1E shows the 5 mm top state of the mobile phone 100 ; in the 5 mm top state, the distance between the top surface of the mobile phone 100 and the human body test model 10 is 5 mm.
  • setting the mobile phone 100 in the 0 mm top state shown in (e) in FIG. 1E or the 5 mm top state shown in (f) in FIG. 1E is a scene for testing the Body SAR on the top surface of the mobile phone 100 .
  • the holding state of the mobile terminal is often used as the basis for adjusting various parameters of the mobile terminal, so as to improve the user experience of the mobile terminal.
  • the mobile terminal can adjust the working state of the antenna accordingly to support the current service type, thereby improving the user experience. experience.
  • the mobile terminal can adjust the uplink transmit power of the antenna according to the holding state of the mobile terminal, so as to ensure that the radiation of the antenna does not exceed the standard and improve the security of the user using the mobile terminal.
  • the mobile terminal can switch to use an antenna on the mobile terminal whose impedance is not affected by the user's holding according to the holding state of the mobile terminal; in this way, it can be ensured that the signal received by the antenna is not affected by the user's holding, and the mobile terminal can be ensured improve the communication quality of users, thereby improving the communication experience of users. It can be seen that it is particularly important to identify the holding state or working scene of the mobile terminal.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a method for controlling a mobile terminal, and the method can be applied to a mobile terminal.
  • At least one antenna is arranged in the side frame of the mobile terminal.
  • the above-mentioned mobile terminal is a mobile phone.
  • the above at least one antenna may be arranged on the left side frame and/or the right side frame of the mobile phone.
  • the cellular phone 100 Antenna 101 and/or antenna 102 may be included.
  • the antenna 101 is arranged on the left side frame of the mobile phone 100
  • the antenna 102 is arranged on the right side frame of the mobile phone 100 .
  • the positions of the antennas (eg, the antenna 101 or the antenna 102 ) shown in the dotted box in the accompanying drawings ( FIG. 1A ) are only schematic.
  • the above-mentioned antenna 101 and antenna 102 may be disposed on the frame of the mobile phone 100, or may be disposed on the mobile phone 100 near the frame (eg, inside the frame of the mobile phone 100), which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the methods of the embodiments of the present application are described by taking an example that an antenna (eg, the antenna 101 or the antenna 102 ) is disposed on the frame of the mobile phone 100 .
  • the above-mentioned mobile terminal is a mobile phone.
  • the above-mentioned at least one antenna may be disposed on the upper frame and/or the lower frame of the mobile phone.
  • the handset 120 may include the antenna 103 and/or the antenna 104 as shown in FIG. 1D (a), FIG. 1D (b), or FIG. 1D (c).
  • the antenna 103 is arranged on the upper side frame of the mobile phone 100
  • the antenna 104 is arranged on the lower side frame of the mobile phone 100 .
  • the above-mentioned mobile terminal is a mobile phone.
  • the above-mentioned at least one antenna may be disposed on the side frame (eg, the left frame and/or the right frame) and the upper frame of the mobile phone.
  • the cell phone 100 may include an antenna 106 , and also include an antenna 105 and/or an antenna 107 .
  • the antenna 106 is arranged on the upper side frame of the mobile phone 100
  • the antenna 105 is arranged on the left side frame of the mobile phone 100
  • the antenna 107 is arranged on the right side frame of the mobile phone 100 .
  • the mobile phone 100 includes an antenna 108 .
  • the mobile phone 100 shown in (b) of FIG. 1F may further include an antenna 109 .
  • the antenna 108 is arranged on the upper side frame and the left side frame of the mobile phone 100
  • the antenna 109 is arranged on the right side frame of the mobile phone.
  • the positions of the antennas shown in the dotted boxes shown in (a) of FIG. 1F and (b) of FIG. 1F are only schematic.
  • the above-mentioned antenna may be arranged on the frame of the mobile phone 100, or may be arranged at a position on the mobile phone 100 close to the frame (eg, inside the frame of the mobile phone 100).
  • the antenna 105 and the antenna 107 are arranged on the frame of the mobile phone 100
  • the antenna 106 is arranged inside the frame of the mobile phone 100 .
  • This embodiment of the present application does not limit the position of the antenna on the frame.
  • the method of the embodiment of the present application is described by taking the antenna disposed on the frame of the mobile phone 100 as an example.
  • the above-mentioned at least one antenna may be disposed on the side frame (eg, the left frame and/or the right frame) and the lower frame of the mobile phone.
  • the mobile phone 100 may include an antenna 112 and further include an antenna 111 and/or an antenna 110 .
  • the antenna 112 is arranged on the lower side frame of the mobile phone 100
  • the antenna 111 is arranged on the right side frame of the mobile phone 100
  • the antenna 110 is arranged on the left side frame of the mobile phone 100 .
  • the mobile phone 100 includes an antenna 113 .
  • the mobile phone 100 shown in (b) of FIG. 1G may further include an antenna 114 .
  • the antenna 113 is arranged on the lower side frame and the left side frame of the mobile phone 100
  • the antenna 114 is arranged on the right side frame of the mobile phone.
  • the two antennas arranged on the upper frame and the lower frame of the mobile phone can support the mobile terminal to identify the FS state of the mobile phone 100 shown in FIG. 1A , and (a) in FIG. 1D and ( b) or the mobile terminal 120 shown in (c) in FIG. 1D is in a holding state in a landscape screen scenario.
  • the two antennas arranged on the left side frame and the right side frame of the mobile phone can support the mobile terminal to identify the FS state of the mobile phone 100 shown in FIG. 1A , as well as (a) in FIG.
  • the mobile phone 100 shown in (c) in FIG. 1B , (a) in FIG. 1C or (b) in FIG. 1C is in the holding state in the vertical screen state.
  • the position of the at least one antenna in the mobile terminal includes but is not limited to the position shown in the above drawings.
  • all four frames of the mobile terminal may be provided with antennas.
  • the holding state of the mobile terminal may be determined according to the state of the antenna provided on the mobile terminal.
  • the states of the antenna may include: a first state and a second state.
  • the first state of the antenna refers to a state in which the frame on which the antenna is located on the mobile terminal is not held by the user.
  • the second state of the antenna refers to a state in which the frame on which the antenna is located on the mobile terminal is held by the user.
  • the first state may also be referred to as the FS state of the antenna, and the second state may also be referred to as the holding state of the antenna.
  • both the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 are in the first state.
  • both the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 are in the second state.
  • the antenna 101 is in the second state
  • the antenna 102 is in the first state.
  • the antenna 101 is in the first state
  • the antenna 102 is in the second state.
  • the antenna 105 and the antenna 106 are in the first state
  • the antenna 103 and the antenna 104 are in the second state.
  • a mobile terminal (such as a mobile phone 100 ) includes an antenna 101 and an antenna 102 as an example, and Table 1 describes the correspondence between the states of the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 and the state of the mobile phone 100 .
  • the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 are both in the first state, and the mobile phone 100 is in the FS state.
  • both the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 are in the second state, and the mobile phone 100 is in a bilateral holding state.
  • the antenna 101 is in the second state, the antenna 102 is in the first state, and the mobile phone 100 is in the left-side holding state.
  • the antenna 101 is in the first state, the antenna 102 is in the second state, and the mobile phone 100 is in the right-side holding state.
  • the state of the antenna not only includes the above-mentioned first state and second state, but may also include a third state.
  • the third state may include a SAR test state of the antenna (also referred to as a Body SAR state), such as a 0mm Body SAR state, a 5mm Body SAR state, or a 10mm Body SAR state, and the like.
  • a SAR test state of the antenna also referred to as a Body SAR state
  • the antenna 101 is in the first state
  • the antenna 102 is in the 0mm Body SAR state.
  • the antenna 101 is in the first state
  • the antenna 102 is in the 5mm Body SAR state.
  • a mobile terminal (such as a mobile phone 100 ) includes an antenna 101 and an antenna 102 as an example, and Table 2 describes the correspondence between the states of the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 and the SAR test state of the mobile phone 100 .
  • the antenna 101 is in the first state, the antenna 102 is in the 0mm Body SAR state, and the mobile phone 100 is in the 0mm right side state.
  • the antenna 101 is in the first state, the antenna 102 is in the 5mm Body SAR state, and the mobile phone 100 is in the 5mm right side state.
  • the antenna 101 is in the 0mm Body SAR state
  • the antenna 102 is in the 0mm Body SAR state
  • the mobile phone 100 is in the 0mm back state.
  • the antenna 101 is in a 5mm Body SAR state
  • the antenna 102 is in a 5mm Body SAR state
  • the mobile phone 100 is in a 5mm back state.
  • the reflection coefficient of the antenna is calculated according to the power of the transmitted signal of the antenna and the power of the reflected signal of the transmitted signal.
  • the state of each antenna set on the mobile terminal can determine the holding state of the mobile terminal. For example, it is determined whether the mobile terminal is in the FS state or the hand-held state according to the state of each antenna set on the mobile terminal; for another example, it is determined whether the mobile terminal is in the left-side holding state, the right-side holding state, or the two-side holding state. Status, 0mm back status, 0mm top status, 0mm right side status, 0mm left side status, 5mm back status, 5mm top status, 5mm right side status or 5mm left side status and other Body SAR status. Therefore, in this embodiment of the present application, the holding state of the mobile terminal may be determined according to the reflection coefficients of each antenna on the mobile terminal.
  • the position change of the reflection coefficient of the antenna in the Smith chart can reflect the change of the impedance of the antenna.
  • the impedance changes of the antenna are different, and the position of the reflection coefficient of the antenna in the Smith chart is different.
  • FIG. 1H shows a schematic diagram of the position change of the reflection coefficient of an antenna in the mobile phone in the Smith chart when a mobile phone is in different holding states.
  • the working frequency of the antenna is within the frequency range (Frequency Range) of 2.3GHz-2.4GHz.
  • the curve a in the Smith chart represents the reflection coefficient of the antenna when the mobile phone is in the free space (FS) state
  • the curve b represents that the mobile phone is held by the user's left hand in a unilateral holding state (that is, the left unilateral holding In the holding state), the reflection coefficient of the antenna
  • the curve c represents the reflection coefficient of the antenna when the mobile phone is held by the user's right hand in a unilateral holding state (that is, the right unilateral holding state)
  • the curve d represents the mobile phone in the 0mm back state , the reflection coefficient of the antenna.
  • FIG. 1I shows a schematic diagram of the position change of the reflection coefficient of an antenna in the mobile phone in the Smith chart when a mobile phone is in different holding states.
  • the working frequency of the antenna is within the Frequency Range of 1.92GHz-1.98GHz.
  • the curve (1) in the Smith chart represents the reflection coefficient of the antenna when the mobile phone is in the free space (FS) state; the curve (2) represents the reflection coefficient of the antenna when the mobile phone is in the 5mm top state; the curve ( 3) Indicates the reflection coefficient of the antenna when the mobile phone is in the 0mm top state.
  • the reflection coefficients of the antenna are respectively the reflection coefficients corresponding to the black dots on each curve shown in Figure 1I.
  • the holding state of the mobile terminal can be detected according to the position of the reflection coefficient of each antenna in the mobile terminal in the Smith chart. Therefore, there is no need to add other devices for the mobile terminal, which can reduce the cost of holding state detection. Moreover, the accuracy of the detection results can also be guaranteed.
  • the reflection coefficient described in the embodiments of the present application is a vector used to characterize the amplitude and phase of the corresponding signal.
  • the reflection coefficients of the antenna are the reflections corresponding to the black dots on each curve shown in FIG. 1H . coefficient.
  • each reflection coefficient (eg -0.2810+0.3647i) shown in Fig. 1H is a linear value, which can be converted into the amplitude and phase of the corresponding signal.
  • the mobile terminal described in the embodiments of the present application may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a laptop, a handheld computer, a cellular phone, an augmented reality (AR) ⁇ virtual reality (VR) device, etc.
  • AR augmented reality
  • VR virtual reality
  • the specific form of the mobile terminal is not particularly limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of a mobile terminal 200 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the mobile terminal 200 may include a processor 210 , an external memory interface 220 , an internal memory 221 , a universal serial bus (USB) interface 240 , a charging management module 230 , a power management module 231 , and a battery 232 , Antenna 1, Antenna 2, Mobile Communication Module 250, Wireless Communication Module 260, Audio Module 270, Speaker 270A, Receiver 270B, Microphone 270C, Headphone Interface 270D, Sensor Module 280, Key 290, Motor 291, Indicator 292, Camera 293 , display screen 294, and subscriber identification module (subscriber identification module, SIM) card interface 295 and so on.
  • SIM subscriber identification module
  • the sensor module 280 may include a pressure sensor 280A, a gyroscope sensor 280B, an air pressure sensor 280C, a magnetic sensor 280D, an acceleration sensor 280E, a distance sensor 280F, a proximity light sensor 280G, a fingerprint sensor 280H, a temperature sensor 280J, a touch sensor 280K, and an environmental sensor.
  • the structure illustrated in this embodiment does not constitute a specific limitation on the mobile terminal 200 .
  • the mobile terminal 200 may include more or fewer components than shown, or combine some components, or separate some components, or different component arrangements.
  • the illustrated components may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
  • the processor 210 may include one or more processing units, for example, the processor 210 may include an application processor (application processor, AP), a modem processor, a graphics processor (graphics processing unit, GPU), an image signal processor (image signal processor, ISP), controller, memory, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural-network processing unit (NPU) Wait. Wherein, different processing units may be independent devices, or may be integrated in one or more processors.
  • application processor application processor, AP
  • modem processor graphics processor
  • ISP image signal processor
  • controller memory
  • video codec digital signal processor
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • NPU neural-network processing unit
  • the controller may be the nerve center and command center of the mobile terminal 200 .
  • the controller can generate an operation control signal according to the instruction operation code and timing signal, and complete the control of fetching and executing instructions.
  • a memory may also be provided in the processor 210 for storing instructions and data.
  • the memory in processor 210 is cache memory.
  • the memory may hold instructions or data that have just been used or recycled by the processor 210 . If the processor 210 needs to use the instruction or data again, it can be called directly from the memory. Repeated accesses are avoided, and the waiting time of the processor 210 is reduced, thereby improving the efficiency of the system.
  • the processor 210 may include one or more interfaces.
  • the interface may include an integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, an integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit sound, I2S) interface, a pulse code modulation (pulse code modulation, PCM) interface, a universal asynchronous transceiver (universal asynchronous transmitter) receiver/transmitter, UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (MIPI), general-purpose input/output (GPIO) interface, subscriber identity module (SIM) interface, and / or universal serial bus (universal serial bus, USB) interface, etc.
  • I2C integrated circuit
  • I2S integrated circuit built-in audio
  • PCM pulse code modulation
  • PCM pulse code modulation
  • UART universal asynchronous transceiver
  • MIPI mobile industry processor interface
  • GPIO general-purpose input/output
  • SIM subscriber identity module
  • USB universal serial bus
  • the interface connection relationship between the modules illustrated in this embodiment is only a schematic illustration, and does not constitute a structural limitation of the mobile terminal 200 .
  • the mobile terminal 200 may also adopt different interface connection manners in the foregoing embodiments, or a combination of multiple interface connection manners.
  • the charging management module 230 is used to receive charging input from the charger.
  • the charger may be a wireless charger or a wired charger.
  • the charging management module 230 may receive charging input from the wired charger through the USB interface 240 .
  • the charging management module 230 may receive wireless charging input through the wireless charging coil of the mobile terminal 200 . While the charging management module 230 charges the battery 232 , it can also supply power to the mobile terminal through the power management module 231 .
  • the power management module 231 is used for connecting the battery 232 , the charging management module 230 and the processor 210 .
  • the power management module 231 receives input from the battery 232 and/or the charging management module 230, and supplies power to the processor 210, the internal memory 221, the external memory, the display screen 294, the camera 293, and the wireless communication module 260.
  • the power management module 231 can also be used to monitor parameters such as battery capacity, battery cycle times, battery health status (leakage, impedance).
  • the power management module 231 may also be provided in the processor 210 .
  • the power management module 231 and the charging management module 230 may also be provided in the same device.
  • the wireless communication function of the mobile terminal 200 may be implemented by the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the mobile communication module 250, the wireless communication module 260, the modulation and demodulation processor, the baseband processor, and the like.
  • Antenna 1 and Antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals.
  • the mobile communication module 250 may provide wireless communication solutions including 2G/3G/4G/5G etc. applied on the mobile terminal 200 .
  • the mobile communication module 250 may include at least one filter, switch, power amplifier, low noise amplifier (LNA), and the like.
  • the mobile communication module 250 can receive electromagnetic waves from the antenna 1, filter and amplify the received electromagnetic waves, and transmit them to the modulation and demodulation processor for demodulation.
  • the mobile communication module 250 can also amplify the signal modulated by the modulation and demodulation processor, and then convert it into electromagnetic waves for radiation through the antenna 1 .
  • the wireless communication module 260 can provide applications on the mobile terminal 200 including wireless local area networks (WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) networks), bluetooth (BT), global navigation satellites Wireless communication solutions such as global navigation satellite system (GNSS), frequency modulation (FM), near field communication (NFC), and infrared technology (IR).
  • WLAN wireless local area networks
  • BT Bluetooth
  • GNSS global navigation satellite system
  • FM frequency modulation
  • NFC near field communication
  • IR infrared technology
  • the wireless communication module 260 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module.
  • the wireless communication module 260 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2 , modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 210 .
  • the wireless communication module 260 can also receive the signal to be sent from the processor 210 , perform frequency modulation on the signal, amplify the signal, and then convert it into an electromagnetic wave for radiation through the antenna 2 .
  • the above-mentioned antenna 1 can also be used in the mobile communication module 250 or the wireless communication module 260 to radiate electromagnetic waves
  • the above-mentioned antenna 2 can also be used in the mobile communication module 250 or the wireless communication module 260 to receive electromagnetic waves, and vice versa.
  • the mobile terminal 200 implements a display function through a GPU, a display screen 294, an application processor, and the like.
  • the GPU is a microprocessor for image processing, and is connected to the display screen 294 and the application processor.
  • the GPU is used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations for graphics rendering.
  • Processor 210 may include one or more GPUs that execute program instructions to generate or alter display information.
  • Display screen 294 is used to display images, videos, and the like.
  • Display screen 294 includes a display panel.
  • the mobile terminal 200 can realize the shooting function through the ISP, the camera 293, the video codec, the GPU, the display screen 294 and the application processor.
  • the ISP is used to process the data fed back by the camera 293 .
  • the ISP may be provided in the camera 293 .
  • Camera 293 is used to capture still images or video.
  • the mobile terminal 200 may include 1-N cameras 293 , where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • the NPU is a neural-network (NN) computing processor. By drawing on the structure of biological neural networks, such as the transfer mode between neurons in the human brain, it can quickly process the input information, and can continuously learn by itself.
  • NN neural-network
  • the external memory interface 220 can be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, to expand the storage capacity of the mobile terminal 200.
  • the external memory card communicates with the processor 210 through the external memory interface 220 to realize the data storage function. For example to save files like music, video etc in external memory card.
  • Internal memory 221 may be used to store computer executable program code, which includes instructions.
  • the processor 210 executes various functional applications and data processing of the mobile terminal 200 by executing the instructions stored in the internal memory 221 .
  • the internal memory 221 may include a storage program area and a storage data area.
  • the storage program area can store an operating system, an application program required for at least one function (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.), and the like.
  • the storage data area may store data (such as audio data, phone book, etc.) created during the use of the mobile terminal 200 and the like.
  • the internal memory 221 may include high-speed random access memory, and may also include non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, universal flash storage (UFS), and the like.
  • the mobile terminal 200 may implement audio functions through an audio module 270, a speaker 270A, a receiver 270B, a microphone 270C, an earphone interface 270D, and an application processor. Such as music playback, recording, etc.
  • the audio module 270 is used for converting digital audio information into analog audio signal output, and also for converting analog audio input into digital audio signal.
  • Speaker 270A also referred to as a "speaker” is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals.
  • the mobile terminal 200 can listen to music through the speaker 270A, or listen to a hands-free call.
  • the receiver 270B also referred to as an "earpiece”, is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals. When the mobile terminal 200 answers a call or a voice message, the voice can be answered by placing the receiver 270B close to the human ear.
  • the microphone 270C also called “microphone” or “microphone” is used to convert sound signals into electrical signals.
  • the headphone jack 270D is used to connect wired headphones.
  • the pressure sensor 280A is used to sense pressure signals, and can convert the pressure signals into electrical signals.
  • the pressure sensor 280A may be provided on the display screen 294 .
  • the gyro sensor 280B may be used to determine the motion attitude of the mobile terminal 200 .
  • the angular velocity of the mobile terminal 200 about three axes ie, x, y and z axes
  • the gyro sensor 280B can be used for image stabilization.
  • Magnetic sensor 280D includes a Hall sensor.
  • the mobile terminal 200 can detect the opening and closing of the flip holster using the magnetic sensor 280D.
  • the acceleration sensor 280E can detect the magnitude of the acceleration of the mobile terminal 200 in various directions (generally three axes). The magnitude and direction of gravity can be detected when the mobile terminal 200 is stationary.
  • the mobile terminal 200 may measure the distance through infrared or laser.
  • the mobile terminal 200 may measure the distance between the mobile terminal 200 and the human face through the distance sensor 280F.
  • Proximity light sensor 280G may include, for example, light emitting diodes (LEDs) and light detectors, such as photodiodes.
  • the light emitting diodes may be infrared light emitting diodes.
  • the mobile terminal 200 emits infrared light outward through the light emitting diode.
  • the mobile terminal 200 detects infrared reflected light from nearby objects using a photodiode. When sufficient reflected light is detected, it may be determined that there is an object near the mobile terminal 200 . When insufficient reflected light is detected, the mobile terminal 200 may determine that there is no object near the mobile terminal 200 .
  • the ambient light sensor 280L is used to sense ambient light brightness.
  • the mobile terminal 200 can adaptively adjust the brightness of the display screen 294 according to the perceived ambient light brightness.
  • the ambient light sensor 280L can also be used to automatically adjust the white balance when taking pictures.
  • the ambient light sensor 280L can also cooperate with the proximity light sensor 280G to detect whether the mobile terminal 200 is in a pocket, so as to prevent accidental touch.
  • the fingerprint sensor 280H is used to collect fingerprints.
  • the mobile terminal 200 can use the collected fingerprint characteristics to realize fingerprint unlocking, accessing application locks, taking photos with fingerprints, answering incoming calls with fingerprints, and the like.
  • the temperature sensor 280J is used to detect the temperature.
  • the mobile terminal 200 uses the temperature detected by the temperature sensor 280J to execute the temperature processing strategy.
  • Touch sensor 280K also called “touch panel”.
  • the touch sensor 280K may be disposed on the display screen 294, and the touch sensor 280K and the display screen 294 form a touch screen, also called a "touch screen”.
  • the touch sensor 280K is used to detect a touch operation on or near it.
  • the touch sensor can pass the detected touch operation to the application processor to determine the type of touch event.
  • Visual output related to touch operations may be provided through display screen 294 .
  • the bone conduction sensor 280M can acquire vibration signals.
  • the bone conduction sensor 280M can acquire the vibration signal of the vibrating bone mass of the human voice.
  • the bone conduction sensor 280M can also contact the pulse of the human body and receive the blood pressure beating signal.
  • the keys 290 include a power-on key, a volume key, and the like. Keys 290 may be mechanical keys. It can also be a touch key.
  • the mobile terminal 200 may receive key inputs and generate key signal inputs related to user settings and function control of the mobile terminal 200 .
  • Motor 291 can generate vibrating cues.
  • the motor 291 can be used for vibrating alerts for incoming calls, and can also be used for touch vibration feedback.
  • the indicator 292 can be an indicator light, which can be used to indicate the charging status, the change of power, and can also be used to indicate messages, missed calls, notifications, and the like.
  • the SIM card interface 295 is used to connect a SIM card.
  • the mobile terminal 200 may include 1-N SIM card interfaces 295 . The SIM card can be contacted and separated from the mobile terminal 200 by inserting into the SIM card interface 295 or pulling out from the SIM card interface 295 .
  • a method for controlling a mobile terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application is introduced by taking the above-mentioned mobile terminal being the mobile phone 100 as an example.
  • At least one antenna is arranged in the side frame of the mobile phone.
  • a mobile phone is in the shape of a cuboid.
  • the antennas of the phone are mainly distributed on the upper part (also called the top) and the lower part (also called the bottom) of the phone.
  • the possible setting area of the antenna is on the upper side frame of the mobile phone, such as the area where the antenna 103 is located as shown in (a) in FIG. 1D ; and the left and right side frames of the mobile phone, as shown in ( a) The area where the antenna 105 and the antenna 106 are located.
  • the possible setting area of the antenna is on the lower side frame of the mobile terminal 120, such as the area where the antenna 104 is located as shown in (b) in FIG. 1D; and the left frame and the right frame of the mobile terminal 120, The area where the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 are located as shown in (a) of FIG. 1C .
  • the antenna may also be simultaneously arranged on the upper side frame, as well as the left side frame and/or the right side frame of the mobile phone; the antenna 105, the antenna as shown in (a) of FIG. 106 and the area where the antenna 107 is located, or the area where the antenna 108 and the antenna 109 are located as shown in (b) in FIG. 1F .
  • the antenna may also be arranged on the lower side frame of the mobile phone, as well as the left side frame and/or the right side frame; the area where the antenna 110, the antenna 111 and the antenna 112 are located as shown in FIG. 1G (a), Or the area where the antenna 113 and the antenna 114 are located as shown in (b) of FIG. 1G .
  • the type of the at least one antenna may be: loop antenna (Loop Antenna), inverted F antenna (Inverted F Antenna, IFA), monopole antenna (Monopole Antenna), slot antenna (Slot Antenna), dipole antenna Antenna (Dipole Antenna), Patch Antenna (Patch Antenna), Closed Slot Antenna and other antenna structures, or the design and structure of a hybrid antenna type formed by at least two different types of antennas above.
  • the above at least one antenna may be an antenna specially arranged on the side frame of the mobile phone 100 and used for identifying the holding state of the mobile phone 100 .
  • at least one antenna may be an existing communication antenna in the mobile phone 100 , and the communication antenna may be reused in this embodiment of the present application to identify the holding state of the mobile phone 100 .
  • a part of the antennas are antennas specially arranged on the side frame of the mobile phone 100 and used to identify the holding state of the mobile phone 100; the other part of the antennas may be the existing communication antennas in the mobile phone 100, and the communication antennas can be used It is used to identify the holding state of the mobile phone 100 .
  • the antenna 112 is an existing communication antenna, and the antenna 110 and the antenna 111 may be specially arranged on the side frame of the mobile phone 100 to identify the holding state of the mobile phone 100 .
  • the antenna 113 is an existing communication antenna, and the antenna 114 may be an antenna specially arranged on the side frame of the mobile phone 100 to identify the holding state of the mobile phone 100 .
  • the method of the embodiments of the present application is described by taking the above-mentioned at least one antenna including the above-mentioned antenna 101 (ie, the first antenna) and the antenna 102 (ie, the second antenna) as an example.
  • the antenna 101 is arranged on the left side frame of the mobile phone 100
  • the antenna 102 is arranged on the right side frame of the mobile phone 100 .
  • the mobile phone 100 is in any of the following states: FS state, as shown in (a) in FIG. 1B , (b) in FIG. 1B or (c) in FIG. 1B , the unilateral holding state shown in Figure 1C (a) or Figure 1C (b), and the Body SAR state, etc.
  • the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 can be respectively arranged on the left side frame and the lower part of the mobile phone 100. right border. In this way, it can be ensured that when the user holds the mobile phone 100, it can be sensed by the antenna 101 and/or the antenna 102.
  • the sensing that the user is holding the mobile phone 100 by the antenna 101 and/or the antenna 102 specifically refers to: compared with the antenna 101 and/or the antenna 102 in the first state, the reflection of the antenna 101 and/or the antenna 102 when the user is holding the mobile phone 100
  • the coefficient may vary; the mobile phone 100 can detect the holding state of the mobile phone 100 according to the reflection coefficient of the antenna 101 and/or the antenna 102 .
  • FIG. 3A shows a schematic diagram of the heat distribution of the mobile phone 100 when the user holds the mobile phone 100 to hold the mobile phone 100 on both sides as shown in (a) of FIG. 1B .
  • the color of the left side frame 310 and the right side frame 320 of the lower part of the mobile phone 100 is darker, indicating that the heat is large. That is, when the user holds the mobile phone 100 in the holding state shown in (a) of FIG. Therefore, arranging the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 on the left side frame 310 and the right side frame 320 of the lower part of the mobile phone 100 respectively can improve the sensitivity of the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 for sensing the holding of the mobile phone 100 .
  • the method of the embodiments of the present application is described by taking the mobile phone 100 in the vertical screen state, the antenna 101 disposed on the left side frame of the mobile phone 100, and the antenna 102 disposed on the right side border of the mobile phone 100 as an example. It can be seen from the above embodiment that the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 arranged on the left frame (ie, the first side frame) and the right frame (ie, the second side frame) of the mobile phone 100 can support the mobile phone 100 to recognize The FS state, the left one-sided holding state (ie, the first one-sided holding state), the right one-sided holding state (ie, the second one-sided holding state) and the two-sided holding state of the mobile phone 100 are displayed.
  • the mobile phone 100 may execute the method described in this embodiment when it is recognized that the mobile phone 100 is in a vertical screen state.
  • the mobile phone 100 may recognize that the mobile phone 100 is in a vertical screen state through one or more sensors (eg, an acceleration sensor or a gyroscope sensor, etc.) in the mobile phone 100 .
  • sensors eg, an acceleration sensor or a gyroscope sensor, etc.
  • a method for controlling a mobile terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application may include: S301-S303.
  • the mobile phone 100 detects the first reflection coefficient S1 of the antenna 101 at the first working frequency, and detects the second reflection coefficient S2 of the antenna 102 at the second working frequency.
  • the first working frequency is the current working frequency of the antenna 101
  • the second working frequency is the current working frequency of the antenna 102
  • the first reflection coefficient S1 and the second reflection coefficient S2 are vectors used to characterize the corresponding signal amplitude and phase.
  • the operating frequencies of the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 may be the same or different. That is to say, the first operating frequency and the second operating frequency may be the same or different.
  • the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 may be existing communication antennas in the mobile phone 100 .
  • the mobile phone 100 can reuse the existing communication antenna in the mobile phone 100 to identify the holding state of the mobile phone 100 .
  • the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 are antennas specially arranged on the side frame of the mobile phone 100 for identifying the holding state of the mobile phone 100 .
  • the operating frequencies of the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 may be the same or different.
  • the working frequencies of the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 may be the same, which can facilitate the mobile phone 100 to detect the reflection coefficients of the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 at the same working frequency.
  • the first operating frequency of the antenna 101 and the second operating frequency of the antenna 102 are variable.
  • the first working frequency of the antenna 101 and the second working frequency of the antenna 102 may be fixed working frequencies, and the first working frequency and the second working frequency are unchanged. This embodiment of the present application does not limit the operating frequencies of the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 .
  • the working frequency band of the antenna of the mobile phone (eg, the mobile phone 100 ) is inversely proportional to the resonant wavelength of the antenna. For example, the lower the operating frequency band, the larger the physical size of the antenna. In order to ensure that the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 can work in a certain frequency band, the physical dimensions of the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 should be kept within a certain size range.
  • the operating frequency band of the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 is 2.4 GHz.
  • the physical size of the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 (ie the length of the antenna) may be 40mm.
  • the physical dimensions of the above-mentioned antenna 101 and antenna 102 include, but are not limited to, 40 mm.
  • the physical dimensions of the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 may be between 15mm-100mm.
  • the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 can sense the user's holding;
  • the distance between one end of the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 close to the lower frame of the mobile phone 100 and the lower frame of the mobile phone 100 may be any value from 0 mm to 20 mm.
  • the size of the antenna 101 and the size of the antenna 102 include but are not limited to the sizes described in the foregoing embodiments, and the sizes of the antennas on different mobile phones are different.
  • the mobile phone 100 shown in (b) of FIG. 1G the mobile phone 1500 shown in FIG. 15 , the mobile phone 1600 shown in FIG. 16 , the mobile phone 1700 shown in FIG. 17 , the mobile phone 1800 shown in FIG.
  • the illustrated handset 1900 shows different designs of various antennas.
  • the mobile phone 100 includes an antenna 113 and an antenna 114 .
  • the antenna 113 is arranged on the left side frame and the lower side frame of the mobile phone 100
  • the antenna 114 is arranged on the right side frame of the mobile phone 100 .
  • the mobile phone 100 can also be supported to recognize the holding state of the mobile phone 100 .
  • the physical dimensions of the antennas 113 and 114 may be different from those of the antennas 101 and 102, and the positions of the antennas 113 and 114 in the mobile phone 100 and the positions of the antennas 101 and 102 in the mobile phone 100 may be different.
  • the working frequency band of the antenna 114 may be 2.4 GHz, and the working frequency of the antenna 113 may be at a low frequency.
  • the antenna 114 may be specially arranged on the right side frame of the mobile phone 100 to identify the antenna of the mobile phone 100 .
  • the antenna 113 may be an existing communication antenna in the handset 100 .
  • the mobile phone 100 can reuse the existing antenna 113 in the mobile phone 100 for identifying the mobile phone 100 .
  • the physical size of the antenna 114 (ie the length of the antenna) may be 40 mm.
  • the physical size of the above-mentioned antenna 114 includes, but is not limited to, 40 mm.
  • the physical size of the antenna 114 may be between 15mm-80mm.
  • the length of the part of the radiator of the antenna 113 located on the left side frame of the mobile phone 100 may be between 20-100 mm.
  • the distance between the end of the antenna 114 close to the lower frame of the mobile phone 100 and the lower frame of the mobile phone 100 may be any value from 0 mm to 20 mm.
  • the distance between the end of the part of the radiator of the antenna 113 located on the left side frame of the mobile phone 100 close to the lower side frame of the mobile phone 100 and the lower side frame of the mobile phone 100 is 0 mm.
  • the mobile phone 100 may calculate the first reflection coefficient S1 according to the forward power (eg, forward power 1) and reverse power (eg, reverse power 1) of the signal transmitted by the antenna 101 at the first working frequency;
  • the antenna 102 transmits the forward power (eg, forward power 2) and reverse power (eg, reverse power 2) of the signal at the second operating frequency, and calculates the second reflection coefficient S2.
  • the mobile phone 100 can calculate the ratio of the reverse power 1 to the forward power 1 to obtain the first reflection coefficient S1, and calculate the ratio of the reverse power 2 to the forward power 2 to obtain the second reflection coefficient S2.
  • forward power 1 and reverse power 1 are used as examples to introduce forward power and reverse power.
  • the forward power 1 is the power of the transmit signal (eg, the transmit signal 1 ) of the antenna 101 ;
  • the reverse power 1 may be the power of the reflected signal of the transmit signal 1 .
  • FIG. 4 shows a schematic diagram of a radio frequency circuit of a mobile phone 100 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the mobile phone 100 includes a processor 401 , a radio frequency transceiver chip 402 , a radio frequency front-end circuit 403 , a bidirectional coupler 404 , a power switch 407 , an attenuator 405 , an antenna switch 406 , an antenna 101 and an antenna 102 .
  • the processor 401 shown in FIG. 4 is the processor 210 shown in FIG. 2, the radio frequency transceiver chip 402, the radio frequency front-end circuit 403, the two-way coupler 404, the power switch
  • the switch 407 , the attenuator 405 , and the antenna switch 406 are integrated in the mobile communication module 250 or the wireless communication module 260 shown in FIG. 2 , and the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 are included in the antenna 1 or the antenna 2 shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the principle that the radio frequency circuit of the mobile phone 100 transmits signals through the antenna, and the principle that the mobile phone 100 calculates the reflection coefficient of the antenna are introduced.
  • the processor 401 can transmit radio signals to the radio frequency transceiver chip 402 .
  • the radio frequency transceiver chip 402 can convert the radio signal into a radio frequency signal, and send the radio frequency signal to the radio frequency front-end circuit 403.
  • the RF front-end circuit 403 can filter and amplify the RF signal to obtain a transmit (Transmit, Tx) signal, and then radiate the Tx signal through the antenna through the bidirectional coupler 404 .
  • the antenna switch 406 may be a frequency band switch, which is used to switch each antenna, that is, the antenna 101 , the antenna 102 or the antenna 408 can be selectively switched through the antenna switch 406 for radiating Tx signals or receiving (Receive, Rx). Signal.
  • the antenna switch 406 may be a double pole double throw switch (dual pole dual throw, DPDT) or a double pole four throw switch (dual pole 4 throw, DP4T) or the like.
  • the reflected signal of the Tx signal radiated by the antenna through the bidirectional coupler 404 also passes through the bidirectional coupler 404 .
  • the bidirectional coupler 404 shown in FIG. 4 is used for coupling the forward power of the Tx signal transmitted to the antenna, and coupling the reverse power of the Tx signal reflected back from the antenna (ie, the power of the reflected signal of the Tx signal).
  • the power switch 407 is used for forward power and reverse power detection switching.
  • the power switch 407 may be a DPDT or a single pole double throw switch (single pole dual throw, SPDT).
  • the bidirectional coupler 404 can feed back the forward power and the reverse power of the antenna (such as the antenna 101 ) switched by the coupled antenna switch 406 to the MRX port of the radio frequency transceiver chip 402 through a power detection path. It should be noted that the bidirectional coupler 404 described in this embodiment of the present application has high requirements on directivity. In this way, the leakage of the forward power to the reverse port can be prevented from affecting the detection accuracy of the reflection coefficient.
  • the bidirectional coupler 404 described in this embodiment of the present application has higher requirements on directivity, which can ensure that the bidirectional coupler 404 has greater isolation between the Tx signal and the reflected signal, and can reduce the mutual influence between the Tx signal and the reflected signal.
  • the signal strength of the reflected signal is weaker than that of the Tx signal. If the Tx signal leaks, the influence of the leaked Tx signal on the reflected signal will be very large; in this way, the detection accuracy of the reflection coefficient will be greatly reduced. However, if the reflected signal leaks, the influence of the leaked reflected signal on the Tx signal is relatively small, and the detection accuracy of the reflection coefficient will not be greatly affected. Therefore, the bidirectional coupler 404 with higher requirements on directivity is used in the embodiment of the present application, which can prevent the forward power (ie, the power of the Tx signal) from leaking to the reverse port and affecting the detection accuracy of the reflection coefficient.
  • the forward power and reverse power are demodulated after frequency conversion by the down-conversion circuit inside the MRX port, and then the RF transceiver chip 402 sends the demodulated forward power and reverse power to the processor 401 .
  • the reflection coefficient of the antenna is calculated by the modem (Modem) in the processor 401 according to the received forward power and reverse power.
  • the specific method for the processor 401 to calculate the reflection coefficient according to the forward power and the reverse power of the antenna may refer to the relevant description in the conventional technology, and will not be repeated here.
  • the antenna switch 406 is used to realize the switching of each antenna. Therefore, when the antenna switch 406 switches to use the antenna 101 to radiate the Tx signal, the radio frequency transceiver chip 402 can detect the forward power and the reverse power of the Tx signal radiated by the antenna 101, and the processor 401 can calculate and obtain the antenna The reflection coefficient of 101, such as the first reflection coefficient S1 of the antenna 101 at the first operating frequency.
  • the radio frequency transceiver chip 402 can detect the forward power and reverse power of the Tx signal radiated by the antenna 102, and the processor 401 can calculate the The reflection coefficient, such as the second reflection coefficient S2 of the antenna 102 at the second operating frequency.
  • the attenuator 405 shown in FIG. 4 is used to adjust the power (such as forward power and reverse power) entering the radio frequency transceiver chip 402 to reduce or avoid the above errors.
  • the impedances of the antennas eg, the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 disposed on the side frame of the mobile phone 100 are different. Therefore, when the mobile phone 100 is in different holding states, even if the operating frequency of the antenna remains unchanged, the forward power of the antenna transmitted signal does not change, and the reverse power of the transmitted signal also changes due to the change of the antenna impedance. As a result, the reflection coefficient of the antenna changes. It can be seen that when the mobile phone 100 is in different holding states, the reflection coefficients of the antennas in the mobile phone 100 may be different. For example, please refer to FIG.
  • FIG. 5A which shows a schematic diagram of the distribution of the reflection coefficient of the antenna 102 on the Smith chart when the mobile phone 100 is in the FS state and the two-sided holding state, respectively.
  • the working frequency of the antenna 102 is in the frequency range of 2.4GHz-2.5GHz. It can be seen from FIG. 5A that when the mobile phone 100 is in the FS state and the two-sided holding state, the vector distance of the reflection coefficient of the antenna 102 is large, that is, the antenna impedance of the antenna 102 changes greatly.
  • the vector distance of the reflection coefficient of the antenna 101 and the antenna impedance of the antenna 101 are also similar (not shown in the drawings), that is, the reflection of the antenna 101
  • the vector distance of the coefficients will also be larger, that is, the change in the antenna impedance of the antenna 101 will also be larger. Therefore, the first reflection coefficient S1 and the second reflection coefficient S2 detected in S301 are related to the holding state of the mobile phone 100 , for example, the first reflection coefficient S1 and the second reflection coefficient S2 can be used to determine the holding state of the mobile phone 100 .
  • the mobile phone 100 calculates the vector distances between the first reflection coefficient S1 and the multiple third reflection coefficients of the antenna 101 respectively, and calculates the vector distance between the second reflection coefficient S2 and the multiple fourth reflection coefficients of the antenna 102 respectively.
  • the vector distance between the first reflection coefficient S1 and any third reflection coefficient of the antenna 101 is: the vector distance between the first reflection coefficient S1 and the third reflection coefficient.
  • the vector distance between the second reflection coefficient S2 and any fourth reflection coefficient of the antenna 102 is: the vector distance between the second reflection coefficient S2 and the fourth reflection coefficient.
  • the reflection coefficient described in the embodiments of the present application is a vector used to characterize the amplitude and phase of the corresponding signal. Therefore, the vector distance of any two reflection coefficients can also be called the vector distance.
  • the holding state of the mobile phone 100 may include: FS state and bilateral holding state, left unilateral holding state and right unilateral holding state, and the like.
  • the mobile phone 100 can determine the holding state of the mobile phone 100 according to the states of the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 .
  • the state of the antenna 101 is determined by the reflection coefficient of the antenna 101 ; the state of the antenna 102 is determined by the reflection coefficient of the antenna 102 .
  • the mobile phone 100 pre-stores the reflection coefficients of the antenna 101 at different operating frequencies when the antenna 101 is in various states; and the antenna 102 is in Reflection coefficients of the antenna 102 at different operating frequencies in various states.
  • the various states described above may include a first state and a second state.
  • the plurality of third reflection coefficients of the antenna 101 and the plurality of fourth reflection coefficients of the antenna 102 may be pre-stored in the mobile phone 100 when the mobile phone 100 leaves the factory.
  • the mobile phone 100 may pre-store the antenna 101 in the first state and the second state, the reflection coefficients of the antenna 101 at different operating frequencies, and the antenna 102 in the first state and the second state. 102 reflection coefficients at different operating frequencies.
  • the multiple reflection coefficients (for example, multiple third reflection coefficients and multiple fourth reflection coefficients) pre-stored in the mobile phone 100 may be the test antenna 101 and the antenna 102 in the first state and the second state before the mobile phone 100 leaves the factory. In the state, the reflection coefficients of the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 at different operating frequencies are obtained.
  • the plurality of reflection coefficients stored in advance may be obtained through a large number of tests. Among them, the above-mentioned large number of tests may include laboratory tests and tests of actual users holding mobile phones.
  • the plurality of third reflection coefficients of the antenna 101 and the plurality of fourth reflection coefficients of the antenna 102 may be obtained by guiding the user to hold the mobile phone in different ways after the mobile phone 100 leaves the factory to measure the reflection coefficients of the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 The reflection coefficient is obtained.
  • the guidance interface 501 shown in FIG. 5B may be displayed.
  • the guide interface 501 shown in FIG. 5B is used to guide the user to hold the mobile phone 100 in a bilateral holding manner.
  • the user holds the mobile phone 100 in the bilateral holding manner shown in FIG. 5B , and the mobile phone 100 can collect the reflection coefficient when the antenna 101 is in the second state and the reflection coefficient when the antenna 102 is in the second state.
  • the mobile phone 100 may prompt the user to hold the mobile phone 100 in the bilateral holding manner shown in FIG. 5B multiple times, so that the mobile phone 100 can collect multiple sets of reflection coefficients when the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 are in the second state.
  • the multiple groups of reflection coefficients may include reflection coefficients of the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 operating at a fixed frequency, or reflection coefficients of the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 operating at different frequencies.
  • the mobile phone 100 can also display the guide interface 502 shown in FIG. 5C .
  • the guide interface 502 shown in FIG. 5C is used to guide the user to hold the mobile phone 100 in a left-side holding manner.
  • the user holds the mobile phone 100 in a left-side holding manner as shown in FIG. 5C , and the mobile phone 100 can collect the reflection coefficient when the antenna 101 is in the second state and the reflection coefficient when the antenna 102 is in the first state.
  • the mobile phone 100 may prompt the user to hold the mobile phone 100 in the left-side holding manner as shown in FIG. 5C many times, so that the mobile phone 100 can collect multiple groups of the antenna 101 in the second state and the antenna 102 in the first state Reflection coefficient.
  • the multiple groups of reflection coefficients may include reflection coefficients of the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 operating at a fixed frequency, or reflection coefficients of the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 operating at different frequencies.
  • the mobile phone 100 can also display the guide interface 503 shown in FIG. 5D .
  • the guide interface 503 shown in FIG. 5D is used to guide the user to hold the mobile phone 100 in a right-side holding manner.
  • the user holds the mobile phone 100 in a right-side holding manner as shown in FIG. 5D
  • the mobile phone 100 can collect the reflection coefficient when the antenna 101 is in the first state and the reflection coefficient when the antenna 102 is in the second state.
  • the mobile phone 100 can prompt the user to hold the mobile phone 100 in the right-side holding manner as shown in FIG. 5C for many times, so that the mobile phone 100 can collect multiple groups of the antenna 101 in the first state and the antenna 102 in the second state Reflection coefficient.
  • the multiple groups of reflection coefficients may include reflection coefficients of the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 operating at a fixed frequency, or reflection coefficients of the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 operating at different frequencies.
  • the mobile phone 100 can count the reflection coefficients collected when the mobile phone 100 guides the user to hold the mobile phone 100 through the above three guidance interfaces, obtain and save the reflection coefficient of the antenna 101 in the first state and the reflection coefficient of the antenna 101 in the second state.
  • the reflection coefficient of the antenna 102 in the first state and the reflection coefficient of the antenna 102 in the second state are obtained and stored.
  • the reflection coefficient of the antenna 101 in the first state and the reflection coefficient of the antenna 101 in the second state are the above-mentioned multiple third reflection coefficients.
  • the reflection coefficient of the antenna 102 in the first state and the reflection coefficient of the antenna 102 in the second state are the above-mentioned multiple fourth reflection coefficients.
  • the mobile phone 100 can also update the plurality of third reflection coefficients of the antenna 101 and the plurality of fourth reflection coefficients of the antenna 102 in a manner that the user does not perceive when the user is using the mobile phone 100.
  • the reflection coefficient of the antenna is not only affected by the state of the antenna, but also by the operating frequency of the antenna. For example, when the state of the antenna 102 is different, the reflection coefficient of the antenna 102 at the same working frequency is also different; and when the state of the antenna 102 is the same, the reflection coefficient of the antenna 102 at different working frequencies is also different.
  • FIG. 6A shows a schematic diagram of the distribution of the reflection coefficient of the antenna 101 and the reflection coefficient of the antenna 102 in the Smith chart when the mobile phone 100 is in the double-handed state (HL or HR) and the FS state, respectively.
  • the curves with white circles and black circles at both ends in the Smith chart 601 shown in FIG. 6A are used to represent the reflection coefficients of the antenna 101 at different operating frequencies, and the curves with white circles and black circles at both ends in the Smith chart 602 The curves are used to represent the reflection coefficients of the antenna 102 at different operating frequencies.
  • the states of the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 may be different. It should be noted that, for an antenna of a mobile phone, when the mobile phone 100 is in the same holding state, the state of the antenna is also the same; however, if the working frequency of the antenna is different, the reflection coefficient of the antenna is different. For example, it is assumed that the mobile phone 100 is in a two-sided holding state (eg, HL); at this time, the antenna 101 is in the second state, and the antenna 102 is in the second state. As shown in the Smith chart 601 in FIG.
  • the reflection coefficient of the antenna 101 is the reflection coefficient corresponding to the white circle on the curve 2 corresponding to the HL state; the operating frequency of the antenna 101 is 2.5 At GHz, the reflection coefficient of the antenna 101 is the reflection coefficient corresponding to the black circle on the curve 2 corresponding to the HL state.
  • the multiple third reflection coefficients of the antenna 101 include: reflection coefficients when the antenna 101 is in a first state at the first operating frequency; and reflection coefficients when the antenna 101 is in a second state at the first operating frequency.
  • the multiple third reflection coefficients of the antenna 101 may include: in the Smith chart 601 shown in FIG. 6A , the reflection coefficients corresponding to the white circles on the curve 1 and the curve 2 or the reflection coefficient corresponding to the white circle on curve 3.
  • the multiple third reflection coefficients of the antenna 101 may include: in the Smith chart 601 shown in FIG. 6A , the reflection coefficients corresponding to the black circles on the curve 1, and the curve 2 or the reflection coefficient corresponding to the black circle on curve 3.
  • the plurality of fourth reflection coefficients of the antenna 102 include: the reflection coefficients of the antenna 102 when the antenna 102 is in the first state at the second operating frequency; and the reflection coefficients of the antenna 102 when the antenna 102 is in the second state at the second operating frequency .
  • the plurality of fourth reflection coefficients of the antenna 102 may include: in the Smith chart 602 shown in FIG. 6A , the reflection coefficients corresponding to the white circles on the curve 1, and the curve 2 or the reflection coefficient corresponding to the white circle on curve 3.
  • the plurality of fourth reflection coefficients of the antenna 102 may include: In the Smith chart 602 shown in FIG. 6A , the plurality of reflection coefficients corresponding to the black circles on the curve 1 , and the reflection coefficient corresponding to the black circle on curve 2 or curve 3.
  • FIG. 6B which, based on FIG. 6A , shows that the mobile phone 100 is in a 0mm back state, a 0mm right side state, a 5mm back state, a 5mm right side state, a bilateral holding state (HL or HR), and a FS state, respectively.
  • HL or HR bilateral holding state
  • FS state a bilateral holding state
  • the mobile phone 100 cannot distinguish the FS state, the double-sided holding state, and the left single-sided state of the mobile phone 100 according to the reflection coefficients of the first state and the second state of one antenna (such as the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 ).
  • the grip state and the right unilateral grip state are used. The reason is that when the mobile phone 100 is in different holding states, the state of the antenna may be the same, so that the electromagnetic influence effect of the user on the antenna radiation is the same or similar, and thus the reflection coefficient of the antenna is the same.
  • the antenna 101 when the mobile phone 100 is in the left-side holding state shown in (a) of FIG. 1C , the antenna 101 is in the second state; when the mobile phone 100 is in the bilateral holding state shown in (c) in FIG. 1B , the antenna 101 is in the second state.
  • the antenna 101 is in the second state. Therefore, when the mobile phone 100 is held on the left side and the mobile phone 100 is held on both sides, the electromagnetic influence effect of the user holding the mobile phone 100 on the radiation of the antenna 101 is similar. Therefore, under the same operating frequency, the reflection coefficient of the antenna 101 when the mobile phone 100 is held on the left side is the same as or similar to the reflection coefficient of the antenna 101 when the mobile phone 100 is held on both sides.
  • the antenna 102 when the mobile phone 100 is in the right-side holding state shown in (b) in FIG. 1C , the antenna 102 is in the second state; when the mobile phone 100 is in the double-side holding state shown in (c) in FIG. 1B , the antenna 102 is in the second state. Therefore, when the mobile phone 100 is held on the right side and the mobile phone 100 is held on both sides, the electromagnetic influence effect of the user holding the mobile phone 100 on the radiation from the antenna 102 is similar. Therefore, under the same operating frequency, the reflection coefficient of the antenna 102 when the mobile phone 100 is held on one side is the same as or similar to the reflection coefficient of the antenna 102 when the mobile phone 100 is held on both sides.
  • the mobile phone 100 saves each antenna in the first state and the second state, and the reflection coefficients of the antenna at different operating frequencies can support the mobile phone 100 to distinguish the FS state and the bilateral holding state of the mobile phone 100 , left unilateral holding state and right unilateral holding state.
  • the third reflection coefficient of the antenna 101 at the first working frequency is S3_FS; when the antenna 102 is in the first state, the fourth reflection coefficient of the antenna 102 at the second working frequency is S3_FS for S4_FS.
  • the mobile phone 100 can use the following formula (1) to calculate the vector distance D1_FS between the first reflection coefficient S1 and the third reflection coefficient S3_FS, that is, the vector distance D1_FS between the first reflection coefficient S1 and the third reflection coefficient S3_FS.
  • the mobile phone 100 can use the following formula (2) to calculate the vector distance D2_FS between the second reflection coefficient S2 and the fourth reflection coefficient S4_FS, that is, the vector distance D2_FS between the second reflection coefficient S2 and the fourth reflection coefficient S4_FS.
  • the first reflection coefficient S1, the second reflection coefficient S2, the third reflection coefficient S3_FS and the fourth reflection coefficient S4_FS are all vectors.
  • real(S1) is the real part of the first reflection coefficient S1
  • imag(S1) is the imaginary part of the first reflection coefficient S1.
  • real(S3_FS) is the real part of the third reflection coefficient S3_FS
  • imag(S3_FS) is the imaginary part of the third reflection coefficient S3_FS.
  • real(S2) is the real part of the second reflection coefficient S2
  • imag(S2) is the imaginary part of the second reflection coefficient S2.
  • real(S4_FS) is the real part of the fourth reflection coefficient S4_FS
  • imag(S4_FS) is the imaginary part of the fourth reflection coefficient S4_FS.
  • the third reflection coefficient of the antenna 101 at the first operating frequency is S3_H; when the antenna 102 is in the second state, the fourth reflection coefficient of the antenna 102 at the second operating frequency is S4_H.
  • the mobile phone 100 can use the following formula (3) to calculate the vector distance D1_H between the first reflection coefficient S1 and the third reflection coefficient S3_H, that is, the vector distance D1_H between the first reflection coefficient S1 and the third reflection coefficient S3_H.
  • the mobile phone 100 can use the following formula (2) to calculate the vector distance D2_H between the second reflection coefficient S2 and the fourth reflection coefficient S4_H, that is, the vector distance D2_H between the second reflection coefficient S2 and the fourth reflection coefficient S4_H.
  • the above-mentioned third reflection coefficient S3_H and fourth reflection coefficient S4_H are both vectors.
  • real(S3_H) is the real part of the third reflection coefficient S3_H
  • imag(S3_H) is the imaginary part of the third reflection coefficient S3_H.
  • real(S4_H) is the real part of the fourth reflection coefficient S4_H
  • imag(S4_H) is the imaginary part of the fourth reflection coefficient S4_H.
  • the mobile phone 100 compares each calculated vector distance with a preset distance threshold to obtain a comparison result, and controls the mobile phone 100 according to the comparison result.
  • the comparison result is used to indicate the holding state of the mobile phone 100 .
  • the comparison result is used to indicate the holding state of the mobile phone 100 ; or the comparison result corresponds to the holding state of the mobile phone 100 .
  • the vector distances between the first reflection coefficient S1 and different third reflection coefficients are different, and the vector distances between the second reflection coefficient S2 and different fourth reflection coefficients are different. If the vector distance between the first reflection coefficient S1 and the third reflection coefficient when the antenna 101 is in one state (denoted as state a) is smaller than the preset distance threshold, it means that the antenna 101 is more likely to be in the state a. If the vector distance between the second reflection coefficient S2 and the fourth reflection coefficient when the antenna 102 is in one state (denoted as state b) is smaller than the preset distance threshold, it indicates that the antenna 102 is more likely to be in this state b. That is to say, the mobile phone 100 is more likely to be in the holding state of the mobile phone 100 composed of the state a of the antenna 101 and the state b of the antenna 102 .
  • the mobile phone 100 is in the left one-sided holding state (ie, the first one-sided holding state).
  • the antenna 101 is in the first state and the antenna 102 is in the second state, as shown in Table 1, the mobile phone 100 is in the right unilateral holding state (ie, the second unilateral holding state).
  • the mobile phone 100 can compare each calculated distance with a preset distance threshold respectively, and control the mobile phone 100 according to the holding state of the mobile phone 100 indicated by the comparison result. For example, the mobile phone 100 can adjust the uplink transmit power of the antenna in the mobile phone 100 according to the holding state indicated by the comparison result, and switch to use the antenna in the mobile phone 100 .
  • S303 shown in FIG. 3B may include S303a-S303e.
  • the above-mentioned preset distance threshold may be a distance threshold value preconfigured in the mobile phone 100 .
  • the preset distance threshold can be any value such as 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, or 0.45.
  • the preset distance threshold in this embodiment of the present application is a relative distance threshold determined when the radius of the Smith chart is 1.
  • the preset distance threshold has no units.
  • the method of the embodiment of the present application is described by taking the preset distance threshold equal to 0.3 as an example.
  • the antenna 101 is in the second state.
  • the mobile phone 100 may be in the double-sided holding state shown in (a) in FIG. 1B , (b) in FIG. 1B or (c) in FIG. The left unilateral holding state shown in (a) in 1C.
  • the antenna 102 is in the second state.
  • the mobile phone 100 may be in the double-sided holding state shown in FIG. 1B (a), FIG. 1B (b) or FIG. 1B (c), or may be in FIG. The right unilateral holding state shown in (b) in 1C.
  • the mobile phone 100 can exclude the above-mentioned left unilateral holding state and right unilateral holding state, and the mobile phone is in (a) in FIG. 1B , (b) in FIG. 1B , or ((b) in FIG. 1B . c) The bilateral holding state shown.
  • the mobile phone 100 After the mobile phone 100 executes S303a, it can identify whether the mobile phone 100 is in a bilateral holding state. In this way, the mobile phone 100 can distinguish between the two-sided holding state and the FS state. Through the solutions of the embodiments of the present application, the mobile phone 100 can be divided into a bilateral holding state and an FS state.
  • the mobile phone 100 may be in the left unilateral holding state shown in (a) in FIG. 1C , or may be in (a) in FIG. 1B , (b) in FIG. 1B , or in (b) in FIG. 1B (c)
  • the bilateral holding state shown in (c) may also be in the 0mm left side state.
  • the mobile phone 100 may be in the left unilateral holding state shown in (a) of FIG. 1C , may also be in the 0 mm left side state, or may be in the FS state described in FIG. 1A .
  • the mobile phone 100 can Excluding the above-mentioned bilateral holding state and FS state, the mobile phone 100 is in the 0mm left side state (ie the first SAR test state) or the left unilateral holding state shown in (a) of FIG. 1C (ie the first single side holding state).
  • the vector distance D1_H between the first reflection coefficient S1 and the third reflection coefficient S3_H is less than the preset distance threshold, and the second reflection coefficient S2 and the fourth reflection coefficient S4_FS If the vector distance D2_FS is less than the preset distance threshold, it means that the mobile phone 100 is in the left-side holding state shown in (a) of FIG. 1C .
  • the mobile phone 100 executes S303b, it can identify whether the mobile phone 100 is in a left-side holding state. In this way, the mobile phone 100 can distinguish the left unilateral holding state and the FS state, and can even distinguish the left unilateral holding state, the bilateral holding state, and the right unilateral holding state. Through the solutions of the embodiments of the present application, the mobile phone 100 can distinguish the left unilateral holding state, the bilateral holding state, the right unilateral holding state, and the FS state.
  • the mobile phone 100 may be in the right unilateral holding state shown in (b) of FIG. 1C , may also be in the FS state shown in FIG. 1A , or may be in the state shown in (c) of FIG. 1E 0mm right side state.
  • the mobile phone 100 may be in the right unilateral holding state shown in (b) of FIG. 1C , may also be in the 0 mm right side state shown in (c) of FIG. 1E , or may be in the state of FIG. 1B (a) in FIG. 1B, (b) in FIG. 1B, or (c) in FIG. 1B in a bilateral holding state.
  • the mobile phone 100 can Excluding the above-mentioned bilateral holding state, it is determined that the mobile phone 100 is in the right unilateral holding state (ie the second unilateral holding state) or the 0mm right side state (ie the third SAR test state).
  • the vector distance D1_FS between the first reflection coefficient S1 and the third reflection coefficient S3_FS is less than the preset distance threshold, and the second reflection coefficient S2 and the fourth reflection coefficient S4_H If the vector distance D2_H is less than the preset distance threshold, it means that the mobile phone 100 is in the right unilateral holding state shown in (b) of FIG. 1C .
  • the mobile phone 100 executes S303c, it can identify whether the mobile phone 100 is in the right unilateral holding state. In this way, the mobile phone 100 can realize the distinction between the right unilateral holding state and the FS state, and can even distinguish the right unilateral holding state and the left unilateral holding state and the bilateral holding state. Through the solutions of the embodiments of the present application, the mobile phone 100 can distinguish the right unilateral holding state from the FS state, the bilateral holding state, and the left unilateral holding state.
  • the mobile phone 100 may be in the right unilateral holding state shown in (b) of FIG. 1C , may also be in the FS state shown in FIG. 1A , or may be in the state shown in (c) of FIG. 1E 0mm right side state.
  • the mobile phone 100 may be in the left unilateral holding state shown in (a) of FIG. 1C , may also be in the FS state described in FIG. 1A , or may be in the 0mm left side state.
  • the mobile phone 100 can Excluding the above-mentioned right unilateral holding state, left unilateral holding state, 0 mm left side state and 0 mm right side state, the mobile phone 100 is in the FS state shown in FIG. 1A .
  • the mobile phone 100 After the mobile phone 100 executes S303d, it can identify whether the mobile phone 100 is in the FS state. In this way, the mobile phone 100 can realize the distinction between the two-sided holding state, the right one-sided holding state, the left one-sided holding state, and the FS state. Through the solutions of the embodiments of the present application, the mobile phone 100 can distinguish the FS state from the double-sided holding state, the right one-sided holding state, and the left one-sided holding state.
  • the mobile phone 100 controls the mobile phone 100 according to the comparison result.
  • the comparison result corresponds to the holding state of the mobile phone 100 , for example, the comparison result is used to indicate the holding state of the mobile phone 100 .
  • the antenna 102 is in the second state and the antenna 101 is in the first state when the mobile phone 100 is in the right-side holding state shown in (b) of FIG. 1C .
  • the antenna 102 is in the 0mm Body SAR state, and the antenna 101 is in the first state.
  • the electromagnetic influence effect of the user holding the mobile phone 100 on the radiation of the antenna 102 is similar to the electromagnetic influence effect of the human body test model 10 on the radiation of the antenna 102 when the mobile phone 100 is in the 0mm right side state. Therefore, under the same operating frequency, the reflection coefficient of the antenna 102 when the mobile phone 100 is held on the right side is the same or similar to that when the mobile phone 100 is in the 0 mm right side state.
  • the mobile phone 100 cannot distinguish whether the mobile phone 100 is in the right unilateral holding state or the 0mm right side state by executing S303c. Similarly, when the mobile phone 100 executes S303b, it cannot distinguish whether the mobile phone 100 is in the left-side holding state or the 0mm left-side state.
  • a third antenna may be provided on the back of the mobile phone 100 .
  • the third antenna is disposed on the back of the mobile phone 100 near the lower part of the mobile phone 100 .
  • the third antenna is used to support the mobile phone 100 to identify the right unilateral holding state and the 0mm right side state, and to identify the left unilateral holding state and the 0mm left side state.
  • the third antenna may be a patch antenna (Patch Antenna) operating at 1/2 wavelength.
  • a patch antenna 801 may be provided on the back of the mobile phone 100 .
  • the patch antenna 801 is disposed on the back of the mobile phone 100 , close to the lower part of the mobile phone 100 .
  • the distance between one end of the patch antenna 801 close to the lower side frame 802 (ie, the third side frame) of the mobile phone 100 and the lower side frame 802 is between 1 mm and 20 mm.
  • the physical size of the patch antenna 801 is M ⁇ N.
  • M is between 10 mm and 30 mm
  • N is between 10 mm and 30 mm.
  • the physical size of the patch antenna 801 is 10mm x 10mm.
  • the physical size of the patch antenna 801 is 20mm ⁇ 30mm.
  • the above-mentioned third antenna can also be other types of antennas, such as a loop antenna (Loop Antenna), an inverted F antenna (Inverted F Antenna, IFA,), a monopole antenna (Monopole Antenna) or a slot antenna (Slot Antenna), Any type of antenna such as a dipole antenna (Dipole Antenna) is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the area of the patch antenna is large, and arranging the patch antenna on the back of the mobile phone 100 can cover the contact surface between the user's finger and the back of the mobile phone 100 to a greater extent when the user holds the mobile phone 100 with one hand. In this way, it is beneficial to improve the accuracy of the mobile phone 100 for recognizing the right unilateral holding state and the 0 mm side state.
  • S303c shown in FIG. 7 may include S901-S905.
  • the mobile phone 100 detects the sticker The fifth reflection coefficient S3 of the patch antenna 801 at the third operating frequency.
  • the mobile phone 100 calculates the vector distance between the fifth reflection coefficient S3 and the sixth reflection coefficient S3_FS of the patch antenna 801 .
  • the reflection coefficients of the patch antenna 801 at different operating frequencies may be pre-stored in the mobile phone 100 when the mobile phone 100 is in the FS state.
  • the above-mentioned sixth reflection coefficient S3_FS is the reflection coefficient of the patch antenna 801 at the third working frequency when the mobile phone 100 is in the FS state.
  • reference may be made to the method for calculating the vector distance between the first reflection coefficient S1 and the third reflection coefficient by the mobile phone 100 in the above-mentioned embodiment. To repeat.
  • the mobile phone 100 determines whether the vector distance between the fifth reflection coefficient S3 and the sixth reflection coefficient S3_FS is smaller than a preset distance threshold.
  • the fifth reflection coefficient S3 is close to the sixth reflection coefficient S3_FS on the Smith chart.
  • the impedance of the patch antenna 801 is not affected by the user's holding; therefore, as described in S904, the mobile phone 100 is in the 0 mm right side state shown in (c) in FIG. 1E.
  • the fifth reflection coefficient S3 is farther from the sixth reflection coefficient S3_FS on the Smith chart.
  • the impedance of the patch antenna 801 changes under the influence of the user's holding; therefore, as described in S905 , the mobile phone 100 is in the right-side holding state shown in (b) of FIG. 1C .
  • the mobile phone 100 can distinguish whether the vector distance between the fifth transmission coefficient S3 and the sixth reflection coefficient S3_FS is greater than the preset distance threshold by detecting the reflection coefficient of the patch antenna 801 (that is, the fifth reflection coefficient S3) The mobile phone 100 is in the 0mm side state or the right unilateral holding state.
  • the mobile phone 100 is in the right unilateral holding state shown in (b) in FIG.
  • the mobile phone 100 and the user will have a certain degree of relative movement.
  • the movement of the user's finger will bring about the relative movement between the mobile phone 100 and the user.
  • the mobile phone 100 is in the 0 mm right side state shown in (c) of FIG. 1E , the relationship between the mobile phone 100 and the human body detection model 10 is relatively stationary. It can be understood that, if the mobile phone 100 and the user's finger move relative to each other, the second reflection coefficient S2 of the antenna 102 will fluctuate.
  • the mobile phone 100 can distinguish the 0mm right side state and the right one-side holding state by detecting whether the second reflection coefficient S2 of the antenna 102 fluctuates.
  • S303c shown in FIG. 7 may include S1001-S1003.
  • the mobile phone 100 determines the Whether the change of the reflection coefficient S2 within the preset time period is greater than the preset change threshold.
  • the mobile phone 100 performs S301 to periodically detect the first reflection coefficient S1 of the antenna 101 and the second reflection coefficient S2 of the antenna 102 .
  • the above-mentioned preset duration may be any duration such as 5 seconds (s), 10s, or 8s.
  • the preset duration may be pre-configured in the mobile phone 100 ; or, may be set in the mobile phone 100 by the user.
  • the changes of the second reflection coefficient S2 within the preset time period may include: amplitude changes and phase changes of the second reflection coefficient S2 within the preset time period.
  • the above-mentioned preset change threshold may include a preset amplitude threshold and a preset phase threshold.
  • the change of the second reflection coefficient S2 within the preset time period is greater than the preset change threshold may include: the amplitude change of the second reflection coefficient S2 within the preset period of time is greater than the preset amplitude threshold; and/or, the second reflection coefficient The phase change of S2 within the preset time period is greater than the preset phase threshold.
  • the change of the second reflection coefficient S2 within the preset time period is greater than the preset change threshold, it means that there is relative movement between the mobile phone 100 and the user within the preset time period. hold status. If the change of the second reflection coefficient S2 within the preset time period is less than or equal to the preset change threshold, it means that there is no relative movement between the mobile phone 100 and the user within the preset time period. As described in S1003, the mobile phone 100 is in a 0 mm right side state.
  • the above comparison result indicates that the mobile phone 100 is in a right-side holding state.
  • the above comparison result indicates that the mobile phone 100 is in a state of 0 mm right side.
  • the mobile phone 100 can distinguish whether the mobile phone 100 is in the 0mm right side state shown in (c) of FIG. 1E or the picture The right unilateral holding state shown in (b) in 1C.
  • a third antenna such as the patch antenna 801 in the mobile phone 100, which can save the cost of the mobile phone 100 to realize the recognition of the 0mm right side state and the right side holding state.
  • the SAR test status (any SAR test status shown in (a)-(f) in FIG. 1E ) is the laboratory test status.
  • the user may not distinguish between the 0mm right side state and the right unilateral holding state, and the 0mm left side state and the left unilateral holding state.
  • the mobile phone 100 is held on both sides.
  • Situation (1) The mobile phone 100 is in a bilateral holding state in a head-hand mode scenario (ie, a scene in which the mobile phone 100 is held by the user for a voice call).
  • Situation (2) The mobile phone 100 is in a bilateral holding state in a hand model scenario (the mobile phone 100 is held by the user in other scenarios except for a voice call).
  • the mobile phone 100 can determine that the mobile phone 100 is in the ON state or the OFF state by whether the handset or receiver of the mobile phone 100 (for example, the receiver 270B in FIG. 2, also referred to as the receiver) is in the ON state or the OFF state. 100 is in the head hand model scene or the hand model scene.
  • the method of this embodiment of the present application further includes S1101-S1103.
  • the mobile phone 100 determines whether the receiver Receiver of the mobile phone 100 is in an open state.
  • the receiver receiver of the mobile phone 100 is in an on state, it means that the receiver receiver of the mobile phone 100 is receiving voice data from other electronic devices, and the mobile phone 100 is conducting voice communication. In this case, as described in S802, the mobile phone 100 is in the head-hand mode scene.
  • the receiver Receiver of the mobile phone 100 is in a closed state, it means that the receiver receiver of the mobile phone 100 is not working, and the mobile phone 100 is not performing voice communication. In this case, as described in S803, the mobile phone 100 is in the hand model scene.
  • the mobile phone 100 is in a head-hand mode scene.
  • the mobile phone 100 when the mobile phone 100 is in the head-hand mode scene, the mobile phone 100 is relatively close to the user's head. In this case, if the transmit power of the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 is too large, the problem that the radiation generated by the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 to the human body may exceed the standard. Based on this, the mobile phone 100 can adjust the transmit power of the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 to reduce radiation.
  • the mobile phone 100 is in a hand model scene.
  • the mobile phone 100 can switch to use the antenna of the mobile phone 100 according to the holding state of the mobile phone 100 to improve the communication effect of the mobile phone 100 .
  • the mobile phone 100 can switch between the antenna 101 and the antenna 102. other antennas. In this way, the influence of the user holding the mobile phone 100 on the communication effect of the mobile phone 100 can be reduced.
  • the mobile phone 100 can also determine whether the mobile phone 100 is close to the user's head according to the data collected by the proximity light sensor; if the mobile phone 100 is close to the user's head, the mobile phone 100 is in the head-hand position Mode scene; if the mobile phone 100 is not close to the user's head, the mobile phone 100 is in the hand mode scene.
  • the specific method for the mobile phone 100 to distinguish the above-mentioned head-hand model scene or hand model scene includes but is not limited to the methods described in the foregoing embodiments.
  • the mobile phone 100 distinguishes the head-hand-model scene or the hand-model scene reference may be made to the relevant description in the conventional technology, which will not be repeated in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the mobile phone 100 may be in the FS state, or may be in any state such as a head model state (also called a head model scene or a single-head scene) or a second SAR test state.
  • the second SAR test state includes a state in which the mobile phone 100 and the human body test model 10 are separated by 5 mm.
  • the second SAR test state may include a 5mm back state or a 5mm right side state, or the like.
  • the head model state may be a scenario in which the mobile phone 100 is not held by the user and a voice call is being made.
  • the mobile phone 100 may not distinguish the FS state from the above-mentioned 5mm back state and 5mm right side state. However, the mobile phone 100 needs to distinguish between the FS state and the head model state.
  • the mobile phone 100 can distinguish the above-mentioned FS state and the head model state by judging whether the receiver Receiver of the mobile phone 100 is in an open state.
  • the mobile phone 100 if the receiver Receiver of the mobile phone 100 is in the off state, the mobile phone 100 is in the FS state. If the receiver Receiver of the mobile phone 100 is in an on state, the mobile phone 100 is in a head model state. In this way, the mobile phone 100 can distinguish the head mode state and the FS state.
  • a distance sensor such as a SAR sensor
  • the mobile phone 100 can collect data through the SAR sensor to distinguish the above-mentioned FS state, 5mm back state or 5mm right side state.
  • the SAR sensor can be used to collect the distance between the mobile phone 100 and the user or the human test model.
  • the SAR sensor can be used to collect SAR values of electromagnetic waves radiated by the mobile phone 100 .
  • the SAR value is used to characterize the degree of influence of the electromagnetic waves radiated by the mobile phone 100 on the human body or other objects. It can be understood that in the FS state, the 5mm back state or the 5mm right side state, the objects around the mobile phone 100 are different, or the distances between the objects around the mobile phone 100 and the mobile phone 100 are different. Therefore, for objects in the above different states, the SAR generated by the electromagnetic waves radiated by the mobile phone 100 is different. It can be seen that the SAR value collected by the SAR sensor can be used to evaluate the distance between the objects around the mobile phone 100 and the mobile phone 100; therefore, the SAR value collected by the SAR sensor can be regarded as the "SAR sensor collection distance".
  • the mobile phone 100 can distinguish the above-mentioned FS state, 5mm back state or 5mm right side state according to the parameters (such as distance or SAR value) collected by the SAR sensor. For example, if the parameter collected by the SAR sensor is less than the preset value, it means that the mobile phone 100 is in the 5mm back state or the 5mm right side state; if the parameter collected by the SAR sensor is greater than or equal to the preset value, it means that the mobile phone 100 is in the FS state.
  • the parameters such as distance or SAR value
  • the SAR sensors disposed at different positions of the mobile phone 100 can be used to measure the distance between the corresponding position of the mobile phone 100 and the user or the human body test model.
  • a SAR sensor disposed on the back of the mobile phone 100 can be used to measure the distance between the back of the mobile phone 100 and a user or a human test model.
  • the SAR sensor disposed on the right side of the mobile phone 100 can be used to measure the distance between the right side of the mobile phone 100 and the user or a human test model.
  • the mobile phone 100 can also determine whether the receiver Receiver of the mobile phone 100 is in an open state. If the receiver Receiver of the mobile phone 100 is in the off state, the mobile phone 100 is in the FS state. If the receiver Receiver of the mobile phone 100 is in an on state, the mobile phone 100 is in a head model state. In this way, the mobile phone 100 can distinguish the head mode state, the FS state and various Body SAR states.
  • the SAR test state of the mobile phone 100 can not only include 0mm body state (such as 0mm back state, 0mm right side state and 0mm left side state), 5mm body state (such as 5mm back state, 5mm right side state and 5mm left side state) , can also include 10mm Body state (such as 10mm back state, 10mm right side state and 10mm left side state) and so on.
  • 0mm body state such as 0mm back state, 0mm right side state and 0mm left side state
  • 5mm body state such as 5mm back state, 5mm right side state and 5mm left side state
  • 10mm Body state such as 10mm back state, 10mm right side state and 10mm left side state
  • the above-mentioned 0mm back state, 0mm right side state, and 0mm left side state are collectively referred to as the 0mm body state
  • the 5mm back state, 5mm right side state, and 5mm left side state are collectively referred to as the 5mm body state
  • the 10mm body state is collectively referred to as the 5mm body state.
  • the back state, the 10mm right side state and the 10mm left side state are collectively referred to as the 10mm Body state.
  • the mobile phone 100 may first execute 1200 shown in FIG. 12 to detect the first reflection coefficient S1 and detect the second reflection coefficient S2.
  • first reflection coefficient S1 the first reflection coefficient S1
  • second reflection coefficient S2 the second reflection coefficient S2, and 1200
  • S301 the description of S301 in the foregoing embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
  • the mobile phone 100 may execute 1201 to perform logical judgment to determine which preset scenario the first reflection coefficient S1 and the second reflection coefficient S2 satisfy. Specifically, the mobile phone 100 executes 1201 to calculate the vector distances between the first reflection coefficient S1 and the plurality of third reflection coefficients of the antenna 101 respectively, and calculate the vector distances between the second reflection coefficients and the plurality of fourth reflection coefficients of the antenna 102 respectively , and each calculated distance is compared with a preset distance threshold to determine which preset scenario the first reflection coefficient S1 and the second reflection coefficient S2 satisfy.
  • the mobile phone 100 is in the double-sided holding state shown by 1210 in FIG. 12 (ie, the hand model scene or the head-hand model scene).
  • the specific method for the mobile phone 100 to perform 1201-1210 shown in FIG. 12 may refer to the detailed description of S304a in the foregoing embodiment, and will not be repeated here.
  • the mobile phone 100 being in the state of being held on both sides may include two situations.
  • Situation (1) The mobile phone 100 is in a bilaterally held state in the hand model scenario.
  • Situation (2) The mobile phone 100 is in a bilaterally held state in the head-hand model scenario.
  • the mobile phone 100 can determine whether the Receiver of the mobile phone 100 is in an open state. If the Receiver is enabled (that is, the Receiver is in an enabled state), the mobile phone 100 is in the head-hand mode scene 1211 shown in FIG. 12 . If the Receiver is closed (that is, the Receiver is in a closed state), the mobile phone 100 is in the hand model scene 1212 shown in FIG. 12 .
  • the mobile phone 100 is in the left unilateral holding state, the right unilateral holding state, or the 0mm Body state (eg, the 0mm right side state or the 0mm left side state) as shown by 1220 in FIG. 12 .
  • the specific method for the mobile phone 100 to execute 1201-1220 shown in FIG. 12 may refer to the detailed descriptions of S304b and S304c in the foregoing embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
  • the mobile phone 100 can detect the fifth reflection coefficient S3 of the third antenna (such as the patch antenna 801 ), and determine whether the vector distance between the fifth reflection coefficient S3 and the sixth reflection coefficient S3_FS is greater than
  • the method of preset distance threshold distinguishes the 0mm Body state from the left unilateral holding state and the right unilateral holding state.
  • the method for distinguishing the 0mm Body state from the left unilateral holding state and the right unilateral holding state by the reflection coefficient of the third antenna of the mobile phone 100 may refer to the detailed descriptions of S901-S905 in the above embodiment, and will not be repeated here.
  • the mobile phone 100 can distinguish the 0mm Body state from the left unilateral holding state and the right unilateral state by judging whether the change of S1 and/or S2 within the preset time period is greater than the preset change threshold. holding state.
  • the method for the mobile phone 100 to distinguish the 0mm Body state from the left unilateral holding state and the right unilateral holding state through the changes of S1 and/or S2 within a preset duration please refer to the detailed descriptions of S1001-S1003 in the above embodiment , will not be repeated here.
  • the mobile phone 100 distinguishing the 0mm Body state from the left unilateral holding state and the right unilateral holding state by judging whether the change of S1 and/or S2 within the preset time period is greater than the preset change threshold. If the change of S1 and/or S2 within the preset time period is greater than the preset change threshold, the mobile phone 100 is in the left unilateral holding state or the right unilateral holding state shown by 1221 in FIG. 12 . If the changes of S1 and S2 within the preset time period are less than or equal to the preset change threshold, the mobile phone 100 is in the 0mm Body state shown by 1222 in FIG. 12 .
  • the mobile phone 100 is in the FS state shown at 1230 in FIG. 12 , the 5mm Body state (eg, the 5mm back state or the 5mm right side state), the 10mm Body state or the head mold state.
  • the specific method for the mobile phone 100 to execute 1201-1230 shown in FIG. 12 may refer to the detailed description of S304d in the foregoing embodiment, and will not be repeated here.
  • the mobile phone 100 when the mobile phone 100 is in the FS state (or the head mold state), the 5mm body state or the 10mm body state, the parameters collected by the SAR sensor are different. Therefore, after 1230 shown in FIG. 12 , the mobile phone 100 can distinguish the FS state (or the head mold state), the 5mm body state or the 10mm body state through the parameters collected by the SAR sensor.
  • the mobile phone 100 is in the 5mm Body state 1231 shown in FIG. 12 . If the SAR sensor detection satisfies the 10mm scene (that is, the parameters collected by the SAR sensor match the parameters collected by the SAR sensor when the mobile phone 100 is in the 10mm Body state), the mobile phone 100 is in the 10mm Body state 1232 shown in FIG. 12 .
  • the SAR sensor detects a scene exceeding 10mm (that is, the parameters collected by the SAR sensor match the parameters collected by the SAR sensor when the mobile phone 100 is in the X mm Body state; X is greater than 10), the mobile phone 100 is in the head mode state shown in FIG. head model scene or single head scene) 1233 or FS state 1234.
  • the mobile phone 100 can judge whether the Receiver of the mobile phone 100 is in the open state; if the Receiver is turned on (that is, the Receiver is in the open state), the mobile phone 100 is in the head model state 1233 shown in FIG. 12 ; If it is closed (that is, the Receiver is in the closed state), the mobile phone 100 is in the FS state 1234 shown in FIG. 12 .
  • the Body SAR state (0mm Body state 1222, 5mm Body state 1231 or 10mm Body state 1232 shown in FIG. 12 ), the head-hand model scene 1211 shown in FIG. 12 or FIG. 12
  • the mobile phone 100 may execute 1250 shown in FIG. 12 to adjust the uplink transmit power of the mobile phone 100 according to the SAR requirement.
  • the mobile phone 100 can reduce the uplink transmit power of the antenna 101 and/or the antenna 102 so that the SAR value collected by the mobile phone 100 is lower than the SAR requirement. In this way, it can be ensured that the radiation of the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 does not exceed the standard.
  • the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 are both in the FS state, and their impedance will not be affected by the user's holding.
  • the antenna 102 is in the FS state, and its impedance will not be affected by the user's holding.
  • the antenna 101 is in the FS state, and its impedance will not be affected by the user's holding.
  • the antenna 101 is in the FS state, and its impedance will not be affected by the user's holding.
  • the antenna 101 is in the FS state, and its impedance will not be affected by the user's holding.
  • the mobile phone 100 can execute 1260 shown in FIG. 12 to switch the antenna to improve the communication quality. Specifically, the mobile phone 100 can switch to use the above-mentioned antenna in the FS state. For example, when the mobile phone 100 is held on the left side, the mobile phone 100 can switch to use the antenna 102 instead of the antenna 101 . In this way, the influence of the user's holding on the communication quality of the mobile phone 100 can be reduced, and the communication experience of the user can be improved.
  • the mobile phone 100 has a dual antenna switching (transmitting antenna switching, TAS) function.
  • TAS transmitting antenna switching
  • the mobile phone 100 uses the antenna 101 to send and receive signals
  • the mobile phone 100 detects that the holding state of the mobile phone 100 is changed to the left-side holding state
  • the mobile phone 100 can switch to use the antenna 102 instead of the antenna 101 . That is, the mobile phone 100 can perform dual-antenna switching between the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 . In this way, the influence of the user's holding on the communication quality of the mobile phone 100 can be reduced, and the communication experience of the user can be improved.
  • the mobile phone 100 not only has a TAS function, but also has a multiple antenna switching (multiple antenna switching, MAS) function.
  • the mobile phone 100 includes not only the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 , but also the antenna 408 .
  • the mobile phone 100 uses the antenna 102 to send and receive signals
  • the mobile phone 100 can switch to use the antenna 101 and the antenna 408 instead of the antenna 102 . That is, the mobile phone 100 can perform multi-antenna switching among the antenna 101 , the antenna 102 and the antenna 408 . In this way, the influence of the user's holding on the communication quality of the mobile phone 100 can be reduced, and the communication experience of the user can be improved.
  • the vector distance (such as D) of the reflection coefficient of the antenna and the antenna is in a state (denoted as state c, such as FS state) is greater than or equal to the preset distance threshold (such as 0.3), it is considered that The current state of the antenna is distinguishable from the above state c, that is, the antenna is not in the above state c.
  • the calculation accuracy of the above-mentioned distance D is affected by the calculation accuracy of the above-mentioned reflection coefficient.
  • the calculation accuracy of the above reflection coefficient will be affected by the detection accuracy of the reflection coefficient detection circuit shown in FIG. 4 .
  • the reflection coefficient S shown in FIG. 4 that is, the reflection coefficient calculated according to the actual forward power and reverse power
  • the reflection coefficient S′ shown in FIG. 4 that is, the reflection coefficient S′ shown in FIG.
  • the reflection coefficient S shown in FIG. 4 and the reflection coefficient S′ shown in FIG. 4 have a mapping relationship shown in the following formula (5).
  • a, b, and c are all complex numbers.
  • the specific values of a, b and c are determined by various parameters of the detection circuit of the reflection coefficient. For different detection circuits, the values of a, b and c can be different. The specific values of a, b and c can be obtained through experimental testing and calculation.
  • the measurement and calculation (Measurments vs Calculation in Smitch Chart) 1301 in the Smith chart in FIG. 13 shows a schematic diagram of the positional deviation between the reflection coefficient S' shown in FIG. 4 and the reflection coefficient S shown in FIG. 4 on the Smith chart .
  • the black dots and the white dots represent the reflection coefficient S' and the reflection coefficient S, respectively.
  • the distance deviation measurement and calculation (Distance deviation of Measurments vs Calculation) 1302 in FIG. 13 shows a schematic diagram of the deviation between the distance D' calculated according to the reflection coefficient S' and the distance D calculated according to the reflection coefficient S.
  • the above-mentioned reflection coefficient S' and reflection coefficient S are both vectors.
  • Amplitude deviation of Measurments vs Calculation 1303 in FIG. 13 shows a schematic diagram of the amplitude deviation of the reflection coefficient S′ and the reflection coefficient S.
  • the phase deviation measurement and calculation (Phase deviation of Measurments vs Calculation) 1304 in FIG. 13 shows a schematic diagram of the phase deviation of the reflection coefficient S′ and the reflection coefficient S.
  • the different designs of each antenna will also affect the reflection coefficient of the antenna.
  • the design of the position of the feeding point of the antenna will affect the reflection coefficient of the antenna.
  • the positional design of the antenna slot of the slot antenna also affects the reflection coefficient of the antenna.
  • the feeding points of the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 may be set at one end near the lower part of the mobile phone 100 .
  • the feeding point of the antenna 102 (such as a slot antenna) can be set at a distance of 4 mm from the end of the antenna 102 , which is the end of the antenna 102 near the lower part of the mobile phone 100 .
  • the position of the feeding point of the antenna 102 is shown in FIG. 14 , and the mobile phone 100 is in the FS state and the two-sided holding state (such as the HL state or the HR state), the distribution of the reflection coefficient of the antenna 102 on the Smith chart As shown in Figure 5A.
  • the mobile phone 1500 includes an antenna 1501
  • the mobile phone 1600 includes an antenna 1601 .
  • the mobile phone 1500 and the mobile phone 1600 have the same components and parameters except for the antenna 1501 and the antenna 1601; and the position of the antenna 1501 in the mobile phone 1500 is the same as that of the antenna 1601 in the mobile phone 1600, and the size of the antenna 1501 and the antenna 1601 are the same .
  • the difference is that the position of the feed point of the antenna 1501 is different from the position of the feed point of the antenna 1601 , and the position of the antenna slot of the antenna 1501 is different from the position of the antenna slot of the antenna 1601 .
  • the feeding point of the antenna 1501 (such as a slot antenna) can be set at a distance of 7 mm from one end of the antenna 1501 , which is the end of the antenna 1501 near the lower part of the mobile phone 1500 .
  • the antenna slot of the antenna 1501 (eg, a slot antenna) may be disposed at the other end of the antenna 1501 .
  • the feeding point of the antenna 1601 (such as a slot antenna) can be set at a position 7 mm away from one end of the antenna 1601 near the upper part of the mobile phone 100 .
  • the antenna slot of the antenna 1601 (eg, slot antenna) can be set at the other end of the antenna 1601 (eg, the end of the antenna 101 near the lower part of the mobile phone 1600 ).
  • the operating frequencies of the antenna 1501 shown in FIG. 15 and the antenna 1601 shown in FIG. 16 are both 1.1 GHz-1.2 GHz. Since the positions of the feeding point and the antenna slit of the antenna 1501 shown in FIG. 15 are different from those of the antenna 1601 shown in FIG. 16 ; therefore, the mobile phone 1500 and the mobile phone 1600 are in the same holding state , the reflection coefficients of the antenna 1501 and the antenna 1601 are different.
  • the reflection coefficients are different; the position of the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1501 on the Smith chart when the mobile phone 1500 is in the HL state is different from the position of the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1601 on the Smith chart when the mobile phone 1600 is in the HL state, that is, the reflection coefficient is different; The position of the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1501 on the Smith chart when the mobile phone 1500 is in HR is different from the position of the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1601 on the Smith chart when the mobile phone 1600 is in the HR state, that is, the reflection coefficient is different.
  • the positions of the feed point and the antenna slot of the antenna 101 in the mobile phone 100 shown in FIG. Location is different.
  • the working frequency of the antenna 101 is 2.4GHz-2.5GHz; as shown in FIG. 17 , the working frequency of the antenna 1701 is 2.4GHz-2.5GHz.
  • the operating frequency of the antenna 101 is the same as the operating frequency of the antenna 1701 .
  • the reflection coefficients of the antenna 1501 and the antenna 1601 are different. For example, comparing the Smith chart 601 shown in FIG. 6B with the Smith chart shown in FIG. 17 , it can be known that the position of the reflection coefficient of the antenna 101 on the Smith chart when the mobile phone 100 is in the FS state is different from that of the antenna when the mobile phone 1700 is in the FS state.
  • the position of the reflection coefficient of 1701 on the Smith chart is different, that is, the reflection coefficient is different; when the mobile phone 100 is in the HL state, the position of the reflection coefficient of the antenna 101 on the Smith chart is different from the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1701 when the mobile phone 1700 is in the HL state.
  • the positions on the Smith chart are different, that is, the reflection coefficients are different; the position of the reflection coefficient of the antenna 101 on the Smith chart when the mobile phone 100 is in the HR state is the same as the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1701 on the Smith chart when the mobile phone 1700 is in the HR state.
  • the position is different, that is, the reflection coefficient is different; the position of the reflection coefficient of the antenna 101 on the Smith chart when the mobile phone 100 is in the 0mm Back state is different from the position of the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1701 on the Smith chart when the mobile phone 1700 is in the 0mm Back state. That is, the reflection coefficients are different; the position of the reflection coefficient of the antenna 101 on the Smith chart when the mobile phone 100 is in the 0mm side state is different from the position of the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1701 on the Smith chart when the mobile phone 1700 is in the 0mm side state, that is, the reflection coefficient different.
  • the mobile phone 1800 includes an antenna 1801 ; as shown in FIG. 19 , the mobile phone 1900 includes an antenna 1901 . It is assumed that the mobile phone 1800 and the mobile phone 1900 have the same components and parameters except for the antenna 1801 and the antenna 1901; and the position of the antenna 1801 in the mobile phone 1800 is the same as that of the antenna 1901 in the mobile phone 1900, and the size of the antenna 1801 and the antenna 1901 are the same . The difference is that the position of the feed point of the antenna 1801 is different from the position of the feed point of the antenna 1901 , and the position of the antenna slot of the antenna 1801 is different from the position of the antenna slot of the antenna 1901 .
  • the operating frequencies of the antenna 1801 shown in FIG. 18 and the antenna 1901 shown in FIG. 19 are both 0.75GHz-0.85GHz. Since the positions of the feeding point and the antenna slit of the antenna 1801 shown in FIG. 18 are different from those of the antenna 1901 shown in FIG. 19 ; therefore, the mobile phone 1800 and the mobile phone 1900 are in the same holding state , the reflection coefficients of antenna 1801 and antenna 1901 are different.
  • the reflection coefficients are different; the position of the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1801 on the Smith chart when the mobile phone 1800 is in the HL state is different from the position of the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1901 on the Smith chart when the mobile phone 1900 is in the HL state, that is, the reflection coefficient is different; The position of the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1801 on the Smith chart when the mobile phone 1800 is in the HR state is different from the position of the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1901 on the Smith chart when the mobile phone 1900 is in the HR state, that is, the reflection coefficient is different.
  • the reflection coefficient of the antenna is not only affected by the design of the antenna itself, but also by the user's habit of using a mobile terminal (such as the mobile phone 100 ). For example, some users like to add a leather case to their mobile phone. For the same mobile phone, under the same holding state, the influence of the mobile phone being held by the user on the antenna when the holster is added is different from that when the mobile phone is held by the user without the holster. Therefore, in the above two cases, the impedance change of the antenna in the mobile phone is different, and the reflection coefficient of the antenna is different.
  • the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1501 when the mobile phone 1500 is in the HL state, the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1501 (reflection coefficient represented by the curve “HL state, 1mm holster” in FIG. 15 ) when the thickness of the holster is added by 1mm is different from that of the When the holster is added, the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1501 (reflection coefficient represented by the curve "HL state” in FIG. 15 ) is different on the Smith chart, that is, the reflection coefficient is different. As shown in FIG. 15 , when the mobile phone 1500 is in the HR state, the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1501 (reflection coefficient represented by the curve “HR state, 1mm holster” in FIG.
  • the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1501 (reflection coefficient represented by the curve "HR state" in FIG. 15 ) in the case of the sleeve is different in the position on the Smith chart, that is, the reflection coefficient is different.
  • the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1601 when the mobile phone 1600 is in the HL state, the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1601 (reflection coefficient represented by the curve “HL state, 1mm holster” in FIG. 16 ) when the thickness of the holster is added by 1mm is different from
  • the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1601 when the holster is added, the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1601 (reflection coefficient represented by the curve "HL state” in FIG. 16 ) is different in the Smith chart position, that is, the reflection coefficient is different.
  • the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1601 (reflection coefficient represented by the curve "HR state, 1mm holster” in Figure 16) when the thickness of the holster is added by 1mm is different from that without the addition of the holster.
  • the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1601 (reflection coefficient represented by the curve "HR state” in FIG. 16 ) in the case of the sleeve is different in the position on the Smith chart, that is, the reflection coefficient is different.
  • the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1701 when the mobile phone 1700 is in the HL state, the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1701 (reflection coefficient represented by the curve “HL state, 1mm holster” in FIG. 17 ) when the holster with a thickness of 1 mm is added is the same as the When the holster is not added, the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1701 (reflection coefficient represented by the curve "HL state” in FIG. 17 ) has different positions on the Smith chart, that is, the reflection coefficient is different. As shown in FIG. 17 , when the mobile phone 1700 is in the HR state, the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1701 (reflection coefficient represented by the curve “HR state, 1mm holster” in FIG.
  • the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1701 (reflection coefficient represented by the curve "HR state" in FIG. 17 ) is different in the position on the Smith chart, that is, the reflection coefficient is different.
  • the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1901 when the mobile phone 1900 is in the HL state, the reflection coefficient represented by the curve “HL state, 1mm holster” in FIG. 19 ) when the holster with a thickness of 1mm is added is the same as the When the holster is not added, the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1901 (reflection coefficient represented by the curve "HL state” in FIG. 19 ) has different positions on the Smith chart, that is, the reflection coefficient is different.
  • the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1901 when the mobile phone 1900 is in the HR state, the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1901 (reflection coefficient represented by the curve "HR state, 1mm holster” in Figure 19) when the thickness of the holster is added by 1mm is different from that without the addition of the holster.
  • the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1901 (reflection coefficient represented by the curve "HR state” in FIG. 19 ) is different in position on the Smith chart, that is, the reflection coefficient is different.
  • the mobile terminal may pre-store the reflection coefficients of the antenna in different holding states under the influence of the above-mentioned various factors.
  • the mobile phone 100 can pre-store the reflection coefficients of the antenna (such as the antenna 101 ) at different operating frequencies when the mobile phone 100 is in different holding states when the mobile phone 100 is added with a holster; it can also be stored that the mobile phone 100 is not added
  • the reflection coefficients of the antenna eg, the antenna 101
  • the mobile phone 100 when it recognizes the holding state, it can detect whether a leather case is added to the mobile phone 100 through a sensor (eg, a magnetic sensor). If a holster is added to the mobile phone 100, the mobile phone 100 can calculate the vector distance between the first reflection coefficient of the antenna 101 and multiple third reflection coefficients of the antenna 101 when the holster is added to identify the holding state of the mobile phone 100. If the mobile phone 100 does not have a holster, the mobile phone 100 can calculate the vector distance between the first reflection coefficient of the antenna 101 and multiple third reflection coefficients of the antenna 101 without the holster to identify the holding state of the mobile phone 100 . In this way, the accuracy of the recognition result can be improved.
  • a sensor eg, a magnetic sensor
  • the mobile phone 100 performs S301 to detect not only the first reflection coefficient S1 of the antenna 101 at the first working frequency, but also the second reflection coefficient S2 of the antenna 102 at the second working frequency.
  • the mobile phone 102 executes S302, not only calculating the vector distances between the first reflection coefficient S1 and a plurality of third reflection coefficients of the antenna 101, but also calculating the vector distances between the second reflection coefficient S2 and a plurality of fourth reflection coefficients of the antenna 102, respectively .
  • the mobile phone 100 may only need to detect the reflection coefficient of one of the antennas 101 and 102 , and calculate the vector distance between the reflection coefficient of one antenna and the reflection coefficient stored in the mobile phone 100 .
  • the mobile phone 100 may detect the first reflection coefficient S1 of the antenna 101 at the first operating frequency as an example.
  • the mobile phone 100 can detect the first reflection coefficient S1 of the antenna 101 at the first operating frequency, and then calculate the vector distances between the first reflection coefficient S1 and the plurality of third reflection coefficients of the antenna 101 respectively.
  • the mobile phone 100 may be in a double-sided holding state or a left single-sided holding state, and the mobile phone 100 is not in the FS state. At this time, the mobile phone 100 can distinguish the double-sided holding state or the left one-sided holding state of the mobile phone 100 from the FS state. In the case of judging whether the mobile phone 100 is held, or whether the mobile phone 100 is in the FS state, the mobile phone 100 does not need to detect the reflection coefficient of the antenna 102 again.
  • the mobile phone 100 may be in the right-side holding state or the FS state. At this time, the mobile phone 100 cannot distinguish the right-side holding state of the mobile phone 100 from the FS state. Therefore, the mobile phone 100 can detect the second reflection coefficient S2 of the antenna 102 at the second operating frequency, and then calculate the vector distances between the second reflection coefficient S2 and the plurality of fourth reflection coefficients of the antenna 102 respectively.
  • the mobile phone 100 is in the FS state. If the vector distance between the second reflection coefficient S2 and the fourth reflection coefficient when the antenna 102 is in the second state is smaller than the preset distance threshold, it indicates that the antenna 102 is more likely to be in the first state. In this case, the mobile phone 100 is in the FS state. If the vector distance between the second reflection coefficient S2 and the fourth reflection coefficient when the antenna 102 is in the second state is smaller than the preset distance threshold, it indicates that the antenna 102 is more likely to be in the second state. In this case, the mobile phone 100 is held on the right side.
  • the mobile phone 100 may only need to detect the reflection coefficient of any one of the antennas 101 and 102, and calculate the vector distance between the reflection coefficient of any antenna and the reflection coefficient stored in the mobile phone 100, and then it can be determined Whether the mobile phone 100 is held, or whether the mobile phone 100 is in the FS state.
  • the method of the embodiments of the present application is described by taking the mobile phone 100 in the vertical screen state, the antenna 101 provided on the left side frame of the mobile phone 100, and the antenna 102 provided on the right side frame of the mobile phone 100 as an example.
  • the method of the embodiment of the present application can also be applied to a mobile terminal in a landscape screen scenario, identifying the holding state of the mobile terminal, and then controlling the mobile terminal according to the holding state of the mobile terminal.
  • the mobile terminal may be the mobile terminal 120 shown in (a) in FIG. 1D , (b) in FIG. 1D or (c) in FIG. 1D .
  • the mobile terminal 120 may be a mobile phone or a tablet computer.
  • the upper side frame of the tablet computer 120 is provided with the antenna 103
  • the lower side frame of the tablet computer 120 is provided with the antenna 104 .
  • the antenna 103 and the antenna 104 arranged on the upper side frame and the lower side frame of the tablet computer 120 can support the tablet computer 120 to recognize the FS state, the left side holding state, the right side holding state of the tablet computer 120 in the landscape screen scene States such as unilateral holding state and bilateral holding state.
  • FIG. 1D (a), FIG. 1D (b), and FIG. 1D (c) are only schematic.
  • the above-mentioned antenna may be arranged on the frame of the tablet computer 120, or may be arranged at a position on the tablet computer 120 close to the frame (eg, inside the frame of the mobile phone 100). This embodiment of the present application does not limit the position of the antenna on the frame.
  • the tablet computer 120 can perform the method described in this embodiment when recognizing that the tablet computer 120 is in a landscape scene, and identify the FS state, the left unilateral holding state, the right unilateral holding state, and the The state of holding both sides and so on.
  • the tablet computer 120 may recognize that the tablet computer 120 is in a landscape screen scene through one or more sensors (such as an acceleration sensor or a gyroscope sensor, etc.) in the tablet computer 120.
  • sensors such as an acceleration sensor or a gyroscope sensor, etc.
  • the method for the tablet computer 120 to recognize the holding state of the tablet computer 120 in the landscape screen scene reference may be made to the method for the mobile phone 100 to recognize the holding state of the mobile phone 100 in the vertical screen state in the above-mentioned embodiment.
  • the mobile terminal may include: a display screen (eg, a touch screen), a memory, and a processor.
  • the display screen, memory and processor are coupled.
  • the memory is used to store computer program code comprising computer instructions.
  • the processor executes the computer instructions, the mobile terminal can perform various functions or steps performed by the mobile terminal in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the structure of the mobile terminal reference may be made to the structure of the mobile terminal 200 shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the mobile terminal includes a frame, such as a first side frame, a second side frame, and a third side frame.
  • the mobile terminal may also include a first antenna and a second antenna.
  • the first antenna and the second antenna are respectively disposed on the first side frame and the second side frame opposite to the mobile terminal.
  • the physical size of the first antenna and the second antenna is between 15mm-100mm.
  • the distance between one end of the first antenna and the second antenna close to the third side frame of the mobile terminal and the third side frame is between 0 mm and 20 mm.
  • the first side frame is a left frame
  • the second side frame is a right frame.
  • the first antenna is arranged on the left side frame of the mobile terminal
  • the second antenna is arranged on the right side frame of the mobile terminal.
  • the opposite side frames of the mobile terminal in the above embodiments are the upper frame of the mobile terminal and the lower frame of the mobile terminal.
  • the third side frame is the lower frame of the electronic device.
  • the first side frame is an upper frame
  • the second side frame is a lower frame.
  • the first antenna is arranged on the upper side frame of the mobile terminal
  • the second antenna is arranged on the lower side frame of the mobile terminal.
  • the opposite side frames of the mobile terminal in the above embodiments are the upper side frame of the mobile terminal and the lower side frame of the mobile terminal.
  • the third side frame is the left frame or the right frame of the electronic device.
  • the mobile terminal determines the Antenna status, control the mobile terminal.
  • the first reflection coefficient and the second reflection coefficient are vectors used to characterize the amplitude and phase of the corresponding signals
  • the third reflection coefficient and the fourth reflection coefficient are vectors pre-existing in the mobile terminal
  • the third reflection coefficient is the first antenna
  • the fourth reflection coefficient is the reflection coefficient at the second working frequency when the second antenna is in the second antenna state.
  • the first antenna state of the first antenna and the second antenna state of the second antenna may determine the holding state of the mobile terminal, and the holding state of the mobile terminal may be used to control the mobile terminal.
  • the method for the mobile terminal to control the mobile terminal according to the state of the antenna or the holding state of the mobile terminal reference may be made to the related methods in the above-mentioned embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
  • the first antenna state of the first antenna and the second antenna state of the second antenna are used to control the mobile terminal in the vertical screen state.
  • the first antenna state of the first antenna and the second antenna state of the second antenna are used to control the mobile terminal in the landscape screen state.
  • the first antenna state of the first antenna may include: a state of the first antenna when the first side frame is not held (that is, the first state of the first antenna in the foregoing embodiment), and the first side frame The state of the first antenna when being held (ie, the second state of the first antenna in the above embodiment).
  • the second antenna state of the second antenna may include: a state of the second antenna when the second side frame is not held (ie, the first state of the second antenna in the above embodiment), and a state when the second side frame is held The state of the second antenna (ie, the second state of the second antenna in the above embodiment).
  • the moving device may further include a receiver; wherein, the mobile terminal can control the mobile terminal according to the first antenna state of the first antenna and the second antenna state of the second antenna, combined with the state of the receiver.
  • the first antenna state of the first antenna and the second antenna state of the second antenna, combined with the state of the receiver can be used to identify the holding state of the mobile terminal.
  • the holding state of the mobile terminal can be used to control the mobile terminal.
  • the state of the receiver is an open state or a closed state.
  • the state of the antenna combined with the state of the receiver can be used to determine the holding state of the mobile terminal.
  • the method for the mobile terminal to control the mobile terminal according to the state of the antenna combined with the state of the receiver, or to control the mobile terminal according to the holding state of the mobile terminal reference may be made to the related methods in the above embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
  • the mobile terminal further includes a third antenna, and the third antenna is disposed on the back of the mobile terminal.
  • the mobile terminal when the third vector distance between the fifth reflection coefficient of the third antenna at the third working frequency and the sixth reflection coefficient of the third antenna is less than the third preset distance threshold, the mobile terminal according to the first antenna An antenna state, a second antenna state of the second antenna, and a third antenna state of the third antenna control the mobile terminal.
  • the first antenna state of the first antenna, the second antenna state of the second antenna, and the third antenna state of the third antenna may be used to identify the holding state of the mobile terminal.
  • the holding state of the mobile terminal can be used to control the mobile terminal.
  • the distance between one end of the third antenna close to the third side frame of the mobile terminal and the third side frame is between 0 mm and 20 mm.
  • the above-mentioned third antenna is a patch antenna.
  • the physical size of the third antenna is M ⁇ N, where M ranges from 10 mm to 30 mm, and N ranges from 10 mm to 30 mm.
  • the fifth reflection coefficient is a vector used to characterize the amplitude and phase of the corresponding signal.
  • the sixth reflection coefficient is a vector pre-existing in the mobile terminal, and the sixth reflection coefficient is the reflection coefficient at the third working frequency when the third antenna is in the third antenna state.
  • the above third antenna state includes: a state of the third antenna when the back of the mobile terminal is not held (that is, the first state of the third antenna in the above embodiment), and when the back of the mobile terminal is held The state of the third antenna (ie, the second state of the third antenna in the above embodiment).
  • the states of the first antenna, the second antenna and the third antenna may be used to determine the holding state of the mobile terminal.
  • the method for the mobile terminal to control the mobile terminal according to the state of the antenna or the holding state of the mobile terminal reference may be made to the related methods in the above-mentioned embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a chip system, and the chip system can be applied to a mobile terminal including a memory.
  • a first antenna and a second antenna are respectively provided in the frame on opposite sides of the mobile terminal.
  • the chip system 2000 includes at least one processor 2001 and at least one interface circuit 2002 .
  • the processor 2001 and the interface circuit 2002 may be interconnected by wires.
  • the interface circuit 2002 may be used to receive signals from other devices, such as a memory of a mobile terminal.
  • the interface circuit 2002 may be used to send signals to other devices (eg, the processor 2001 or the touch screen of the mobile terminal).
  • the interface circuit 2002 can read the instructions stored in the memory and send the instructions to the processor 2001 .
  • the mobile terminal can be caused to execute each step in the above embodiment.
  • the chip system may also include other discrete devices, which are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer storage medium, where the computer storage medium includes computer instructions, and when the computer instructions are executed on the above-mentioned mobile terminal, the mobile terminal is made to perform each function or step performed by the mobile terminal in the above-mentioned method embodiments .
  • Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer program product, which, when the computer program product runs on a computer, enables the computer to perform each function or step performed by the mobile terminal in the above method embodiments.
  • the computer may be the above-mentioned mobile terminal.
  • the disclosed apparatus and method may be implemented in other manners.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the modules or units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components may be Incorporation may either be integrated into another device, or some features may be omitted, or not implemented.
  • the shown or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and components shown as units may be one physical unit or multiple physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple different places . Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution in this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above-mentioned integrated units may be implemented in the form of hardware, or may be implemented in the form of software functional units.
  • the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it may be stored in a readable storage medium.
  • the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be embodied in the form of software products in essence, or the parts that contribute to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solutions, which are stored in a storage medium , including several instructions to make a device (may be a single chip microcomputer, a chip, etc.) or a processor (processor) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read only memory (ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes.

Abstract

Disclosed are a mobile terminal control method, and a mobile terminal, capable of improving the accuracy of identifying the state in which a hand holds the mobile terminal, and thus optimizing the performance of the mobile terminal. Two opposite side frames of the mobile terminal are respectively provided with a first antenna and a second antenna; the mobile terminal may obtain a first reflection coefficient of the first antenna at a first operating frequency, and a second reflection coefficient of the second antenna at a second operating frequency; then, the mobile terminal may calculate vector distances between the first reflection coefficient and multiple third reflection coefficients of the first antenna respectively, and calculate vector distances between the second reflection coefficient and multiple fourth reflection coefficients of the second antenna respectively; finally, the mobile terminal may compare each calculated vector distance with a preset distance threshold to obtain a comparison result, and control the mobile terminal according to the comparison result, the comparison result being used to indicate the state in which a hand holds the mobile terminal.

Description

一种移动终端的控制方法及移动终端Control method of a mobile terminal and mobile terminal
本申请要求于2020年08月28日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为202010888034.4、发明名称为“一种移动终端的控制方法及移动终端”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number 202010888034.4 and the invention title "A Control Method for a Mobile Terminal and Mobile Terminal", which was filed with the State Intellectual Property Office on August 28, 2020, the entire contents of which are incorporated by reference in this application.
技术领域technical field
本申请实施例涉及终端技术领域,尤其涉及一种移动终端的控制方法及移动终端。The embodiments of the present application relate to the technical field of terminals, and in particular, to a control method of a mobile terminal and a mobile terminal.
背景技术Background technique
随着移动通信技术的发展,移动终端(如手机)已经逐步成为人们生活中不可或缺的一部分,也为人们工作提供了极大的便利。在移动终端的使用过程中,该移动终端的被握持的状态经常作为调节移动终端各项参数的依据,以提升移动终端的用户使用体验。With the development of mobile communication technology, mobile terminals (such as mobile phones) have gradually become an indispensable part of people's lives, and also provide great convenience for people's work. During the use of the mobile terminal, the held state of the mobile terminal is often used as the basis for adjusting various parameters of the mobile terminal, so as to improve the user experience of the mobile terminal.
例如,移动终端被握持的状态可以包括:双侧握持状态、左单侧握持状态、右单侧握持状态和自由空间(free space,FS)状态等多种握持状态。For example, the state in which the mobile terminal is held may include multiple holding states such as a bilateral holding state, a left unilateral holding state, a right unilateral holding state, and a free space (FS) state.
目前,大多数移动终端通过设置在该移动终端侧边的传感器(如电容传感器或触摸传感器等),来检测移动终端被握持的状态。但是,通过设置在移动终端侧边的传感器检测移动终端被握持的状态,会存在以下问题:(1)额外增设传感器会增加成本;(2)在移动终端侧边通常设置有天线,如果在该区域设置传感器可能会影响天线的性能。At present, most mobile terminals detect the holding state of the mobile terminal through sensors (such as capacitive sensors or touch sensors, etc.) disposed on the side of the mobile terminal. However, detecting the holding state of the mobile terminal by the sensor provided on the side of the mobile terminal has the following problems: (1) the additional sensor will increase the cost; (2) the antenna is usually provided on the side of the mobile terminal, if the Setting the sensor in this locale may affect the performance of the antenna.
发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
本申请提供一种移动终端的控制方法及移动终端,可以提升识别移动终端的握持状态的准确度,进而可以优化移动终端的性能。The present application provides a control method of a mobile terminal and a mobile terminal, which can improve the accuracy of identifying the holding state of the mobile terminal, thereby optimizing the performance of the mobile terminal.
第一方面,本申请提供一种移动终端的控制方法,该方法可以应用于移动终端。该移动终端相对的两侧边框中分别设置有第一天线和第二天线。In a first aspect, the present application provides a method for controlling a mobile terminal, which can be applied to a mobile terminal. A first antenna and a second antenna are respectively provided in the frame on opposite sides of the mobile terminal.
其中,该移动终端可以获取第一天线在第一工作频率下的第一反射系数和第二天线在第二工作频率下的第二反射系数。其中,该第一反射系数和第二反射系数是用于表征对应信号幅度和相位的矢量。然后,该移动终端可以计算第一反射系数分别与第一天线的多个第三反射系数的矢量距离,并计算第二反射系数分别与第二天线的多个第四反射系数的矢量距离。其中,上述多个第三反射系数包括所述第一天线处于不同状态时第一天线在第一工作频率下的反射系数;上述多个第四反射系数包括第二天线处于不同状态时第二天线在第二工作频率下的反射系数。最后,移动终端可以将计算得到的每个矢量距离分别与预设距离门限对比得到对比结果,根据该对比结果控制移动终端。其中,该对比结果用于指示移动终端的握持状态。Wherein, the mobile terminal can acquire the first reflection coefficient of the first antenna at the first working frequency and the second reflection coefficient of the second antenna at the second working frequency. Wherein, the first reflection coefficient and the second reflection coefficient are vectors used to characterize the amplitude and phase of the corresponding signals. Then, the mobile terminal may calculate the vector distances between the first reflection coefficients and the plurality of third reflection coefficients of the first antenna, respectively, and calculate the vector distances between the second reflection coefficients and the plurality of fourth reflection coefficients of the second antenna, respectively. The plurality of third reflection coefficients include the reflection coefficients of the first antenna at the first operating frequency when the first antenna is in different states; the plurality of fourth reflection coefficients include the second antenna when the second antenna is in different states Reflection coefficient at the second operating frequency. Finally, the mobile terminal may compare each calculated vector distance with a preset distance threshold to obtain a comparison result, and control the mobile terminal according to the comparison result. The comparison result is used to indicate the holding state of the mobile terminal.
可以理解的是,天线处于不同的状态时,该天线的阻抗不同,天线的反射系数则不同。其中,第一天线的第一反射系数与不同的第三反射系数的矢量距离不同,且第二反射系数与不同的第四反射系数的矢量距离不同。It can be understood that when the antenna is in different states, the impedance of the antenna is different, and the reflection coefficient of the antenna is different. Wherein, the vector distances between the first reflection coefficient of the first antenna and the different third reflection coefficients are different, and the vector distances between the second reflection coefficient and the different fourth reflection coefficients are different.
其中,如果第一反射系数与第一天线处于一种状态时的第三反射系数的矢量距离 小于预设距离门限,则表示该第一天线处于这种状态的可能性较大。同样的,如果第二反射系数与第二天线处于一种状态时的第四反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离门限,则表示该第二天线处于这种状态的可能性较大。Wherein, if the vector distance between the first reflection coefficient and the third reflection coefficient when the first antenna is in one state is less than the preset distance threshold, it indicates that the first antenna is more likely to be in this state. Similarly, if the vector distance between the second reflection coefficient and the fourth reflection coefficient when the second antenna is in one state is less than the preset distance threshold, it indicates that the second antenna is more likely to be in this state.
并且,移动终端处于不同的握持状态时,设置在移动终端相对的两侧边框的第一天线和第二天线的状态可能不同。如此,第一天线的状态和第二天线的状态,可以决定该移动终端的握持状态。Moreover, when the mobile terminal is in different holding states, the states of the first antenna and the second antenna disposed on the opposite side frames of the mobile terminal may be different. In this way, the state of the first antenna and the state of the second antenna can determine the holding state of the mobile terminal.
综上所述,采用本申请的方法,根据第一天线和第二天线的反射系数,识别移动终端的握持状态,可以提升识别移动终端的握持状态的准确度。然后,根据移动终端的握持状态控制该移动终端,可以优化移动终端的性能。To sum up, using the method of the present application to identify the holding state of the mobile terminal according to the reflection coefficients of the first antenna and the second antenna, the accuracy of identifying the holding state of the mobile terminal can be improved. Then, by controlling the mobile terminal according to the holding state of the mobile terminal, the performance of the mobile terminal can be optimized.
在第一方面的一种可能的设计方式中,任意两个反射系数的矢量距离为这两个反射系数在史密斯圆图上的距离。In a possible design manner of the first aspect, the vector distance of any two reflection coefficients is the distance of the two reflection coefficients on the Smith chart.
在第一方面的另一种可能的设计方式中,上述第一天线和第二天线可以支持移动终端在竖屏状态下,识别出移动终端的握持状态。In another possible design manner of the first aspect, the first antenna and the second antenna can support the mobile terminal to recognize the holding state of the mobile terminal when the mobile terminal is in a vertical screen state.
具体的,上述第一天线设置在移动终端的左侧边框,第二天线设置在移动终端的右侧边框。移动终端相对的两侧边框为移动终端的左侧边框和移动终端的右侧边框。上述对比结果用于指示移动终端在竖屏状态下的握持状态。Specifically, the above-mentioned first antenna is arranged on the left side frame of the mobile terminal, and the second antenna is arranged on the right side frame of the mobile terminal. The opposite side borders of the mobile terminal are the left border of the mobile terminal and the right border of the mobile terminal. The above comparison results are used to indicate the holding state of the mobile terminal in the vertical screen state.
在第一方面的另一种可能的设计方式中,上述第一天线和第二天线可以支持移动终端在横屏场景下,识别出移动终端的握持状态。In another possible design manner of the first aspect, the first antenna and the second antenna may support the mobile terminal to recognize the holding state of the mobile terminal in a landscape screen scenario.
具体的,上述第一天线设置在移动终端的上侧边框,第二天线设置在移动终端的下侧边框。上述移动终端相对的两侧边框为移动终端的上侧边框和移动终端的下侧边框。上述对比结果用于指示移动终端在横屏状态下的握持状态。Specifically, the above-mentioned first antenna is arranged on the upper side frame of the mobile terminal, and the second antenna is arranged on the lower side frame of the mobile terminal. The opposite side frames of the mobile terminal are an upper frame of the mobile terminal and a lower frame of the mobile terminal. The above comparison results are used to indicate the holding state of the mobile terminal in the landscape screen state.
在第一方面的另一种可能的设计方式中,上述第一天线和第二天线的状态可以包括第一状态和第二状态。In another possible design manner of the first aspect, the states of the first antenna and the second antenna may include a first state and a second state.
其中,第一状态是对应天线所在的侧边框未被握持时,对应天线的状态;第二状态是对应天线所在的侧边框被握持时,对应天线的状态。The first state is a state corresponding to the antenna when the side frame where the corresponding antenna is located is not held; the second state is a state corresponding to the antenna when the side frame where the corresponding antenna is located is held.
具体的,第一天线的第一状态是第一天线所在的侧边框未被握持时,该第一天线的状态。第一天线的第二状态是第一天线所在的侧边框被握持时,第一天线的状态。第二天线的第一状态是第二天线所在的侧边框未被握持时,该第二天线的状态。第二天线的第二状态是第二天线所在的侧边框被握持时,第二天线的状态。Specifically, the first state of the first antenna is the state of the first antenna when the side frame where the first antenna is located is not held. The second state of the first antenna is the state of the first antenna when the side frame where the first antenna is located is held. The first state of the second antenna is the state of the second antenna when the side frame where the second antenna is located is not held. The second state of the second antenna is the state of the second antenna when the side frame where the second antenna is located is held.
上述多个第三反射系数包括:第一天线处于第一状态时,第一天线在第一工作频率下的反射系数;以及第一天线处于第二状态时,第一天线在第一工作频率下的反射系数。The above-mentioned plurality of third reflection coefficients include: when the first antenna is in the first state, the reflection coefficient of the first antenna at the first working frequency; and when the first antenna is in the second state, the first antenna is at the first working frequency reflection coefficient.
上述多个第四反射系数包括:第二天线处于第一状态时,第二天线在第二工作频率下的反射系数;以及第二天线处于第二状态时,第二天线在第二工作频率下的反射系数。The above-mentioned plurality of fourth reflection coefficients include: when the second antenna is in the first state, the reflection coefficient of the second antenna at the second working frequency; and when the second antenna is in the second state, the second antenna is at the second working frequency reflection coefficient.
在第一方面的另一种可能的设计方式中,移动终端的握持状态可以包括双侧握持状态、自由空间(Free Space,FS)状态、第一单侧握持状态和第二单侧握持状态。In another possible design manner of the first aspect, the holding state of the mobile terminal may include a double-sided holding state, a free space (Free Space, FS) state, a first one-sided holding state, and a second one-sided holding state holding state.
其中,当第一天线处于第二状态,第二天线处于第二状态时,上述对比结果指示移动终端处于双侧握持状态。当第一天线处于第一状态,第二天线处于第一状态时, 移动终端处于自FS状态。当第一天线处于第二状态,第二天线处于第一状态时,移动终端处于第一单侧握持状态。当第一天线处于第一状态,第二天线处于第二状态时,移动终端处于第二单侧握持状态。Wherein, when the first antenna is in the second state and the second antenna is in the second state, the above comparison result indicates that the mobile terminal is in a double-sided holding state. When the first antenna is in the first state and the second antenna is in the first state, the mobile terminal is in the self-FS state. When the first antenna is in the second state and the second antenna is in the first state, the mobile terminal is in the first one-sided holding state. When the first antenna is in the first state and the second antenna is in the second state, the mobile terminal is in the second one-sided holding state.
上述双侧握持状态为移动终端相对的两侧边框均被用户握持的状态。第一单侧握持状态为移动终端相对的两侧边框中第一侧边框被用户握持,第二侧边框未被用户握持的状态。上述第二单侧握持状态为移动终端相对的两侧边框中第二侧边框被用户握持,第一侧边框未被用户握持的状态。The above-mentioned two-sided holding state is a state in which both sides of the frame on the opposite sides of the mobile terminal are held by the user. The first one-side holding state is a state in which the first side frame is held by the user and the second side frame is not held by the user among the opposite side frames of the mobile terminal. The above-mentioned second one-side holding state is a state in which the second side frame of the opposite side frames of the mobile terminal is held by the user, and the first side frame is not held by the user.
其中,在上述竖屏状态下,第一侧边框是移动终端的左侧边框,第二侧边框是移动终端的右侧边框。在上述横屏场景下,第一侧边框是移动终端的上侧边框,第二侧边框是移动终端的下侧边框。Wherein, in the above-mentioned vertical screen state, the first side frame is the left frame of the mobile terminal, and the second side frame is the right frame of the mobile terminal. In the above landscape screen scenario, the first side frame is the upper frame of the mobile terminal, and the second side frame is the lower frame of the mobile terminal.
在第一方面的另一种可能的设计方式中,上述移动终端将计算得到的每个矢量距离分别与预设距离门限对比得到对比结果,包括:若第一反射系数与第一天线处于第二状态时的第三反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离阈值,并且第二反射系数与第二天线处于第二状态时的第四反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离阈值,则上述对比结果指示该移动终端处于双侧握持状态。In another possible design manner of the first aspect, the mobile terminal compares each calculated vector distance with a preset distance threshold to obtain a comparison result, including: if the first reflection coefficient and the first antenna are in the second The vector distance of the third reflection coefficient in the state is smaller than the preset distance threshold, and the vector distance between the second reflection coefficient and the fourth reflection coefficient when the second antenna is in the second state is smaller than the preset distance threshold, then the above comparison result indicates that the The mobile terminal is held on both sides.
可以理解的是,如果第一反射系数与第一天线处于第二状态时的第三反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离阈值,则表示第一反射系数在史密斯圆图上接近于第一天线处于第二状态时的第三反射系数。在这种情况下,第一天线处于第二状态的可能性较高。如果第二反射系数与第二天线处于第二状态时的第四反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离阈值,则表示第二反射系数在史密斯圆图上接近于第二天线处于第二状态时的第四反射系数。在这种情况下,第二天线处于第二状态的可能性较高。如果第一天线和第二天线均处于第二状态,那么该移动终端则处于双侧握持状态。其中,双侧握持状态的详细描述,可以参考上述可能的设计方式中的介绍,这里不予赘述。It can be understood that, if the vector distance between the first reflection coefficient and the third reflection coefficient when the first antenna is in the second state is less than the preset distance threshold, it means that the first reflection coefficient is close to the first antenna in the Smith chart. The third reflection coefficient in the second state. In this case, the probability of the first antenna being in the second state is high. If the vector distance between the second reflection coefficient and the fourth reflection coefficient when the second antenna is in the second state is smaller than the preset distance threshold, it means that the second reflection coefficient on the Smith chart is close to that when the second antenna is in the second state Fourth reflection coefficient. In this case, the possibility that the second antenna is in the second state is high. If both the first antenna and the second antenna are in the second state, the mobile terminal is in a double-sided holding state. For the detailed description of the bilateral holding state, reference may be made to the introduction in the above possible design manners, which will not be repeated here.
在第一方面的另一种可能的设计方式中,移动终端处于双侧握持状态可以分为以下两种情况:情况(1):移动终端在头手模场景下处于双侧握持状态。情况(2):移动终端在手模场景下处于双侧握持状态。In another possible design manner of the first aspect, the mobile terminal in a bilateral holding state can be divided into the following two situations: Case (1): the mobile terminal is in a bilateral holding state in a head-hand model scenario. Situation (2): The mobile terminal is held on both sides in the hand model scenario.
其中,头手模场景是移动终端处于双侧握持状态,且进行语音通话的场景。手模场景是移动终端处于双侧握持状态,但未进行语音通话的场景。The head-hand model scenario is a scenario in which the mobile terminal is held on both sides and a voice call is made. The hand model scenario is a scenario in which the mobile terminal is held on both sides but no voice call is being made.
本申请中,移动终端可以通过移动终端的受话器(Receiver)处于开启(On)状态或者关闭(Off)状态,来判断移动终端处于头手模场景或者手模场景。具体的,在上述移动终端处于双侧握持状态之后,本申请的方法还可以包括:移动终端判断移动终端的受话器是否处于开启状态;若受话器处于开启状态,则移动终端处于头手模场景;或者,若受话器处于关闭状态,则移动终端处于手模场景。In this application, the mobile terminal can judge that the mobile terminal is in the head-hand mode scene or the hand mode scene by the receiver (Receiver) of the mobile terminal being in the ON state or the OFF state. Specifically, after the above-mentioned mobile terminal is in a two-sided holding state, the method of the present application may further include: the mobile terminal judging whether the receiver of the mobile terminal is in an open state; if the receiver is in an open state, the mobile terminal is in a head-hand mode scene; Or, if the receiver is in a closed state, the mobile terminal is in a hand mode scene.
在第一方面的另一种可能的设计方式中,上述移动终端将计算得到的每个矢量距离分别与预设距离门限对比得到对比结果,包括:若第一反射系数与第一天线处于第二状态时的第三反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离阈值,且第二反射系数与第二天线处于第一状态时的第四反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离阈值,则上述对比结果指示移动终端处于第一单侧握持状态。其中,第一单侧握持状态的详细描述,可以参考上述可能的设计方式中的介绍,这里不予赘述。In another possible design manner of the first aspect, the mobile terminal compares each calculated vector distance with a preset distance threshold to obtain a comparison result, including: if the first reflection coefficient and the first antenna are in the second When the vector distance of the third reflection coefficient in the state is less than the preset distance threshold, and the vector distance between the second reflection coefficient and the fourth reflection coefficient when the second antenna is in the first state is less than the preset distance threshold, the above comparison result indicates the movement The terminal is in the first one-sided holding state. For a detailed description of the first one-sided holding state, reference may be made to the introduction in the above possible design manners, which will not be repeated here.
可以理解的是,如果第一反射系数与第一天线处于第二状态时的第三反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离阈值,则表示第一反射系数在史密斯圆图上接近于第一天线处于第二状态时的第三反射系数。在这种情况下,第一天线处于第二状态的可能性较高。如果第二反射系数与第二天线处于第一状态时的第四反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离阈值,则表示第二反射系数在史密斯圆图上接近于第二天线处于第一状态时的第四反射系数。在这种情况下,第二天线处于第一状态的可能性较高。如果第一天线处于第二状态,第二天线处于第一状态,那么该移动终端则处于第一单侧握持状态。It can be understood that, if the vector distance between the first reflection coefficient and the third reflection coefficient when the first antenna is in the second state is less than the preset distance threshold, it means that the first reflection coefficient is close to the first antenna in the Smith chart. The third reflection coefficient in the second state. In this case, the probability of the first antenna being in the second state is high. If the vector distance between the second reflection coefficient and the fourth reflection coefficient when the second antenna is in the first state is smaller than the preset distance threshold, it means that the second reflection coefficient on the Smith chart is close to that when the second antenna is in the first state Fourth reflection coefficient. In this case, the possibility that the second antenna is in the first state is high. If the first antenna is in the second state and the second antenna is in the first state, then the mobile terminal is in the first one-sided holding state.
在第一方面的另一种可能的设计方式中,在考虑实验室场景(即电磁波辐射比值(specific absorption rate,SAR)测试场景/状态)的情况下,移动终端的握持状态还可以包括第一SAR测试状态。其中,该第一SAR测试状态为移动终端的第一侧边框与人体测试模型相距0毫米的状态。In another possible design manner of the first aspect, in the case of considering a laboratory scenario (that is, an electromagnetic radiation ratio (specific absorption rate, SAR) test scenario/state), the holding state of the mobile terminal may also include the first A SAR test status. The first SAR test state is a state in which the distance between the first side frame of the mobile terminal and the human body test model is 0 mm.
在考虑实验室场景的情况下,根据上述第一反射系数和第二反射系数,第一单侧握持状态和第一SAR测试状态无法区分。也就是说,若第一反射系数与第一天线处于第二状态时的第三反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离阈值,且第二反射系数与第二天线处于第一状态时的第四反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离阈值,则移动终端可能处于第一单侧握持状态,也可能处于第一SAR测试状态。其中,该第一侧边框的详细描述,可以参考上述可能的设计方式中的介绍,这里不予赘述。In the case of considering a laboratory scenario, according to the above-mentioned first reflection coefficient and second reflection coefficient, the first one-sided holding state and the first SAR test state are indistinguishable. That is, if the vector distance between the first reflection coefficient and the third reflection coefficient when the first antenna is in the second state is less than the preset distance threshold, and the second reflection coefficient and the fourth reflection when the second antenna is in the first state If the vector distance of the coefficient is smaller than the preset distance threshold, the mobile terminal may be in the first one-sided holding state, or may be in the first SAR test state. For the detailed description of the first side frame, reference may be made to the introduction in the above possible design manners, which will not be repeated here.
本申请中,移动终端可以通过设置在该移动终端背面的第三天线,或者第一反射系数和第二反射系数在预设时长的变化,区分上述第一单侧握持状态或者第一SAR测试状态。In this application, the mobile terminal can distinguish the above-mentioned first one-sided holding state or the first SAR test through the third antenna disposed on the back of the mobile terminal, or the change of the first reflection coefficient and the second reflection coefficient in a preset time period condition.
在一种可能的设计方式中,移动终端可以通过设置在该移动终端背面的第三天线,区分上述第一单侧握持状态和第一SAR测试状态。In a possible design manner, the mobile terminal may distinguish the above-mentioned first one-sided holding state and the first SAR test state through the third antenna disposed on the back of the mobile terminal.
具体的,该移动终端还包括第三天线,该第三天线设置在移动终端的背面。上述移动终端将计算得到的每个矢量距离分别与预设距离门限对比得到对比结果,包括:若第一反射系数与第一天线处于第二状态时的第三反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离阈值,且第二反射系数与第二天线处于第一状态时的第四反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离阈值,则移动终端检测第三天线在第三工作频率的第五反射系数;移动终端计算第五反射系数与第六反射系数的矢量距离;若第五反射系数与第六反射系数的矢量距离大于或等于预设距离门限,则上述对比结果指示移动终端处于第一单侧握持状态;或者,若第五反射系数与第六反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离门限,则上述对比结果指示移动终端处于第一SAR测试状态。Specifically, the mobile terminal further includes a third antenna, and the third antenna is disposed on the back of the mobile terminal. The above-mentioned mobile terminal compares each calculated vector distance with a preset distance threshold to obtain a comparison result, including: if the vector distance between the first reflection coefficient and the third reflection coefficient when the first antenna is in the second state is less than the preset distance threshold, and the vector distance between the second reflection coefficient and the fourth reflection coefficient when the second antenna is in the first state is less than the preset distance threshold, the mobile terminal detects the fifth reflection coefficient of the third antenna at the third working frequency; the mobile terminal Calculate the vector distance between the fifth reflection coefficient and the sixth reflection coefficient; if the vector distance between the fifth reflection coefficient and the sixth reflection coefficient is greater than or equal to the preset distance threshold, the above comparison result indicates that the mobile terminal is in the first one-sided holding state Or, if the vector distance between the fifth reflection coefficient and the sixth reflection coefficient is less than the preset distance threshold, the above comparison result indicates that the mobile terminal is in the first SAR test state.
其中,上述第六反射系数是移动终端处于FS状态时,第三天线在第三工作频率下的反射系数。上述第一单侧握持状态的详细描述,可以参考上述可能的设计方式中的介绍,这里不予赘述。The above-mentioned sixth reflection coefficient is the reflection coefficient of the third antenna at the third working frequency when the mobile terminal is in the FS state. For a detailed description of the above-mentioned first one-sided holding state, reference may be made to the introduction in the above-mentioned possible design manners, which will not be repeated here.
可以理解的是,移动终端处于第一单侧握持状态时,用户的手指会接触移动终端的背面第三天线所在的位置。如此,相比于FS状态,在第一单侧握持状态下用户握持移动终端,该第三天线的阻抗可能会发生变化,从而该第三天线的反射系数也会发生变化。但是,移动终端处于第一SAR测试状态时,人体测试模型并不会接触移动终端的背面第三天线所在的位置。因此,相比于FS状态,在第一SAR测试状态,该第三天 线的阻抗不会发生变化,从而该第三天线的反射系数也不会发生变化。因此,若第五反射系数与第六反射系数的矢量距离大于或等于预设距离门限,则移动终端处于第一单侧握持状态。若第五反射系数与第六反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离门限,则移动终端处于第一SAR测试状态。It can be understood that when the mobile terminal is in the first one-sided holding state, the user's finger will touch the position of the third antenna on the back of the mobile terminal. In this way, compared to the FS state, when the user holds the mobile terminal in the first one-sided holding state, the impedance of the third antenna may change, and thus the reflection coefficient of the third antenna may also change. However, when the mobile terminal is in the first SAR test state, the human body test model does not touch the position of the third antenna on the back of the mobile terminal. Therefore, compared with the FS state, in the first SAR test state, the impedance of the third antenna does not change, and thus the reflection coefficient of the third antenna does not change. Therefore, if the vector distance between the fifth reflection coefficient and the sixth reflection coefficient is greater than or equal to the preset distance threshold, the mobile terminal is in the first one-sided holding state. If the vector distance between the fifth reflection coefficient and the sixth reflection coefficient is less than the preset distance threshold, the mobile terminal is in the first SAR test state.
在一种可能的设计方式中,移动终端可以通过第一反射系数和第二反射系数在预设时长的变化,区分上述第一单侧握持状态和第一SAR测试状态。In a possible design manner, the mobile terminal may distinguish the above-mentioned first one-sided holding state and the first SAR test state through the change of the first reflection coefficient and the second reflection coefficient in a preset time period.
具体的,上述移动终端将计算得到的每个矢量距离分别与预设距离门限对比得到对比结果,包括:若第一反射系数与第一天线处于第二状态时的第三反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离阈值,且第二反射系数与第二天线处于第一状态时的第四反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离阈值,则移动终端判断第一反射系数或者第二反射系数在预设时长内的变化是否大于预设变化阈值;若第一反射系数或者第二反射系数在预设时长内的变化大于预设变化阈值,则上述对比结果指示移动终端处于第一单侧握持状态;或者,若第一反射系数和第二反射系数在预设时长内的变化均小于或等于预设变化阈值,则上述对比结果指示移动终端处于第一SAR测试状态。Specifically, the mobile terminal compares each calculated vector distance with a preset distance threshold to obtain a comparison result, including: if the vector distance between the first reflection coefficient and the third reflection coefficient when the first antenna is in the second state is less than The preset distance threshold, and the vector distance between the second reflection coefficient and the fourth reflection coefficient when the second antenna is in the first state is less than the preset distance threshold, the mobile terminal determines that the first reflection coefficient or the second reflection coefficient is within the preset duration If the change in the first reflection coefficient or the second reflection coefficient within the preset time period is greater than the preset change threshold, the above comparison result indicates that the mobile terminal is in the first one-sided holding state; or , if the changes of the first reflection coefficient and the second reflection coefficient within the preset time period are both less than or equal to the preset change threshold, the above comparison result indicates that the mobile terminal is in the first SAR test state.
可以理解的是,如果移动终端处于第一单侧握持状态,那么用户以第一单侧握持状态握持移动终端的过程中,移动终端与用户会存在一定程度的相对运动。如用户手指的活动,会带来移动终端与用户的相对运动。但是,如果移动终端处于第一SAR测试状态,那么第一SAR测试状态与人体检测模型之间则是相对静止的。可以理解的是,如果第一SAR测试状态与用户的手指发生相对运动,那么上述第一反射系数和/或第二反射系数则会发生波动。因此,移动终端可以通过第一反射系数和第二反射系数在预设时长的变化,区分上述第一单侧握持状态和第一SAR测试状态。It can be understood that, if the mobile terminal is in the first one-sided holding state, during the process of the user holding the mobile terminal in the first one-sided holding state, there will be a certain degree of relative movement between the mobile terminal and the user. For example, the movement of the user's finger will bring about the relative movement between the mobile terminal and the user. However, if the mobile terminal is in the first SAR test state, the relationship between the first SAR test state and the human body detection model is relatively static. It can be understood that, if the first SAR test state and the user's finger move relative to each other, the above-mentioned first reflection coefficient and/or second reflection coefficient will fluctuate. Therefore, the mobile terminal can distinguish the above-mentioned first one-sided holding state and the first SAR test state according to the change of the first reflection coefficient and the second reflection coefficient in a preset time period.
在第一方面的另一种可能的设计方式中,上述移动终端将计算得到的每个矢量距离分别与预设距离门限对比得到对比结果,包括:若第一反射系数与第一天线处于第一状态时的第三反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离阈值,且第二反射系数与第二天线处于第二状态时的第四反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离阈值,则上述对比结果指示移动终端处于第二单侧握持状态。其中,第二单侧握持状态的详细描述,可以参考上述可能的设计方式中的介绍,这里不予赘述。In another possible design manner of the first aspect, the mobile terminal compares each calculated vector distance with a preset distance threshold to obtain a comparison result, including: if the first reflection coefficient and the first antenna are in the first When the vector distance of the third reflection coefficient in the state is less than the preset distance threshold, and the vector distance between the second reflection coefficient and the fourth reflection coefficient when the second antenna is in the second state is less than the preset distance threshold, the above comparison result indicates the movement The terminal is in a second one-sided holding state. Wherein, for the detailed description of the second one-sided holding state, reference may be made to the introduction in the above possible design manners, which will not be repeated here.
可以理解的是,如果第一反射系数与第一天线处于第一状态时的第三反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离阈值,则表示第一反射系数在史密斯圆图上接近于第一天线处于第一状态时的第三反射系数。在这种情况下,第一天线处于第一状态的可能性较高。如果第二反射系数与第二天线处于第二状态时的第四反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离阈值,则表示第二反射系数在史密斯圆图上接近于第二天线处于第二状态时的第四反射系数。在这种情况下,第二天线处于第二状态的可能性较高。如果第一天线处于第一状态,第二天线处于第二状态,那么该移动终端则处于第二单侧握持状态。It can be understood that, if the vector distance between the first reflection coefficient and the third reflection coefficient when the first antenna is in the first state is less than the preset distance threshold, it means that the first reflection coefficient is close to the value of the first antenna in the Smith chart. The third reflection coefficient in the first state. In this case, the probability that the first antenna is in the first state is high. If the vector distance between the second reflection coefficient and the fourth reflection coefficient when the second antenna is in the second state is smaller than the preset distance threshold, it means that the second reflection coefficient on the Smith chart is close to that when the second antenna is in the second state Fourth reflection coefficient. In this case, the possibility that the second antenna is in the second state is high. If the first antenna is in the first state and the second antenna is in the second state, then the mobile terminal is in the second one-sided holding state.
在第一方面的另一种可能的设计方式中,在考虑实验室场景(即SAR测试场景/状态)的情况下,移动终端的握持状态还可以包括第三SAR测试状态。其中,第三SAR测试状态为移动终端的第二侧边框与人体测试模型相距0毫米的状态。In another possible design manner of the first aspect, when a laboratory scenario (ie, a SAR test scenario/state) is considered, the holding state of the mobile terminal may further include a third SAR test state. The third SAR test state is a state in which the distance between the second side frame of the mobile terminal and the human body test model is 0 mm.
在考虑实验室场景的情况下,根据上述第一反射系数和第二反射系数,第二单侧握持状态和第三SAR测试状态无法区分。也就是说,若第一反射系数与第一天线处于 第一状态时的第三反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离阈值,且第二反射系数与第二天线处于第二状态时的第四反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离阈值,则移动终端可能处于第二单侧握持状态,也可能处于第三SAR测试状态。该第二侧边框的详细描述,可以参考上述可能的设计方式中的介绍,这里不予赘述。In the case of considering the laboratory scene, according to the above-mentioned first reflection coefficient and second reflection coefficient, the second one-sided holding state and the third SAR test state are indistinguishable. That is, if the vector distance between the first reflection coefficient and the third reflection coefficient when the first antenna is in the first state is less than the preset distance threshold, and the second reflection coefficient and the fourth reflection when the second antenna is in the second state If the vector distance of the coefficient is smaller than the preset distance threshold, the mobile terminal may be in the second one-sided holding state, or may be in the third SAR test state. For a detailed description of the second side frame, reference may be made to the introduction in the above-mentioned possible design manners, which will not be repeated here.
本申请中,移动终端可以通过设置在该移动终端背面的第三天线,或者第一反射系数和第二反射系数在预设时长的变化,区分上述第二单侧握持状态或者第三SAR测试状态。In this application, the mobile terminal can distinguish the second one-sided holding state or the third SAR test by using the third antenna disposed on the back of the mobile terminal, or the change of the first reflection coefficient and the second reflection coefficient in a preset time period. condition.
需要说明的是,移动终端通过第三天线,区分第二单侧握持状态和第三SAR测试状态的方法,以及移动终端通过第一反射系数和第二反射系数在预设时长的变化,区分第二单侧握持状态和第三SAR测试状态的方法,可以参考上述实施例中区分第一单侧握持状态和第一SAR测试状态的方法,本申请这里不予赘述。It should be noted that the mobile terminal uses the third antenna to distinguish between the second one-sided holding state and the third SAR test state, and the mobile terminal uses the first reflection coefficient and the second reflection coefficient to change in a preset time period. For the method of the second one-sided holding state and the third SAR test state, reference may be made to the method for distinguishing the first one-sided holding state and the first SAR test state in the above-mentioned embodiment, which will not be repeated in this application.
在第一方面的另一种可能的设计方式中,上述移动终端将计算得到的每个矢量距离分别与预设距离门限对比得到对比结果,包括:若第一反射系数与第一天线处于第一状态时的第三反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离阈值,且第二反射系数与第二天线处于第一状态时的第四反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离阈值,则上述对比结果指示移动终端处于FS状态。In another possible design manner of the first aspect, the mobile terminal compares each calculated vector distance with a preset distance threshold to obtain a comparison result, including: if the first reflection coefficient and the first antenna are in the first When the vector distance of the third reflection coefficient in the state is less than the preset distance threshold, and the vector distance between the second reflection coefficient and the fourth reflection coefficient when the second antenna is in the first state is less than the preset distance threshold, the above comparison result indicates the movement The terminal is in FS state.
可以理解的是,如果第一反射系数与第一天线处于第一状态时的第三反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离阈值,则表示第一反射系数在史密斯圆图上接近于第一天线处于第一状态时的第三反射系数。在这种情况下,第一天线处于第一状态的可能性较高。如果第二反射系数与第二天线处于第一状态时的第四反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离阈值,则表示第二反射系数在史密斯圆图上接近于第二天线处于第一状态时的第四反射系数。在这种情况下,第二天线处于第一状态的可能性较高。如果第一天线处于第一状态,第二天线处于第一状态,那么该移动终端则处于FS状态。It can be understood that, if the vector distance between the first reflection coefficient and the third reflection coefficient when the first antenna is in the first state is less than the preset distance threshold, it means that the first reflection coefficient is close to the value of the first antenna in the Smith chart. The third reflection coefficient in the first state. In this case, the probability that the first antenna is in the first state is high. If the vector distance between the second reflection coefficient and the fourth reflection coefficient when the second antenna is in the first state is smaller than the preset distance threshold, it means that the second reflection coefficient on the Smith chart is close to that when the second antenna is in the first state Fourth reflection coefficient. In this case, the possibility that the second antenna is in the first state is high. If the first antenna is in the first state and the second antenna is in the first state, then the mobile terminal is in the FS state.
在第一方面的另一种可能的设计方式中,在考虑头模状态的情况下,若第一反射系数与第一天线处于第一状态时的第三反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离阈值,且第二反射系数与第二天线处于第一状态时的第四反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离阈值,则上述对比结果指示移动终端处于FS状态或者头模状态。其中,头模状态是移动终端未被用户握持,且进行语音通话的状态。In another possible design manner of the first aspect, in the case of considering the state of the head mold, if the vector distance between the first reflection coefficient and the third reflection coefficient when the first antenna is in the first state is less than a preset distance threshold , and the vector distance between the second reflection coefficient and the fourth reflection coefficient when the second antenna is in the first state is less than the preset distance threshold, the above comparison result indicates that the mobile terminal is in the FS state or the head mode state. The head model state is a state in which the mobile terminal is not held by the user and a voice call is being performed.
本申请中,移动终端可以通过移动终端的受话器处于开启状态或者关闭状态,来判断移动终端处于FS状态或者头模状态。具体的,若第一反射系数与第一天线处于第一状态时的第三反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离阈值,且第二反射系数与第二天线处于第一状态时的第四反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离阈值,则移动终端判断移动终端的受话器是否处于开启状态;若受话器处于开启状态,则移动终端处于头模状态;或者,若受话器处于关闭状态,则移动终端处于FS状态。In the present application, the mobile terminal can judge whether the mobile terminal is in the FS state or the head mold state by whether the receiver of the mobile terminal is in the open state or the closed state. Specifically, if the vector distance between the first reflection coefficient and the third reflection coefficient when the first antenna is in the first state is less than the preset distance threshold, and the second reflection coefficient and the fourth reflection coefficient when the second antenna is in the first state If the vector distance is less than the preset distance threshold, the mobile terminal judges whether the receiver of the mobile terminal is in the open state; if the receiver is in the open state, the mobile terminal is in the head mold state; or if the receiver is in the closed state, the mobile terminal is in the FS state .
在第一方面的另一种可能的设计方式中,在考虑头模状态和实验室场景的情况下,若第一反射系数与第一天线处于第一状态时的第三反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离阈值,且第二反射系数与第二天线处于第一状态时的第四反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离阈值,则上述对比结果指示移动终端处于FS状态、头模状态或者第二SAR测试状态中的任一种握持状态。In another possible design manner of the first aspect, considering the head mold state and the laboratory scene, if the vector distance between the first reflection coefficient and the third reflection coefficient when the first antenna is in the first state is less than The preset distance threshold, and the vector distance between the second reflection coefficient and the fourth reflection coefficient when the second antenna is in the first state is less than the preset distance threshold, the above comparison result indicates that the mobile terminal is in the FS state, the head mode state, or the second Any of the holding states in the SAR test state.
其中,第二SAR测试状态可以包括移动终端与人体测试模型相距5mm的状态。例如,该第二SAR测试状态可以包括:5mm back状态、5mm right side状态和5mm left side状态等至少一种状态。其中,5mm back状态是移动终端的背面与人体测试模型相距5mm的状态。5mm right side状态是移动终端的右侧边框与人体测试模型相距5mm的状态。5mm left side状态是移动终端的左侧边框与人体测试模型相距5mm的状态。Wherein, the second SAR test state may include a state in which the mobile terminal is 5 mm away from the human body test model. For example, the second SAR test state may include at least one state such as a 5mm back state, a 5mm right side state, and a 5mm left side state. Among them, the 5mm back state is a state in which the back of the mobile terminal is 5mm away from the human test model. The 5mm right side state is the state in which the right border of the mobile terminal is 5mm away from the human test model. The 5mm left side state is a state in which the left border of the mobile terminal is 5mm away from the human test model.
其中,移动终端可以通过移动终端中的SAR传感器,区分上述第二SAR测试状态与FS状态和头模状态。其中,SAR传感器用于采集移动终端与其他物体之间的距离。The mobile terminal can distinguish the above-mentioned second SAR test state from the FS state and the head mold state through the SAR sensor in the mobile terminal. Among them, the SAR sensor is used to collect the distance between the mobile terminal and other objects.
具体的,若第一反射系数与第一天线处于第一状态时的第三反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离阈值,且第二反射系数与第二天线处于第一状态时的第四反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离阈值,则移动终端通过SAR传感器采集移动终端与其他物体之间的距离;若SAR传感器采集的距离小于预设值,则上述对比结果指示移动终端处于第二SAR测试状态;或者,若SAR传感器采集的距离大于或等于预设值,则上述对比结果指示移动终端处于FS状态或者头模状态。Specifically, if the vector distance between the first reflection coefficient and the third reflection coefficient when the first antenna is in the first state is less than the preset distance threshold, and the second reflection coefficient and the fourth reflection coefficient when the second antenna is in the first state If the vector distance is less than the preset distance threshold, the mobile terminal collects the distance between the mobile terminal and other objects through the SAR sensor; if the distance collected by the SAR sensor is less than the preset value, the above comparison result indicates that the mobile terminal is in the second SAR test state ; Or, if the distance collected by the SAR sensor is greater than or equal to the preset value, the above comparison result indicates that the mobile terminal is in the FS state or the head model state.
虽然移动终端可以通过SAR传感器,区分上述第二SAR测试状态;但是,通过SAR传感器无法区分FS状态和头模状态。移动终端可以通过移动终端的受话器处于开启状态或者关闭状态,来判断移动终端处于FS状态或者头模状态。Although the mobile terminal can distinguish the above-mentioned second SAR test state through the SAR sensor; however, the FS state and the head model state cannot be distinguished through the SAR sensor. The mobile terminal can judge whether the mobile terminal is in the FS state or the head mold state by whether the receiver of the mobile terminal is in the open state or the closed state.
在第一方面的另一种可能的设计方式中,上述根据对比结果控制移动终端,包括:移动终端根据对比结果调整移动终端的上行功率;或者,移动终端根据对比结果切换使用移动终端的天线,移动终端的天线包括第一天线和第二天线。In another possible design manner of the first aspect, the above-mentioned controlling the mobile terminal according to the comparison result includes: the mobile terminal adjusts the uplink power of the mobile terminal according to the comparison result; or, the mobile terminal switches to use the antenna of the mobile terminal according to the comparison result, The antenna of the mobile terminal includes a first antenna and a second antenna.
在第一方面的另一种可能的设计方式中,上述移动终端中预先保存有多个第三反射系数和多个第四反射系数。In another possible design of the first aspect, the mobile terminal stores multiple third reflection coefficients and multiple fourth reflection coefficients in advance.
在第一方面的另一种可能的设计方式中,移动终端可以显示引导界面,该引导界面用于引导用于以预设的握持方式握持移动终端;移动终端可以采集用户以预设的握持方式握持移动终端时,第一天线的反射系数和第二天线的反射系数,得到并保存多个第三反射系数和多个第四反射系数。In another possible design manner of the first aspect, the mobile terminal may display a guide interface, where the guide interface is used to guide users to hold the mobile terminal in a preset holding manner; the mobile terminal may collect the user's preset holding method. When the mobile terminal is held in the holding mode, a plurality of third reflection coefficients and a plurality of fourth reflection coefficients are obtained and stored from the reflection coefficient of the first antenna and the reflection coefficient of the second antenna.
其中,预设的握持方式包括:双侧握持的方式、第一单侧握持的方式和第二单侧握持的方式。在上述双侧握持的方式下,移动终端相对的两侧边框被用户握持。在第一单侧握持的方式下,移动终端相对的两侧边框中第一侧边框被用户握持,第二侧边框未被用户握持。在第二单侧握持的方式下,第二侧边框被用户握持,第一侧边框未被用户握持。The preset holding methods include: a bilateral holding method, a first unilateral holding method, and a second unilateral holding method. In the above-mentioned manner of holding on both sides, the frame on the opposite sides of the mobile terminal is held by the user. In the first one-sided holding mode, the first side frame of the two opposite side frames of the mobile terminal is held by the user, and the second side frame is not held by the user. In the second one-side holding manner, the second side frame is held by the user, and the first side frame is not held by the user.
第二方面,本申请提供一种移动终端,该移动终端相对的两侧边框中分别设置有第一天线和第二天线。该移动终端还包括存储器和处理器,该存储器与处理器耦合。其中,该存储器用于存储计算机程序代码,计算机程序代码包括计算机指令。当该计算机指令被处理器执行时,使得移动终端执行以下操作:获取第一天线在第一工作频率下的第一反射系数和第二天线在第二工作频率下的第二反射系数;计算第一反射系数分别与第一天线的多个第三反射系数的矢量距离,并计算第二反射系数分别与第二天线的多个第四反射系数的矢量距离;将计算得到的每个矢量距离分别与预设距离门限对比得到对比结果,根据对比结果控制移动终端;其中,对比结果用于指示移动终端的握持状态。In a second aspect, the present application provides a mobile terminal, wherein a first antenna and a second antenna are respectively disposed in the frame on opposite sides of the mobile terminal. The mobile terminal also includes a memory and a processor, the memory being coupled to the processor. Wherein, the memory is used to store computer program code, and the computer program code includes computer instructions. When the computer instructions are executed by the processor, the mobile terminal is caused to perform the following operations: obtain the first reflection coefficient of the first antenna at the first working frequency and the second reflection coefficient of the second antenna at the second working frequency; The vector distances between a reflection coefficient and a plurality of third reflection coefficients of the first antenna respectively, and calculate the vector distances between the second reflection coefficients and a plurality of fourth reflection coefficients of the second antenna respectively; The comparison result is obtained by comparing with the preset distance threshold, and the mobile terminal is controlled according to the comparison result; wherein, the comparison result is used to indicate the holding state of the mobile terminal.
其中,第一反射系数和第二反射系数是用于表征对应信号幅度和相位的矢量。上述多个第三反射系数包括第一天线处于不同状态时第一天线在第一工作频率下的反射系数,多个第四反射系数包括第二天线处于不同状态时第二天线在第二工作频率下的反射系数。The first reflection coefficient and the second reflection coefficient are vectors used to characterize the amplitude and phase of the corresponding signals. The plurality of third reflection coefficients include the reflection coefficients of the first antenna at the first working frequency when the first antenna is in different states, and the plurality of fourth reflection coefficients include the second antenna at the second working frequency when the second antenna is in different states. lower reflection coefficient.
在第二方面的一种可能的设计方式中,上述第一天线设置在移动终端的左侧边框,第二天线设置在移动终端的右侧边框,移动终端相对的两侧边框为移动终端的左侧边框和移动终端的右侧边框。其中,上述对比结果用于指示移动终端在竖屏状态下的握持状态。In a possible design method of the second aspect, the first antenna is arranged on the left side frame of the mobile terminal, the second antenna is arranged on the right side frame of the mobile terminal, and the opposite side frames of the mobile terminal are the left side frame of the mobile terminal. Side border and right border of the mobile terminal. The above comparison result is used to indicate the holding state of the mobile terminal in the vertical screen state.
在第二方面的另一种可能的设计方式中,上述第一天线设置在移动终端的上侧边框,第二天线设置在移动终端的下侧边框,移动终端相对的两侧边框为移动终端的上侧边框和移动终端的下侧边框。其中,上述对比结果用于指示移动终端在横屏状态下的握持状态。In another possible design manner of the second aspect, the first antenna is arranged on the upper side frame of the mobile terminal, the second antenna is arranged on the lower side frame of the mobile terminal, and the opposite side frames of the mobile terminal are the side frames of the mobile terminal. The upper side frame and the lower side frame of the mobile terminal. The above comparison result is used to indicate the holding state of the mobile terminal in the horizontal screen state.
在第二方面的另一种可能的设计方式中,上述多个第三反射系数包括:第一天线处于第一状态时,第一天线在第一工作频率下的反射系数;以及第一天线处于第二状态时,第一天线在第一工作频率下的反射系数。In another possible design manner of the second aspect, the plurality of third reflection coefficients include: when the first antenna is in the first state, the reflection coefficient of the first antenna at the first working frequency; and the first antenna is in the first state In the second state, the reflection coefficient of the first antenna at the first operating frequency.
上述多个第四反射系数包括:第二天线处于第一状态时,第二天线在第二工作频率下的反射系数;以及第二天线处于第二状态时,第二天线在第二工作频率下的反射系数。The above-mentioned plurality of fourth reflection coefficients include: when the second antenna is in the first state, the reflection coefficient of the second antenna at the second working frequency; and when the second antenna is in the second state, the second antenna is at the second working frequency reflection coefficient.
其中,上述第一状态是对应天线所在的侧边框未被握持时,移动终端的天线的状态;第二状态是对应天线所在的侧边框被握持时,移动终端的天线的状态。The first state is the state of the antenna of the mobile terminal when the side frame where the corresponding antenna is located is not held; the second state is the state of the antenna of the mobile terminal when the side frame where the corresponding antenna is located is held.
在第二方面的另一种可能的设计方式中,当计算机指令被处理器执行时,使得移动终端还执行以下步骤:若第一反射系数与第一天线处于第二状态时的第三反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离阈值,且第二反射系数与第二天线处于第二状态时的第四反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离阈值,则上述对比结果指示移动终端处于双侧握持状态。其中,双侧握持状态为移动终端相对的两侧边框均被用户握持的状态。In another possible design manner of the second aspect, when the computer instructions are executed by the processor, the mobile terminal is caused to further perform the following steps: if the first reflection coefficient and the first antenna are in the second state, the third reflection coefficient The vector distance of the second reflection coefficient is less than the preset distance threshold, and the vector distance between the second reflection coefficient and the fourth reflection coefficient when the second antenna is in the second state is less than the preset distance threshold, then the above comparison result indicates that the mobile terminal is in a bilateral holding state . Wherein, the two-side holding state is a state in which both sides of the frame on the opposite sides of the mobile terminal are held by the user.
在第二方面的另一种可能的设计方式中,当计算机指令被处理器执行时,使得移动终端还执行以下步骤:判断移动终端的受话器是否处于开启状态;若受话器处于开启状态,则移动终端处于头手模场景;或者,若受话器处于关闭状态,则移动终端处于手模场景。其中,上述头手模场景是移动终端处于双侧握持状态,且进行语音通话的场景;手模场景是移动终端处于双侧握持状态,但未进行语音通话的场景。In another possible design manner of the second aspect, when the computer instructions are executed by the processor, the mobile terminal is caused to further perform the following steps: judging whether the receiver of the mobile terminal is in an open state; if the receiver is in an open state, then the mobile terminal In the head-hand mode scene; or, if the receiver is in the off state, the mobile terminal is in the hand mode scene. The above-mentioned head-hand model scenario is a scenario in which the mobile terminal is held on both sides and a voice call is performed; the hand model scenario is a scenario where the mobile terminal is held on both sides but no voice call is performed.
在第二方面的另一种可能的设计方式中,当计算机指令被处理器执行时,使得移动终端还执行以下步骤:若第一反射系数与第一天线处于第二状态时的第三反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离阈值,且第二反射系数与第二天线处于第一状态时的第四反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离阈值,则上述对比结果指示移动终端处于第一单侧握持状态。其中,上述第一单侧握持状态为移动终端相对的两侧边框中第一侧边框被用户握持,第二侧边框未被用户握持的状态。其中,第一侧边框是移动终端的左侧边框,第二侧边框是移动终端的右侧边框;或者,第一侧边框是移动终端的上侧边框,第二侧边框是移动终端的下侧边框。In another possible design manner of the second aspect, when the computer instructions are executed by the processor, the mobile terminal is caused to further perform the following steps: if the first reflection coefficient and the first antenna are in the second state, the third reflection coefficient The vector distance of the mobile terminal is less than the preset distance threshold, and the vector distance between the second reflection coefficient and the fourth reflection coefficient when the second antenna is in the first state is less than the preset distance threshold, then the above comparison result indicates that the mobile terminal is in the first one-sided grip hold status. Wherein, the above-mentioned first one-side holding state is a state in which the first side frame is held by the user and the second side frame is not held by the user among the opposite side frames of the mobile terminal. Wherein, the first side frame is the left frame of the mobile terminal, and the second side frame is the right frame of the mobile terminal; or, the first side frame is the upper frame of the mobile terminal, and the second side frame is the lower side of the mobile terminal frame.
在第二方面的另一种可能的设计方式中,移动终端还包括第三天线,第三天线设 置在移动终端的背面。当计算机指令被处理器执行时,使得移动终端还执行以下步骤:若第一反射系数与第一天线处于第二状态时的第三反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离阈值,且第二反射系数与第二天线处于第一状态时的第四反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离阈值,则移动终端检测第三天线在第三工作频率的第五反射系数;计算第五反射系数与第六反射系数的矢量距离;若第五反射系数与第六反射系数的矢量距离大于或等于预设距离门限,则上述对比结果指示移动终端处于第一单侧握持状态;或者,若第五反射系数与第六反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离门限,则上述对比结果指示移动终端处于第一SAR测试状态;其中,第一SAR测试状态为第一侧边框与人体测试模型相距0毫米的状态。In another possible design manner of the second aspect, the mobile terminal further includes a third antenna, and the third antenna is arranged on the back of the mobile terminal. When the computer instruction is executed by the processor, the mobile terminal is caused to further perform the following steps: if the vector distance between the first reflection coefficient and the third reflection coefficient when the first antenna is in the second state is less than a preset distance threshold, and the second reflection coefficient When the vector distance from the fourth reflection coefficient of the second antenna in the first state is less than the preset distance threshold, the mobile terminal detects the fifth reflection coefficient of the third antenna at the third working frequency; calculates the fifth reflection coefficient and the sixth reflection The vector distance of the coefficient; if the vector distance between the fifth reflection coefficient and the sixth reflection coefficient is greater than or equal to the preset distance threshold, the above comparison result indicates that the mobile terminal is in the first one-sided holding state; or, if the fifth reflection coefficient and If the vector distance of the sixth reflection coefficient is less than the preset distance threshold, the above comparison result indicates that the mobile terminal is in the first SAR test state; wherein, the first SAR test state is a state where the distance between the first side frame and the human body test model is 0 mm.
其中,第六反射系数是移动终端处于自由空间FS状态时,第三天线在第三工作频率下的反射系数。上述第一单侧握持状态为移动终端相对的两侧边框中第一侧边框被用户握持,第二侧边框未被用户握持的状态。上述第一侧边框是移动终端的左侧边框,第二侧边框是移动终端的右侧边框;或者,第一侧边框是移动终端的上侧边框,第二侧边框是移动终端的下侧边框。The sixth reflection coefficient is the reflection coefficient of the third antenna at the third working frequency when the mobile terminal is in the free space FS state. The above-mentioned first one-side holding state is a state in which the first side frame is held by the user and the second side frame is not held by the user among the opposite side frames of the mobile terminal. The above-mentioned first side frame is the left side frame of the mobile terminal, and the second side frame is the right side frame of the mobile terminal; or, the first side frame is the upper side frame of the mobile terminal, and the second side frame is the lower side frame of the mobile terminal. .
在第二方面的另一种可能的设计方式中,当计算机指令被处理器执行时,使得移动终端还执行以下步骤:若第一反射系数与第一天线处于第二状态时的第三反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离阈值,且第二反射系数与第二天线处于第一状态时的第四反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离阈值,则判断第一反射系数或者第二反射系数在预设时长内的变化是否大于预设变化阈值;若第一反射系数或者第二反射系数在预设时长内的变化大于预设变化阈值,则上述对比结果指示移动终端处于第一单侧握持状态;或者,若第一反射系数和第二反射系数在预设时长内的变化均小于或等于预设变化阈值,则上述对比结果指示移动终端处于第一SAR测试状态。In another possible design manner of the second aspect, when the computer instructions are executed by the processor, the mobile terminal is caused to further perform the following steps: if the first reflection coefficient and the first antenna are in the second state, the third reflection coefficient If the vector distance is less than the preset distance threshold, and the vector distance between the second reflection coefficient and the fourth reflection coefficient when the second antenna is in the first state is less than the preset distance threshold, it is judged that the first reflection coefficient or the second reflection coefficient is within the preset distance threshold. Set whether the change within the time period is greater than the preset change threshold; if the change of the first reflection coefficient or the second reflection coefficient within the preset time period is greater than the preset change threshold, the above comparison result indicates that the mobile terminal is in the first one-sided holding state Or, if the changes of the first reflection coefficient and the second reflection coefficient within the preset time period are both less than or equal to the preset change threshold, the above comparison result indicates that the mobile terminal is in the first SAR test state.
其中,第一单侧握持状态为移动终端相对的两侧边框中第一侧边框被用户握持,第二侧边框未被用户握持的状态。其中,第一SAR测试状态为第一侧边框与人体测试模型相距0毫米的状态。其中,第一侧边框是移动终端的左侧边框,第二侧边框是移动终端的右侧边框;或者,第一侧边框是移动终端的上侧边框,第二侧边框是移动终端的下侧边框。The first one-side holding state is a state in which the first side frame is held by the user and the second side frame is not held by the user among the opposite side frames of the mobile terminal. The first SAR test state is a state in which the distance between the first side frame and the human body test model is 0 mm. Wherein, the first side frame is the left frame of the mobile terminal, and the second side frame is the right frame of the mobile terminal; or, the first side frame is the upper frame of the mobile terminal, and the second side frame is the lower side of the mobile terminal frame.
在第二方面的另一种可能的设计方式中,当计算机指令被处理器执行时,使得移动终端还执行以下步骤:若第一反射系数与第一天线处于第一状态时的第三反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离阈值,且第二反射系数与第二天线处于第二状态时的第四反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离阈值,则上述对比结果指示移动终端处于第二单侧握持状态。其中,第二单侧握持状态为移动终端相对的两侧边框中第二侧边框被用户握持,第一侧边框未被用户握持的状态。第一侧边框是移动终端的左侧边框,第二侧边框是移动终端的右侧边框;或者,第一侧边框是移动终端的上侧边框,第二侧边框是移动终端的下侧边框。In another possible design manner of the second aspect, when the computer instructions are executed by the processor, the mobile terminal is caused to further perform the following steps: if the first reflection coefficient and the third reflection coefficient of the first antenna are in the first state The vector distance of the mobile terminal is less than the preset distance threshold, and the vector distance between the second reflection coefficient and the fourth reflection coefficient when the second antenna is in the second state is less than the preset distance threshold, the above comparison result indicates that the mobile terminal is in the second one-sided grip hold status. Wherein, the second one-side holding state is a state in which the second side frame is held by the user and the first side frame is not held by the user among the opposite side frames of the mobile terminal. The first side frame is the left frame of the mobile terminal, and the second side frame is the right frame of the mobile terminal; or, the first side frame is the upper frame of the mobile terminal, and the second side frame is the lower frame of the mobile terminal.
在第二方面的另一种可能的设计方式中,当计算机指令被处理器执行时,使得移动终端还执行以下步骤:若第一反射系数与第一天线处于第一状态时的第三反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离阈值,且第二反射系数与第二天线处于第一状态时的第四反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离阈值,则上述对比结果指示移动终端处于FS状态。In another possible design manner of the second aspect, when the computer instructions are executed by the processor, the mobile terminal is caused to further perform the following steps: if the first reflection coefficient and the third reflection coefficient of the first antenna are in the first state The vector distance of , is less than the preset distance threshold, and the vector distance between the second reflection coefficient and the fourth reflection coefficient when the second antenna is in the first state is less than the preset distance threshold, the above comparison result indicates that the mobile terminal is in the FS state.
在第二方面的另一种可能的设计方式中,当计算机指令被处理器执行时,使得移动终端还执行以下步骤:若第一反射系数与第一天线处于第一状态时的第三反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离阈值,且第二反射系数与第二天线处于第一状态时的第四反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离阈值,则判断移动终端的受话器是否处于开启状态;若受话器处于开启状态,则上述对比结果指示移动终端处于头模状态;或者,若受话器处于关闭状态,则上述对比结果指示移动终端处于FS状态。其中,头模状态是移动终端未被用户握持,且进行语音通话的状态。In another possible design manner of the second aspect, when the computer instructions are executed by the processor, the mobile terminal is caused to further perform the following steps: if the first reflection coefficient and the third reflection coefficient of the first antenna are in the first state The vector distance of the mobile terminal is less than the preset distance threshold, and the vector distance between the second reflection coefficient and the fourth reflection coefficient when the second antenna is in the first state is less than the preset distance threshold, then it is judged whether the receiver of the mobile terminal is in an open state; if the receiver In the open state, the above comparison result indicates that the mobile terminal is in the head mold state; or, if the receiver is in the closed state, the above comparison result indicates that the mobile terminal is in the FS state. The head model state is a state in which the mobile terminal is not held by the user and a voice call is being performed.
在第二方面的另一种可能的设计方式中,上述移动终端包括SAR传感器,SAR传感器用于采集移动终端与其他物体之间的距离。当计算机指令被处理器执行时,使得移动终端还执行以下步骤:若第一反射系数与第一天线处于第一状态时的第三反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离阈值,且第二反射系数与第二天线处于第一状态时的第四反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离阈值,则通过SAR传感器采集移动终端与其他物体之间的距离;若SAR传感器采集的距离小于预设值,则上述对比结果指示移动终端处于第二SAR测试状态;或者,若SAR传感器采集的距离大于或等于预设值,则上述对比结果指示移动终端处于FS状态或者头模状态。其中,头模状态是移动终端未被用户握持,且进行语音通话的状态。第二SAR测试状态包括移动终端与人体测试模型相距5mm的状态。In another possible design manner of the second aspect, the above-mentioned mobile terminal includes a SAR sensor, and the SAR sensor is used to collect the distance between the mobile terminal and other objects. When the computer instruction is executed by the processor, the mobile terminal is caused to further perform the following steps: if the vector distance between the first reflection coefficient and the third reflection coefficient when the first antenna is in the first state is less than a preset distance threshold, and the second reflection coefficient When the vector distance from the fourth reflection coefficient when the second antenna is in the first state is less than the preset distance threshold, the distance between the mobile terminal and other objects is collected by the SAR sensor; if the distance collected by the SAR sensor is less than the preset value, then The above comparison result indicates that the mobile terminal is in the second SAR test state; or, if the distance collected by the SAR sensor is greater than or equal to the preset value, the above comparison result indicates that the mobile terminal is in the FS state or the head mold state. The head model state is a state in which the mobile terminal is not held by the user and a voice call is being performed. The second SAR test state includes a state in which the mobile terminal is 5 mm away from the human body test model.
在第二方面的另一种可能的设计方式中,当计算机指令被处理器执行时,使得移动终端还执行以下步骤:若SAR传感器采集的距离大于或等于预设值,则判断移动终端的受话器是否处于开启状态;若受话器处于开启状态,则上述对比结果指示移动终端处于头模状态;或者,若受话器处于关闭状态,则移动终端处于FS状态。In another possible design manner of the second aspect, when the computer instructions are executed by the processor, the mobile terminal is caused to further perform the following steps: if the distance collected by the SAR sensor is greater than or equal to a preset value, determine the receiver of the mobile terminal Whether it is in the open state; if the receiver is in the open state, the above comparison result indicates that the mobile terminal is in the head mold state; or, if the receiver is in the closed state, the mobile terminal is in the FS state.
在第二方面的另一种可能的设计方式中,当计算机指令被处理器执行时,使得移动终端还执行以下步骤:根据对比结果调整移动终端的上行功率;或者,根据对比结果切换使用移动终端的天线,移动终端的天线包括第一天线和第二天线。In another possible design manner of the second aspect, when the computer instruction is executed by the processor, the mobile terminal is caused to further perform the following steps: adjusting the uplink power of the mobile terminal according to the comparison result; or, switching to use the mobile terminal according to the comparison result The antenna of the mobile terminal includes a first antenna and a second antenna.
在第二方面的另一种可能的设计方式中,上述存储器中预先保存有多个第三反射系数和多个第四反射系数。In another possible design manner of the second aspect, a plurality of third reflection coefficients and a plurality of fourth reflection coefficients are pre-stored in the memory.
在第二方面的另一种可能的设计方式中,移动终端还包括显示屏,显示屏与处理器耦合;当计算机指令被处理器执行时,使得移动终端还执行以下步骤:显示引导界面,引导界面用于引导用于以预设的握持方式握持移动终端;其中,预设的握持方式包括:双侧握持的方式、第一单侧握持的方式和第二单侧握持的方式;采集用户以预设的握持方式握持移动终端时,第一天线的反射系数和第二天线的反射系数,得到并保存多个第三反射系数和多个第四反射系数。In another possible design of the second aspect, the mobile terminal further includes a display screen, and the display screen is coupled to the processor; when the computer instructions are executed by the processor, the mobile terminal is caused to further perform the following steps: displaying a guidance interface, guiding the The interface is used to guide and hold the mobile terminal in a preset holding manner; wherein, the preset holding manner includes: a double-sided holding manner, a first one-sided holding manner, and a second one-side holding manner method; collect the reflection coefficient of the first antenna and the reflection coefficient of the second antenna when the user holds the mobile terminal in a preset holding manner, and obtain and save multiple third reflection coefficients and multiple fourth reflection coefficients.
其中,在双侧握持的方式下,移动终端相对的两侧边框被用户握持;在第一单侧握持的方式下,移动终端相对的两侧边框中第一侧边框被用户握持,第二侧边框未被用户握持;在第二单侧握持的方式下,第二侧边框被用户握持,第一侧边框未被用户握持;第一侧边框是移动终端的左侧边框,第二侧边框是移动终端的右侧边框;或者,第一侧边框是移动终端的上侧边框,第二侧边框是移动终端的下侧边框。Wherein, in the two-sided holding mode, the two opposite side frames of the mobile terminal are held by the user; in the first one-side holding mode, the first side frame among the opposite two side frames of the mobile terminal is held by the user , the second side frame is not held by the user; in the second one-sided holding mode, the second side frame is held by the user, and the first side frame is not held by the user; the first side frame is the left side of the mobile terminal side frame, the second side frame is the right side frame of the mobile terminal; or, the first side frame is the upper side frame of the mobile terminal, and the second side frame is the lower side frame of the mobile terminal.
第三方面,本申请提供一种移动终端,该移动终端包括边框、第一天线和第二天线。第一天线和第二天线分别设置在移动终端相对的第一侧边框和第二侧边框。第一 天线和第二天线的物理尺寸在15毫米-100毫米之间,第一天线和第二天线靠近移动终端的第三侧边框的一端与第三侧边框的距离在0毫米-20毫米之间。其中,移动终端还包括存储器和处理器,存储器与处理器耦合。In a third aspect, the present application provides a mobile terminal, the mobile terminal includes a frame, a first antenna and a second antenna. The first antenna and the second antenna are respectively disposed on the first side frame and the second side frame opposite to the mobile terminal. The physical dimensions of the first antenna and the second antenna are between 15 mm and 100 mm, and the distance between one end of the first antenna and the second antenna close to the third side frame of the mobile terminal and the third side frame is between 0 mm and 20 mm. between. Wherein, the mobile terminal further includes a memory and a processor, and the memory is coupled with the processor.
其中,当第一天线在第一工作频率下的第一反射系数与第一天线的第三反射系数之间的第一矢量距离小于第一预设距离门限,且第二天线在第二工作频率下的第二反射系数与第二天线的第四反射系数之间的第二矢量距离小于第二预设距离门限时,移动终端根据第一天线的第一天线状态和第二天线的第二天线状态,控制移动终端。Wherein, when the first vector distance between the first reflection coefficient of the first antenna at the first working frequency and the third reflection coefficient of the first antenna is less than the first preset distance threshold, and the second antenna is at the second working frequency When the second vector distance between the second reflection coefficient of the first antenna and the fourth reflection coefficient of the second antenna is less than the second preset distance threshold, the mobile terminal will state to control the mobile terminal.
其中,第一反射系数和第二反射系数是用于表征对应信号幅度和相位的矢量,第三反射系数和第四反射系数为预存在移动终端的矢量,其中,第三反射系数是第一天线处于第一天线状态时在第一工作频率下的反射系数,第四反射系数是第二天线处于第二天线状态时在第二工作频率下的反射系数。Wherein, the first reflection coefficient and the second reflection coefficient are vectors used to characterize the amplitude and phase of the corresponding signals, the third reflection coefficient and the fourth reflection coefficient are vectors pre-existing in the mobile terminal, wherein the third reflection coefficient is the first antenna The reflection coefficient at the first working frequency when in the first antenna state, and the fourth reflection coefficient is the reflection coefficient at the second working frequency when the second antenna is in the second antenna state.
在第三方面的一种可能的设计方式中,上述第一侧边框是左侧边框,第二侧边框是右侧边框。In a possible design manner of the third aspect, the first side frame is a left frame, and the second side frame is a right frame.
其中,第一天线设置在移动终端的左侧边框,第二天线设置在移动终端的右侧边框,移动终端相对的两侧边框为移动终端的左侧边框和移动终端的右侧边框。第三侧边框为电子设备的下侧边框;第一天线的第一天线状态和第二天线的第二天线状态,用于控制竖屏状态下的移动终端。The first antenna is arranged on the left side frame of the mobile terminal, the second antenna is arranged on the right side frame of the mobile terminal, and the opposite side frames of the mobile terminal are the left side frame and the right side frame of the mobile terminal. The third side frame is the lower frame of the electronic device; the first antenna state of the first antenna and the second antenna state of the second antenna are used to control the mobile terminal in the vertical screen state.
在第三方面的另一种可能的设计方式中,上述第一侧边框是上侧边框,第二侧边框是下侧边框。In another possible design of the third aspect, the first side frame is an upper frame, and the second side frame is a lower frame.
其中,第一天线设置在移动终端的上侧边框,第二天线设置在移动终端的下侧边框,移动终端相对的两侧边框为移动终端的上侧边框和移动终端的下侧边框。第三侧边框为电子设备的左侧边框或者右侧边框;第一天线的第一天线状态和第二天线的第二天线状态,用于控制横屏状态下的移动终端。The first antenna is arranged on the upper side frame of the mobile terminal, the second antenna is arranged on the lower side frame of the mobile terminal, and the opposite side frames of the mobile terminal are the upper side frame and the lower side frame of the mobile terminal. The third side frame is the left frame or the right frame of the electronic device; the first antenna state of the first antenna and the second antenna state of the second antenna are used to control the mobile terminal in the horizontal screen state.
在第三方面的另一种可能的设计方式中,上述第一天线状态包括:第一侧边框未被握持时第一天线的状态,以及第一侧边框被握持时第一天线的状态。第二天线状态包括:第二侧边框未被握持时第二天线的状态,以及第二侧边框被握持时第二天线的状态。In another possible design manner of the third aspect, the first antenna state includes: a state of the first antenna when the first side frame is not held, and a state of the first antenna when the first side frame is held . The second antenna state includes: a state of the second antenna when the second side frame is not held, and a state of the second antenna when the second side frame is held.
在第三方面的另一种可能的设计方式中,上述移动终端还包括受话器。其中,移动终端根据第一天线的第一天线状态和第二天线的第二天线状态,结合受话器的状态,控制移动终端。其中,受话器的状态为开启状态或关闭状态。In another possible design of the third aspect, the above mobile terminal further includes a receiver. The mobile terminal controls the mobile terminal according to the first antenna state of the first antenna and the second antenna state of the second antenna in combination with the state of the receiver. Wherein, the state of the receiver is an open state or a closed state.
在第三方面的另一种可能的设计方式中,上述移动终端还包括第三天线,第三天线设置在移动终端的背面。并且,该第三天线靠近移动终端的第三侧边框的一端与该第三侧边框的距离在1毫米-20毫米之间。其中,当第三天线在第三工作频率下的第五反射系数与第三天线的第六反射系数之间的第三矢量距离小于第三预设距离门限时,移动终端根据第一天线的第一天线状态、第二天线的第二天线状态和第三天线的第三天线状态,控制移动终端。In another possible design manner of the third aspect, the above-mentioned mobile terminal further includes a third antenna, and the third antenna is disposed on the back of the mobile terminal. Moreover, the distance between one end of the third antenna close to the third side frame of the mobile terminal and the third side frame is between 1 mm and 20 mm. Wherein, when the third vector distance between the fifth reflection coefficient of the third antenna at the third working frequency and the sixth reflection coefficient of the third antenna is less than the third preset distance threshold, the mobile terminal according to the first antenna An antenna state, a second antenna state of the second antenna, and a third antenna state of the third antenna control the mobile terminal.
其中,第五反射系数是用于表征对应信号幅度和相位的矢量,第六反射系数为预存在移动终端的矢量,第六反射系数是第三天线处于第三天线状态时在第三工作频率下的反射系数。Among them, the fifth reflection coefficient is a vector used to characterize the amplitude and phase of the corresponding signal, the sixth reflection coefficient is a vector pre-existing in the mobile terminal, and the sixth reflection coefficient is the third antenna when the third antenna is in the third antenna state at the third operating frequency reflection coefficient.
在第三方面的另一种可能的设计方式中,上述第三天线是贴片天线。该第三天线的物理尺寸是M×N,M在10毫米-30毫米之间取值,N在10毫米-30毫米之间取值。In another possible design manner of the third aspect, the above-mentioned third antenna is a patch antenna. The physical size of the third antenna is M×N, where M ranges from 10 mm to 30 mm, and N ranges from 10 mm to 30 mm.
在第三方面的另一种可能的设计方式中,上述第三天线状态包括:移动终端的背面未被握持时第三天线的状态,以及移动终端的背面被握持时第三天线的状态。In another possible design manner of the third aspect, the third antenna state includes: a state of the third antenna when the back of the mobile terminal is not held, and a state of the third antenna when the back of the mobile terminal is held .
第四方面,本申请提供一种芯片系统,该芯片系统应用于包括存储器的移动终端,该移动终端相对的两侧边框中分别设置有第一天线和第二天线。该芯片系统包括一个或多个接口电路和一个或多个处理器。该接口电路和处理器通过线路互联。该接口电路用于从存储器接收信号,并向处理器发送信号,该信号包括存储器中存储的计算机指令。当处理器执行计算机指令时,移动终端执行如第一方面及其任一种可能的设计方式的方法。In a fourth aspect, the present application provides a chip system, the chip system is applied to a mobile terminal including a memory, and a first antenna and a second antenna are respectively provided in the opposite side frames of the mobile terminal. The chip system includes one or more interface circuits and one or more processors. The interface circuit and the processor are interconnected by wires. The interface circuit is used to receive signals from the memory and send signals to the processor, the signals including computer instructions stored in the memory. When the processor executes the computer instructions, the mobile terminal executes the method of the first aspect and any possible design manners thereof.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机可读存储介质,包括计算机指令,当计算机指令在移动终端上运行时,使得移动终端执行如第一方面及其任一种可能的设计方式的方法。In a fifth aspect, the embodiments of the present application provide a computer-readable storage medium, including computer instructions, when the computer instructions are run on a mobile terminal, the mobile terminal is made to execute the method of the first aspect and any possible design methods thereof .
第六方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机程序产品,当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如第一方面及其任一种可能的设计方式的方法。In a sixth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product, which, when the computer program product runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method of the first aspect and any possible design manner thereof.
可以理解地,上述提供的第二方面或第三方面及其任一种可能的设计方式所述的移动终端,第四方面所述的芯片系统,第五方面所述的计算机可读存储介质,第六方面所述的计算机程序产品所能达到的有益效果,可参考如第一方面及其任一种可能的设计方式中的有益效果,此处不再赘述。Understandably, the mobile terminal described in the second aspect or the third aspect and any possible design manner thereof, the chip system described in the fourth aspect, and the computer-readable storage medium described in the fifth aspect, For the beneficial effects that can be achieved by the computer program product described in the sixth aspect, reference may be made to the beneficial effects in the first aspect and any possible design manners thereof, which will not be repeated here.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1A为本申请实施例提供的一种移动终端被握持的状态的示意图;1A is a schematic diagram of a state in which a mobile terminal is held according to an embodiment of the present application;
图1B为本申请实施例提供的另一种移动终端被握持的状态的示意图;FIG. 1B is a schematic diagram of another state in which the mobile terminal is held according to an embodiment of the present application;
图1C为本申请实施例提供的另一种移动终端被握持的状态的示意图;FIG. 1C is a schematic diagram of another state in which the mobile terminal is held according to an embodiment of the present application;
图1D为本申请实施例提供的另一种移动终端被握持的状态的示意图;1D is a schematic diagram of another state in which the mobile terminal is held according to an embodiment of the present application;
图1E为本申请实施例提供的一种移动终端处于Body SAR状态的示意图;1E is a schematic diagram of a mobile terminal in a Body SAR state according to an embodiment of the present application;
图1F为本申请实施例提供的一种移动终端上的天线分布示意图;FIG. 1F is a schematic diagram of antenna distribution on a mobile terminal according to an embodiment of the present application;
图1G为本申请实施例提供的另一种移动终端上的天线分布示意图;FIG. 1G is a schematic diagram of antenna distribution on another mobile terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图1H为本申请实施例提供的一种天线的反射系数在史密斯圆图上的分布示意图;1H is a schematic diagram of the distribution of reflection coefficients of an antenna on a Smith chart according to an embodiment of the present application;
图1I为本申请实施例提供的另一种天线的反射系数在史密斯圆图上的分布示意图;FIG. 1I is a schematic diagram of the distribution of the reflection coefficient of another antenna on a Smith chart according to an embodiment of the present application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种移动终端的硬件结构示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of a mobile terminal according to an embodiment of the present application;
图3A为本申请实施例提供的一种人手握持手机时手机的热力分布示意图;3A is a schematic diagram of thermal distribution of a mobile phone when a human hand holds a mobile phone according to an embodiment of the present application;
图3B为本申请实施例提供的一种移动终端的控制方法流程图;3B is a flowchart of a method for controlling a mobile terminal provided by an embodiment of the application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种手机的射频电路示意图;4 is a schematic diagram of a radio frequency circuit of a mobile phone according to an embodiment of the present application;
图5A为本申请实施例提供的另一种天线的反射系数在史密斯圆图上的分布示意图;5A is a schematic diagram of the distribution of reflection coefficients of another antenna on a Smith chart according to an embodiment of the present application;
图5B为本申请实施例提供的一种引导界面示意图;5B is a schematic diagram of a guidance interface provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5C为本申请实施例提供的另一种引导界面示意图;5C is a schematic diagram of another guidance interface provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5D为本申请实施例提供的另一种引导界面示意图;5D is a schematic diagram of another guidance interface provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6A为本申请实施例提供的另一种天线的反射系数在史密斯圆图上的分布示意图;6A is a schematic diagram of the distribution of reflection coefficients of another antenna on a Smith chart according to an embodiment of the present application;
图6B为本申请实施例提供的另一种天线的反射系数在史密斯圆图上的分布示意图;6B is a schematic diagram of the distribution of the reflection coefficient of another antenna on a Smith chart according to an embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的另一种移动终端的控制方法流程图;7 is a flowchart of another method for controlling a mobile terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的一种贴片天线在手机100上的分布示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of the distribution of a patch antenna on a mobile phone 100 according to an embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的另一种移动终端的控制方法流程图;9 is a flowchart of another method for controlling a mobile terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的另一种移动终端的控制方法流程图;10 is a flowchart of another method for controlling a mobile terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的另一种移动终端的控制方法流程图;11 is a flowchart of another method for controlling a mobile terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的另一种移动终端的控制方法流程图;12 is a flowchart of another method for controlling a mobile terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图13为本申请实施例提供的一种反射系数在史密斯圆图上的分布、距离、反射系数的幅度、反射系数的相位的偏差示意图;13 is a schematic diagram of the deviation of the distribution of a reflection coefficient on the Smith chart, the distance, the amplitude of the reflection coefficient, and the phase of the reflection coefficient according to an embodiment of the application;
图14为本申请实施例提供的一种天线的馈电点分布示意图;FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of the distribution of feeding points of an antenna according to an embodiment of the present application;
图15为本申请实施例提供的另一种天线的反射系数在史密斯圆图上的分布示意图;15 is a schematic diagram of the distribution of the reflection coefficient of another antenna on a Smith chart according to an embodiment of the present application;
图16为本申请实施例提供的另一种天线的反射系数在史密斯圆图上的分布示意图;16 is a schematic diagram of the distribution of the reflection coefficient of another antenna on a Smith chart according to an embodiment of the present application;
图17为本申请实施例提供的另一种天线的反射系数在史密斯圆图上的分布示意图;17 is a schematic diagram of the distribution of the reflection coefficient of another antenna on a Smith chart according to an embodiment of the present application;
图18为本申请实施例提供的另一种天线的反射系数在史密斯圆图上的分布示意图;18 is a schematic diagram of the distribution of the reflection coefficient of another antenna on a Smith chart according to an embodiment of the present application;
图19为本申请实施例提供的另一种天线的反射系数在史密斯圆图上的分布示意图;19 is a schematic diagram of the distribution of the reflection coefficient of another antenna on a Smith chart according to an embodiment of the present application;
图20为本申请实施例提供的一种芯片系统的结构示意图。FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式detailed description
以下,术语“第一”、“第二”仅用于描述目的,而不能理解为指示或暗示相对重要性或者隐含指明所指示的技术特征的数量。例如,第一摄像头和第二摄像头是指不同的摄像头。由此,限定有“第一”、“第二”的特征可以明示或者隐含地包括一个或者更多个该特征。在本实施例的描述中,除非另有说明,“多个”的含义是两个或两个以上。Hereinafter, the terms "first" and "second" are only used for descriptive purposes, and should not be construed as indicating or implying relative importance or implicitly indicating the number of indicated technical features. For example, the first camera and the second camera refer to different cameras. Thus, a feature defined as "first" or "second" may expressly or implicitly include one or more of that feature. In the description of this embodiment, unless otherwise specified, "plurality" means two or more.
为了便于理解,本申请实施例这里结合附图介绍本申请实施例涉及的移动终端的各种握持状态。For ease of understanding, the embodiments of the present application introduce various holding states of the mobile terminal involved in the embodiments of the present application with reference to the accompanying drawings.
(1)移动终端的自由空间(Free Space,FS)状态:移动终端(如手机)静置在桌上、放置在口袋或背包中,未被用户握持,且移动终端待机的状态。或者,FS状态为移动终端处于待机状态下,与任何物体未接触的理想状态。例如,如图1A所示,手机100(即移动终端)处于FS状态。(1) Free Space (FS) state of the mobile terminal: the mobile terminal (such as a mobile phone) is placed on a table, placed in a pocket or a backpack, not held by the user, and the mobile terminal is in a standby state. Alternatively, the FS state is an ideal state in which the mobile terminal is in a standby state and is not in contact with any object. For example, as shown in FIG. 1A , the mobile phone 100 (ie, the mobile terminal) is in the FS state.
(2)移动终端的双侧握持状态:用户手部接触移动终端相对的两个侧边框,握持移动终端的状态。其中,该双侧握持状态可以包括(Hand Left,HL)状态和(Hand Right,HR)状态)。(2) Bilateral holding state of the mobile terminal: a state in which the user's hand touches two opposite side frames of the mobile terminal and holds the mobile terminal. Wherein, the bilateral holding state may include (Hand Left, HL) state and (Hand Right, HR) state).
例如,如图1B中的(a)所示,手机100(即移动终端)被用户左手握持处于双侧握持状态(即HL状态);用户左手虎口接触手机100的左侧边框,用户左手的手指接触手机100的右侧边框。For example, as shown in (a) of FIG. 1B , the mobile phone 100 (ie, the mobile terminal) is held by the user's left hand in a bilateral holding state (ie, the HL state); touch the right side frame of the mobile phone 100.
又例如,如图1B中的(b)所示,手机100被用户右手握持处于双侧握持状态(即HR状态);用户右手虎口接触手机100的右侧边框,用户右手的手指接触手机100的左侧边框。For another example, as shown in (b) of FIG. 1B , the mobile phone 100 is held by the user's right hand in a bilateral holding state (ie, the HR state); the user's right hand is in contact with the right frame of the mobile phone 100, and the user's right hand is in contact with the mobile phone. 100 left border.
又例如,如图1B中的(c)所示,手机100被用户双手握持处于双侧握持状态;用户左手接触手机100的左侧边框,用户右手接触手机100的右侧边框。For another example, as shown in (c) of FIG. 1B , the mobile phone 100 is held by both hands of the user in a bilateral holding state;
又例如,如图1D中的(a)所示,移动终端120(如手机120或平板电脑120)被用户双手握持处于双侧握持状态;用户左手接触移动终端120的上侧边框,用户右手接触移动终端120的下侧边框。For another example, as shown in (a) of FIG. 1D , the mobile terminal 120 (such as the mobile phone 120 or the tablet computer 120 ) is held by both hands of the user in a bilateral holding state; The right hand contacts the lower side frame of the mobile terminal 120 .
(3)移动终端的单侧握持状态。(3) One-sided holding state of the mobile terminal.
例如,如图1C中的(a)所示,手机100(即移动终端)被用户左手握持处于单侧握持状态(即左单侧握持状态);用户左手接触手机100的左侧边框。如图1C中的(b)所示,手机100(即移动终端)被用户右手握持处于单侧握持状态(即右单侧握持状态);用户右手接触手机100的左侧边框。For example, as shown in (a) of FIG. 1C , the mobile phone 100 (ie, the mobile terminal) is held by the user's left hand in a one-sided holding state (ie, the left one-sided holding state); the user's left hand contacts the left frame of the mobile phone 100 . As shown in (b) of FIG. 1C , the mobile phone 100 (ie, the mobile terminal) is held by the user's right hand in a one-sided holding state (ie, the right one-sided holding state); the user's right hand contacts the left frame of the mobile phone 100 .
又例如,如图1D中的(b)所示,移动终端120被用户左手握持处于单侧握持状态;用户左手接触手机100的上侧边框。如图1D中的(c)所示,移动终端120被用户右手握持处于单侧握持状态;用户右手接触移动终端120的下侧边框。For another example, as shown in (b) of FIG. 1D , the mobile terminal 120 is held by the user's left hand in a one-sided holding state; the user's left hand contacts the upper frame of the mobile phone 100 . As shown in (c) of FIG. 1D , the mobile terminal 120 is held by the user's right hand in a one-sided holding state; the user's right hand contacts the lower side frame of the mobile terminal 120 .
结合上述双侧握持状态或单侧握持状态,移动终端可以处于不同的工作场景。该工作场景是指在美国无线通信和互联网协会(Cellular Telecommunications Industry Association CTIA)模型中所定义的、该移动终端处于上述各种握持状态工作的场景。本申请实施例这里介绍移动终端的各种工作场景。Combined with the above-mentioned two-sided holding state or one-sided holding state, the mobile terminal can be in different working scenarios. The working scenario refers to a scenario defined in the Cellular Telecommunications Industry Association CTIA (Cellular Telecommunications Industry Association CTIA) model in which the mobile terminal works in the above-mentioned various holding states. Various working scenarios of the mobile terminal are introduced here in the embodiments of the present application.
头手模(Beside Head Hand,BHH)场景:移动终端被用户手持(如移动终端处于图1A、图1B中的(a)、图1B中的(b)、图1C中的(a)或者图1C中的(b)所示的状态),且进行语音通话的场景。BHH场景包括头左手模(Beside Head Hand Left,BHHL)和头右手模(Beside Head Hand Right,BHHR)场景。Beside Head Hand (BHH) scenario: the mobile terminal is held by the user (for example, the mobile terminal is in FIG. 1A , (a) in FIG. 1B , (b) in FIG. 1B , (a) in FIG. state shown in (b) in 1C), and a voice call is made. The BHH scene includes the Beside Head Hand Left (BHHL) and the Beside Head Hand Right (BHHR) scene.
手模场景:即Hand Only场景。移动终端被用户手持(如移动终端处于图1B中的(a)、图1B中的(b)、图1B中的(c)、图1C中的(a)、图1C中的(b)、图1D中的(a)、图1D中的(b)、图1D中的(c)所示的状态),且除语音通话之外的场景。例如,用户手持移动终端、上网、走路,或者移动终端黑屏,都属于上述手模场景。Hand model scene: the Hand Only scene. The mobile terminal is held by the user (eg, the mobile terminal is in (a) in FIG. 1B , (b) in FIG. 1B , (c) in FIG. 1B , (a) in FIG. 1C , (b) in FIG. 1C , (a) in FIG. 1D, (b) in FIG. 1D, and (c) in FIG. 1D), and a scene other than a voice call. For example, a user holding a mobile terminal, surfing the Internet, walking, or a black screen of the mobile terminal all belong to the above-mentioned hand model scenario.
其中,上述头手模场景和手模场景均为移动终端的测试场景。移动终端的测试场景包括但不限于上述头手模场景和手模场景。该测试场景还可以包括区别于上述头手模场景之外的其他通话场景。该其他通话场景可以包括:移动终端未被用户手持,且进行语音通话的场景,如当移动终端被用户放置在桌子上,且该移动终端通过扬声器播放外音与其他电子设备进行语音通信的场景。Wherein, the above-mentioned head-hand-model scene and hand-model scene are both test scenarios of the mobile terminal. The test scenarios of the mobile terminal include but are not limited to the above-mentioned head and hand model scenarios and hand model scenarios. The test scenario may also include other call scenarios that are different from the above-mentioned head-hand model scenario. The other call scenarios may include: the mobile terminal is not held by the user, and a voice call is performed, such as when the mobile terminal is placed on a table by the user, and the mobile terminal plays an external sound through a speaker and performs voice communication with other electronic devices. .
移动终端的测试场景还可以包括:电磁波辐射比值(specific absorption rate,SAR)测试场景/状态。该SAR测试场景/状态也可以称为Body SAR场景/状态,即人体 (Body)SAR场景,例如移动终端开热点时的Body SAR场景。The test scenarios of the mobile terminal may further include: electromagnetic radiation ratio (specific absorption rate, SAR) test scenarios/states. The SAR test scenario/state may also be referred to as a Body SAR scenario/state, that is, a body SAR scenario, such as a Body SAR scenario when a mobile terminal turns on a hotspot.
其中,当移动终端打开热点后,可能会对用户产生辐射。在该Body SAR场景下,如果辐射超标,移动终端需要调整相应的工作参数(如天线发射功率),以使得Body SAR数值满足法规要求(如辐射在法规要求范围内)。Among them, when the mobile terminal turns on the hotspot, radiation may be generated to the user. In this Body SAR scenario, if the radiation exceeds the standard, the mobile terminal needs to adjust the corresponding working parameters (such as antenna transmit power) so that the Body SAR value meets the regulatory requirements (eg, the radiation is within the regulatory requirements).
需要说明的是,上述Body SAR状态可以包括不同测试距离下的Body SAR状态,如0毫米(mm)Body SAR状态,5mm Body SAR状态,10mm Body SAR状态和15mm Body SAR状态等。其中,上述测试距离是指移动终端(如手机100)与人体测试模型之间的距离。It should be noted that the above Body SAR states may include Body SAR states at different test distances, such as 0 millimeter (mm) Body SAR state, 5mm Body SAR state, 10mm Body SAR state and 15mm Body SAR state, etc. The above test distance refers to the distance between the mobile terminal (eg, the mobile phone 100 ) and the human body test model.
其中,测试Body SAR时,通常需要测试手机100的正面(即手机100的显示屏所在的一面)、背面或反面(如下述back状态的测试面,即与手机100的显示屏相背对的一面)、顶面(如下述Top状态的测试面,即手机100的顶部所在的平面)、底面(即手机100的底部所在的平面,如扬声器和麦克风所在的平面)、左侧面(如下述left side状态的测试面,即手机100的左侧边框所在平面)和右侧面(如下述right side状态的测试面,即手机100的右侧边框所在平面)。Wherein, when testing the Body SAR, it is usually necessary to test the front side of the mobile phone 100 (that is, the side where the display screen of the mobile phone 100 is located), the back side or the reverse side (such as the test surface in the back state, that is, the side opposite to the display screen of the mobile phone 100 ). ), top surface (such as the test surface in the following Top state, that is, the plane where the top of the mobile phone 100 is located), bottom surface (that is, the plane where the bottom of the mobile phone 100 is located, such as the plane where the speaker and the microphone are located), the left side (such as the following left The test surface in the side state, that is, the plane where the left side frame of the mobile phone 100 is located) and the right side (such as the following test surface in the right side state, that is, the plane where the right side frame of the mobile phone 100 is located).
示例性的,假设移动终端是图1A所示的手机100。本申请实施例这里以5mm right side状态、5mm back状态、0mm right side状态、0mm back状态、0mm top状态和5mm top状态为例,介绍手机100的SAR测试状态。Exemplarily, it is assumed that the mobile terminal is the mobile phone 100 shown in FIG. 1A . In the embodiment of the present application, the SAR test state of the mobile phone 100 is introduced by taking the 5mm right side state, the 5mm back state, the 0mm right side state, the 0mm back state, the 0mm top state and the 5mm top state as examples.
0mm back状态为手机100的背面或反面与人体测试模型10之间的距离为0mm时,手机100的SAR测试状态。例如,图1E中的(a)示出手机100所处的0mm back状态。在0mm back状态下,手机100的背面或反面接触人体测试模型10,即手机100的背面或反面与人体测试模型10之间的距离为0mm。The 0mm back state is the SAR test state of the mobile phone 100 when the distance between the back or the back of the mobile phone 100 and the human body test model 10 is 0 mm. For example, (a) in FIG. 1E shows the 0 mm back state in which the cell phone 100 is placed. In the 0mm back state, the back or back of the mobile phone 100 contacts the human body test model 10, that is, the distance between the back or back of the mobile phone 100 and the human body test model 10 is 0 mm.
5mm back状态为手机100的背面或反面与人体测试模型10之间的距离为5mm时,手机100的Body SAR状态。例如,图1E中的(b)示出手机100所处的5mm back状态。在5mm back状态下,手机100的背面与人体测试模型10之间的距离为5mm。The 5mm back state is the Body SAR state of the mobile phone 100 when the distance between the back or the back of the mobile phone 100 and the human test model 10 is 5 mm. For example, (b) in FIG. 1E shows the 5mm back state in which the cell phone 100 is placed. In the 5mm back state, the distance between the back of the mobile phone 100 and the human body test model 10 is 5mm.
其中,将手机100设置在0mm back状态或5mm back状态,是一种测试手机100背面Body SAR的场景。Among them, setting the mobile phone 100 in the 0mm back state or the 5mm back state is a scene for testing the Body SAR on the back of the mobile phone 100 .
0mm right side状态为手机100的右侧面与人体测试模型10之间的距离为0mm时,手机100的Body SAR状态。例如,图1E中的(c)示出手机100所处的一种0mm right side状态。在图1E中的(c)所示的0mm right side状态下,手机100的右侧面接触人体测试模型10,即手机100的右侧面与人体测试模型10之间的距离为0mm。The 0mm right side state is the Body SAR state of the mobile phone 100 when the distance between the right side of the mobile phone 100 and the human test model 10 is 0 mm. For example, (c) in FIG. 1E shows a 0 mm right side state in which the cell phone 100 is placed. In the 0 mm right side state shown in (c) of FIG. 1E , the right side of the mobile phone 100 contacts the human body test model 10 , that is, the distance between the right side of the mobile phone 100 and the human body test model 10 is 0 mm.
5mm right side为手机100的右侧面与人体测试模型10之间的距离为5mm时,手机100的Body SAR状态。例如,图1E中的(d)示出手机100所处的5mm right side状态;在5mm right side状态下,手机100的右侧面与人体测试模型10之间的距离为5mm。5mm right side is the Body SAR state of the mobile phone 100 when the distance between the right side of the mobile phone 100 and the human body test model 10 is 5 mm. For example, (d) in FIG. 1E shows the 5 mm right side state of the mobile phone 100 ; in the 5 mm right side state, the distance between the right side of the mobile phone 100 and the human body test model 10 is 5 mm.
其中,将手机100设置在图1E中的(c)所示的0mm right side状态或图1E中的(d)所示的5mm right side状态,是一种测试手机100右侧面Body SAR的场景。Wherein, setting the mobile phone 100 in the 0mm right side state shown in (c) in FIG. 1E or the 5mm right side state shown in (d) in FIG. 1E is a scene for testing the Body SAR on the right side of the mobile phone 100 .
0mm top状态为手机100的顶面与人体测试模型10之间的距离为0mm时,手机100的Body SAR状态。例如,图1E中的(e)示出手机100所处的一种0mm top状态。在图1E中的(e)所示的0mm top状态下,手机100的顶面接触人体测试模型10,即手 机100的顶面与人体测试模型10之间的距离为0mm。The 0mm top state is the Body SAR state of the mobile phone 100 when the distance between the top surface of the mobile phone 100 and the human body test model 10 is 0 mm. For example, (e) in FIG. 1E shows a 0 mm top state in which the cell phone 100 is placed. In the 0mm top state shown in (e) of FIG. 1E, the top surface of the mobile phone 100 contacts the human body test model 10, that is, the distance between the top surface of the mobile phone 100 and the human body test model 10 is 0mm.
5mm top状态为手机100的顶面与人体测试模型10之间的距离为5mm时,手机100的Body SAR状态。例如,图1E中的(f)示出手机100所处的5mm top状态;在5mm top状态下,手机100的顶面与人体测试模型10之间的距离为5mm。The 5mm top state is the Body SAR state of the mobile phone 100 when the distance between the top surface of the mobile phone 100 and the human body test model 10 is 5 mm. For example, (f) in FIG. 1E shows the 5 mm top state of the mobile phone 100 ; in the 5 mm top state, the distance between the top surface of the mobile phone 100 and the human body test model 10 is 5 mm.
其中,将手机100设置在图1E中的(e)所示的0mm top状态或图1E中的(f)所示的5mm top状态,是一种测试手机100顶面Body SAR的场景。Wherein, setting the mobile phone 100 in the 0 mm top state shown in (e) in FIG. 1E or the 5 mm top state shown in (f) in FIG. 1E is a scene for testing the Body SAR on the top surface of the mobile phone 100 .
其中,在移动终端的使用过程中,该移动终端的握持状态经常作为调节移动终端各项参数的依据,以提升移动终端的用户使用体验。Wherein, in the process of using the mobile terminal, the holding state of the mobile terminal is often used as the basis for adjusting various parameters of the mobile terminal, so as to improve the user experience of the mobile terminal.
例如,当用户使用移动终端且在语音业务(例如移动通话)和数据业务(例如上网浏览数据)之间切换时,移动终端可以相应地调整天线的工作状态以支持当前的业务类型,从而提高用户体验。For example, when a user uses a mobile terminal and switches between voice services (such as mobile calls) and data services (such as browsing data on the Internet), the mobile terminal can adjust the working state of the antenna accordingly to support the current service type, thereby improving the user experience. experience.
又例如,移动终端可以根据该移动终端握持状态的调整天线的上行发射功率,以保证该天线的辐射不超标,提升用户使用移动终端的安全性。For another example, the mobile terminal can adjust the uplink transmit power of the antenna according to the holding state of the mobile terminal, so as to ensure that the radiation of the antenna does not exceed the standard and improve the security of the user using the mobile terminal.
又例如,移动终端可以根据该移动终端的握持状态,切换使用该移动终端上、阻抗不受用户握持影响的天线;这样,可以保证天线收发信号不受用户握持的影响,保证移动终端的通信质量,进而提升用户的通信体验。由此可见,识别移动终端的握持状态或者工作场景尤为重要。For another example, the mobile terminal can switch to use an antenna on the mobile terminal whose impedance is not affected by the user's holding according to the holding state of the mobile terminal; in this way, it can be ensured that the signal received by the antenna is not affected by the user's holding, and the mobile terminal can be ensured improve the communication quality of users, thereby improving the communication experience of users. It can be seen that it is particularly important to identify the holding state or working scene of the mobile terminal.
本申请实施例提供一种移动终端的控制方法,该方法可以应用于移动终端。该移动终端的侧边框中设置有至少一个天线。An embodiment of the present application provides a method for controlling a mobile terminal, and the method can be applied to a mobile terminal. At least one antenna is arranged in the side frame of the mobile terminal.
在一些实施例中,以上述移动终端是手机为例。上述至少一个天线可以设置在手机的左侧边框和/或右侧边框。In some embodiments, it is taken as an example that the above-mentioned mobile terminal is a mobile phone. The above at least one antenna may be arranged on the left side frame and/or the right side frame of the mobile phone.
例如,如图1A、图1B中的(a)、图1B中的(b)、图1B中的(c)、图1C中的(a)或图1C中的(c)所示,手机100可以包括天线101和/或天线102。其中,天线101设置在手机100的左侧边框,天线102设置在手机100的右侧边框。For example, as shown in FIG. 1A , (a) in FIG. 1B , (b) in FIG. 1B , (c) in FIG. 1B , (a) in FIG. 1C , or (c) in FIG. 1C , the cellular phone 100 Antenna 101 and/or antenna 102 may be included. The antenna 101 is arranged on the left side frame of the mobile phone 100 , and the antenna 102 is arranged on the right side frame of the mobile phone 100 .
需要说明的是,附图(如图1A)中虚线框所示的天线(如天线101或天线102)的位置仅为示意性的。上述天线101和天线102可以设置在手机100的边框上,也可以设置在手机100上靠近边框的位置(如手机100的边框内侧),本申请实施例这里不作限制。以下实施例中,以天线(如天线101或天线102)设置在手机100的边框上为例,介绍本申请实施例的方法。It should be noted that the positions of the antennas (eg, the antenna 101 or the antenna 102 ) shown in the dotted box in the accompanying drawings ( FIG. 1A ) are only schematic. The above-mentioned antenna 101 and antenna 102 may be disposed on the frame of the mobile phone 100, or may be disposed on the mobile phone 100 near the frame (eg, inside the frame of the mobile phone 100), which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. In the following embodiments, the methods of the embodiments of the present application are described by taking an example that an antenna (eg, the antenna 101 or the antenna 102 ) is disposed on the frame of the mobile phone 100 .
在另一些实施例中,以上述移动终端是手机为例。上述至少一个天线可以设置在手机的上侧边框和/或下侧边框。In some other embodiments, it is taken as an example that the above-mentioned mobile terminal is a mobile phone. The above-mentioned at least one antenna may be disposed on the upper frame and/or the lower frame of the mobile phone.
例如,如图1D中的(a)、图1D中的(b)或图1D中的(c)所示,手机120可以包括天线103和/或天线104。其中,天线103设置在手机100的上侧边框,天线104设置在手机100的下侧边框。For example, the handset 120 may include the antenna 103 and/or the antenna 104 as shown in FIG. 1D (a), FIG. 1D (b), or FIG. 1D (c). The antenna 103 is arranged on the upper side frame of the mobile phone 100 , and the antenna 104 is arranged on the lower side frame of the mobile phone 100 .
在另一些实施例中,以上述移动终端是手机为例。上述至少一个天线可以设置在手机的侧边框(如左侧边框和/或右侧边框)和上侧边框。In some other embodiments, it is taken as an example that the above-mentioned mobile terminal is a mobile phone. The above-mentioned at least one antenna may be disposed on the side frame (eg, the left frame and/or the right frame) and the upper frame of the mobile phone.
例如,如图1F中的(a),手机100可以包括天线106,还包括天线105和/或天线107。其中,天线106设置在手机100的上侧边框,天线105设置在手机100的左侧边框,天线107设置在手机100的右侧边框。又例如,如图1F中的(b)所示,手 机100包括天线108。可选的,图1F中的(b)所示的手机100还可以包括天线109。其中,天线108设置在手机100的上侧边框和左侧边框,天线109设置在手机的右侧边框。For example, as in (a) of FIG. 1F , the cell phone 100 may include an antenna 106 , and also include an antenna 105 and/or an antenna 107 . The antenna 106 is arranged on the upper side frame of the mobile phone 100 , the antenna 105 is arranged on the left side frame of the mobile phone 100 , and the antenna 107 is arranged on the right side frame of the mobile phone 100 . As another example, as shown in (b) of FIG. 1F , the mobile phone 100 includes an antenna 108 . Optionally, the mobile phone 100 shown in (b) of FIG. 1F may further include an antenna 109 . Wherein, the antenna 108 is arranged on the upper side frame and the left side frame of the mobile phone 100, and the antenna 109 is arranged on the right side frame of the mobile phone.
需要说明的是,图1F中的(a)和图1F中的(b)所示中虚线框所示的天线的位置仅为示意性的。上述天线可以设置在手机100的边框上,也可以设置在手机100上靠近边框的位置(如手机100的边框内侧)。例如,天线105和天线107设置在手机100的边框上,天线106设置在手机100的边框内侧。本申请实施例对天线在边框的位置不作限制。以下实施例中,以天线设置在手机100的边框上为例,介绍本申请实施例的方法。It should be noted that the positions of the antennas shown in the dotted boxes shown in (a) of FIG. 1F and (b) of FIG. 1F are only schematic. The above-mentioned antenna may be arranged on the frame of the mobile phone 100, or may be arranged at a position on the mobile phone 100 close to the frame (eg, inside the frame of the mobile phone 100). For example, the antenna 105 and the antenna 107 are arranged on the frame of the mobile phone 100 , and the antenna 106 is arranged inside the frame of the mobile phone 100 . This embodiment of the present application does not limit the position of the antenna on the frame. In the following embodiments, the method of the embodiment of the present application is described by taking the antenna disposed on the frame of the mobile phone 100 as an example.
在另一些实施例中,上述至少一个天线可以设置在手机的侧边框(如左侧边框和/或右侧边框)和下侧边框。In other embodiments, the above-mentioned at least one antenna may be disposed on the side frame (eg, the left frame and/or the right frame) and the lower frame of the mobile phone.
例如,如图1G中的(a)所示,手机100可以包括天线112,还包括天线111和/或天线110。其中,天线112设置在手机100的下侧边框,天线111设置在手机100的右侧边框,天线110设置在手机100的左侧边框。又例如,如图1G中的(b)所示,手机100包括天线113。可选的,图1G中的(b)所示的手机100还可以包括天线114。其中,天线113设置在手机100的下侧边框和左侧边框,天线114设置在手机的右侧边框。For example, as shown in (a) of FIG. 1G , the mobile phone 100 may include an antenna 112 and further include an antenna 111 and/or an antenna 110 . The antenna 112 is arranged on the lower side frame of the mobile phone 100 , the antenna 111 is arranged on the right side frame of the mobile phone 100 , and the antenna 110 is arranged on the left side frame of the mobile phone 100 . For another example, as shown in (b) of FIG. 1G , the mobile phone 100 includes an antenna 113 . Optionally, the mobile phone 100 shown in (b) of FIG. 1G may further include an antenna 114 . Wherein, the antenna 113 is arranged on the lower side frame and the left side frame of the mobile phone 100, and the antenna 114 is arranged on the right side frame of the mobile phone.
可以理解,设置在手机的上侧边框和下侧边框的两个天线,可以支持移动终端识别出图1A所示的手机100的FS状态、以及图1D中的(a)、图1D中的(b)或图1D中的(c)所示的移动终端120处于横屏场景下的握持状态。It can be understood that the two antennas arranged on the upper frame and the lower frame of the mobile phone can support the mobile terminal to identify the FS state of the mobile phone 100 shown in FIG. 1A , and (a) in FIG. 1D and ( b) or the mobile terminal 120 shown in (c) in FIG. 1D is in a holding state in a landscape screen scenario.
设置在手机的左侧边框和右侧边框的两个天线,可以支持移动终端识别出图1A所示的手机100的FS状态、以及图1B中的(a)、图1B中的(b)、图1B中的(c)、图1C中的(a)或图1C中的(b)所示的手机100处于竖屏状态下的握持状态。The two antennas arranged on the left side frame and the right side frame of the mobile phone can support the mobile terminal to identify the FS state of the mobile phone 100 shown in FIG. 1A , as well as (a) in FIG. The mobile phone 100 shown in (c) in FIG. 1B , (a) in FIG. 1C or (b) in FIG. 1C is in the holding state in the vertical screen state.
需要说明的是,上述至少一个天线在移动终端中的位置包括但不限于上述附图所示的位置。例如,移动终端的四个边框都可以设置有天线。上述至少一个天线在移动终端中的其他设置方式,可参考以下实施例中的相关描述,这里不予赘述。It should be noted that the position of the at least one antenna in the mobile terminal includes but is not limited to the position shown in the above drawings. For example, all four frames of the mobile terminal may be provided with antennas. For other setting manners of the above-mentioned at least one antenna in the mobile terminal, reference may be made to the relevant descriptions in the following embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
其中,上述移动终端的握持状态可以是根据设置在该移动终端上的天线的状态确定的。在一些实施例中,天线的状态可以包括:第一状态和第二状态。天线的第一状态是指移动终端上该天线所在的边框未被用户握持的状态。天线的第二状态是指移动终端上该天线所在的边框被用户握持的状态。其中,上述第一状态也可以称为天线的FS状态,上述第二状态也可以称为天线的握持状态。Wherein, the holding state of the mobile terminal may be determined according to the state of the antenna provided on the mobile terminal. In some embodiments, the states of the antenna may include: a first state and a second state. The first state of the antenna refers to a state in which the frame on which the antenna is located on the mobile terminal is not held by the user. The second state of the antenna refers to a state in which the frame on which the antenna is located on the mobile terminal is held by the user. The first state may also be referred to as the FS state of the antenna, and the second state may also be referred to as the holding state of the antenna.
例如,如图1A所示,天线101和天线102均处于第一状态。例如,如图1B中的(a)、图1B中的(b)和图1B中的(c)所示,天线101和天线102均处于第二状态。例如,如图1C中的(a)所示,天线101处于第二状态,天线102处于第一状态。例如,如图1C中的(b)所示,天线101处于第一状态,天线102处于第二状态。例如,如图1D中的(a)所示,天线105和天线106处于第一状态,天线103和天线104处于第二状态。For example, as shown in FIG. 1A , both the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 are in the first state. For example, as shown in FIG. 1B(a), FIG. 1B(b), and FIG. 1B(c), both the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 are in the second state. For example, as shown in (a) of FIG. 1C , the antenna 101 is in the second state, and the antenna 102 is in the first state. For example, as shown in (b) of FIG. 1C , the antenna 101 is in the first state, and the antenna 102 is in the second state. For example, as shown in (a) of FIG. 1D , the antenna 105 and the antenna 106 are in the first state, and the antenna 103 and the antenna 104 are in the second state.
示例性的,本申请实施例这里以移动终端(如手机100)包括天线101和天线102为例,结合表1介绍天线101和天线102的状态与手机100的状态的对应关系。Exemplarily, in this embodiment of the present application, a mobile terminal (such as a mobile phone 100 ) includes an antenna 101 and an antenna 102 as an example, and Table 1 describes the correspondence between the states of the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 and the state of the mobile phone 100 .
表1Table 1
Figure PCTCN2021125904-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2021125904-appb-000001
例如,如表1和图1A所示,天线101和天线102均处于第一状态,该手机100则处于FS状态。又例如,如表1和图1B中的(a)所示,天线101和天线102均处于第二状态,该手机100则处于双侧握持状态。又例如,如表1和图1C中的(a)所示,天线101处于第二状态,天线102处于第一状态,该手机100则处于左单侧握持状态。又例如,如表1和图1C中的(b)所示,天线101处于第一状态,天线102处于第二状态,该手机100则处于右单侧握持状态。For example, as shown in Table 1 and FIG. 1A , the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 are both in the first state, and the mobile phone 100 is in the FS state. For another example, as shown in Table 1 and (a) of FIG. 1B , both the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 are in the second state, and the mobile phone 100 is in a bilateral holding state. For another example, as shown in Table 1 and (a) in FIG. 1C , the antenna 101 is in the second state, the antenna 102 is in the first state, and the mobile phone 100 is in the left-side holding state. For another example, as shown in Table 1 and (b) of FIG. 1C , the antenna 101 is in the first state, the antenna 102 is in the second state, and the mobile phone 100 is in the right-side holding state.
在另一些实施例中,天线的状态不仅包括上述第一状态和第二状态,还可以包括第三状态。该第三状态可以包括天线的SAR测试状态(也称为Body SAR状态),如0mm Body SAR状态、5mm Body SAR状态或者10mm Body SAR状态等。例如,如图1E中的(c)所示,天线101处于第一状态,天线102处于0mm Body SAR状态。又例如,如图1E中的(d)所示,天线101处于第一状态,天线102处于5mm Body SAR状态。In other embodiments, the state of the antenna not only includes the above-mentioned first state and second state, but may also include a third state. The third state may include a SAR test state of the antenna (also referred to as a Body SAR state), such as a 0mm Body SAR state, a 5mm Body SAR state, or a 10mm Body SAR state, and the like. For example, as shown in (c) of FIG. 1E, the antenna 101 is in the first state, and the antenna 102 is in the 0mm Body SAR state. For another example, as shown in (d) of FIG. 1E , the antenna 101 is in the first state, and the antenna 102 is in the 5mm Body SAR state.
示例性的,本申请实施例这里以移动终端(如手机100)包括天线101和天线102为例,结合表2介绍天线101和天线102的状态与手机100的SAR测试状态的对应关系。Exemplarily, in this embodiment of the present application, a mobile terminal (such as a mobile phone 100 ) includes an antenna 101 and an antenna 102 as an example, and Table 2 describes the correspondence between the states of the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 and the SAR test state of the mobile phone 100 .
表2Table 2
Figure PCTCN2021125904-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2021125904-appb-000002
例如,如图1E中的(c)所示,天线101处于第一状态,天线102处于0mm Body SAR状态,该手机100则处于0mm right side状态。又例如,如图1E中的(d)所示,天线101处于第一状态,天线102处于5mm Body SAR状态,该手机100则处于5mm right side状态。For example, as shown in (c) of FIG. 1E , the antenna 101 is in the first state, the antenna 102 is in the 0mm Body SAR state, and the mobile phone 100 is in the 0mm right side state. For another example, as shown in (d) of FIG. 1E , the antenna 101 is in the first state, the antenna 102 is in the 5mm Body SAR state, and the mobile phone 100 is in the 5mm right side state.
又例如,如图1E中的(a)所示,天线101处于0mm Body SAR状态,天线102处于0mm Body SAR状态,该手机100则处于0mm back状态。又例如,如图1E中的(b)所示,天线101处于5mm Body SAR状态,天线102处于5mm Body SAR状态,该手机100则处于5mm back状态。For another example, as shown in (a) of FIG. 1E, the antenna 101 is in the 0mm Body SAR state, the antenna 102 is in the 0mm Body SAR state, and the mobile phone 100 is in the 0mm back state. For another example, as shown in (b) of FIG. 1E , the antenna 101 is in a 5mm Body SAR state, the antenna 102 is in a 5mm Body SAR state, and the mobile phone 100 is in a 5mm back state.
可以理解,相比于处于第一状态的天线的阻抗,当用户握持移动终端的一侧时,设置在该移动终端的这一侧的天线的阻抗会发生变化。从而,该天线的反射系数也会 发生变化。其中,该天线的反射系数是根据该天线的发射信号的功率,以及该发射信号的反射信号的功率计算得到的。It can be understood that, compared with the impedance of the antenna in the first state, when the user holds one side of the mobile terminal, the impedance of the antenna disposed on this side of the mobile terminal will change. Consequently, the reflection coefficient of the antenna also changes. The reflection coefficient of the antenna is calculated according to the power of the transmitted signal of the antenna and the power of the reflected signal of the transmitted signal.
天线处于不同的状态时,该天线的阻抗不同,天线的反射系数则不同。移动终端上设置的各个天线的状态可以决定该移动终端的握持状态。例如,根据移动终端上设置的各个天线的状态决定该移动终端处于FS状态还是手握持状态;又例如,决定该移动终端处于左单侧握持、右单侧握持状态、双侧握持状态、0mm back状态、0mm top状态、0mm right side状态、0mm left side状态、5mm back状态、5mm top状态、5mm right side状态或者5mm left side状态等Body SAR状态。因此,本申请实施例中,可以根据移动终端上各个天线的反射系数,确定移动终端的握持状态。When the antenna is in different states, the impedance of the antenna is different, and the reflection coefficient of the antenna is different. The state of each antenna set on the mobile terminal can determine the holding state of the mobile terminal. For example, it is determined whether the mobile terminal is in the FS state or the hand-held state according to the state of each antenna set on the mobile terminal; for another example, it is determined whether the mobile terminal is in the left-side holding state, the right-side holding state, or the two-side holding state. Status, 0mm back status, 0mm top status, 0mm right side status, 0mm left side status, 5mm back status, 5mm top status, 5mm right side status or 5mm left side status and other Body SAR status. Therefore, in this embodiment of the present application, the holding state of the mobile terminal may be determined according to the reflection coefficients of each antenna on the mobile terminal.
其中,天线的反射系数在史密斯圆图中的位置变化,可以反映出该天线的阻抗变化情况。该天线的阻抗变化不同,天线的反射系数在史密斯圆图中的位置则不同。Among them, the position change of the reflection coefficient of the antenna in the Smith chart can reflect the change of the impedance of the antenna. The impedance changes of the antenna are different, and the position of the reflection coefficient of the antenna in the Smith chart is different.
请参考图1H,其示出一种手机处于不同的握持状态下,该手机中的一个天线的反射系数在史密斯圆图中的位置变化示意图。其中,如图1H所示,该天线的工作频率在2.3GHz-2.4GHz的频率范围(Frequency Range)内。Please refer to FIG. 1H , which shows a schematic diagram of the position change of the reflection coefficient of an antenna in the mobile phone in the Smith chart when a mobile phone is in different holding states. Wherein, as shown in FIG. 1H , the working frequency of the antenna is within the frequency range (Frequency Range) of 2.3GHz-2.4GHz.
如图1H所示,史密斯圆图中的曲线a表示手机处于自由空间(FS)状态下,天线的反射系数;曲线b表示手机被用户左手握持处于单侧握持状态(即左单侧握持状态)下,天线的反射系数;曲线c表示手机被用户右手握持处于单侧握持状态(即右单侧握持状态)下,天线的反射系数;曲线d表示手机处于0mm back状态下,天线的反射系数。As shown in Fig. 1H, the curve a in the Smith chart represents the reflection coefficient of the antenna when the mobile phone is in the free space (FS) state; the curve b represents that the mobile phone is held by the user's left hand in a unilateral holding state (that is, the left unilateral holding In the holding state), the reflection coefficient of the antenna; the curve c represents the reflection coefficient of the antenna when the mobile phone is held by the user's right hand in a unilateral holding state (that is, the right unilateral holding state); the curve d represents the mobile phone in the 0mm back state , the reflection coefficient of the antenna.
请参考图1I,其示出一种手机处于不同的握持状态下,该手机中的一个天线的反射系数在史密斯圆图中的位置变化示意图。其中,如图1I所示,该天线的工作频率在1.92GHz-1.98GHz的Frequency Range内。Please refer to FIG. 1I , which shows a schematic diagram of the position change of the reflection coefficient of an antenna in the mobile phone in the Smith chart when a mobile phone is in different holding states. Among them, as shown in FIG. 1I, the working frequency of the antenna is within the Frequency Range of 1.92GHz-1.98GHz.
如图1I所示,史密斯圆图中的曲线(1)表示手机处于自由空间(FS)状态下,天线的反射系数;曲线(2)表示手机处于5mm top状态下,天线的反射系数;曲线(3)表示手机处于0mm top状态下,天线的反射系数。当天线的工作频率为1.92GHz-1.98GHz内的1.95GHz时,手机处于不同握持状态时,天线的反射系数分别为图1I所示的各个曲线上的黑色圆点对应的反射系数。As shown in Figure 1I, the curve (1) in the Smith chart represents the reflection coefficient of the antenna when the mobile phone is in the free space (FS) state; the curve (2) represents the reflection coefficient of the antenna when the mobile phone is in the 5mm top state; the curve ( 3) Indicates the reflection coefficient of the antenna when the mobile phone is in the 0mm top state. When the operating frequency of the antenna is 1.95GHz within 1.92GHz-1.98GHz, and the mobile phone is in different holding states, the reflection coefficients of the antenna are respectively the reflection coefficients corresponding to the black dots on each curve shown in Figure 1I.
由图1H和图1I可知:移动终端处于不同的握持状态时,天线的反射系数在史密斯圆图中的位置不同。It can be seen from FIG. 1H and FIG. 1I that when the mobile terminal is in different holding states, the positions of the reflection coefficients of the antennas in the Smith chart are different.
本申请实施例中,可以根据移动终端中各个天线的反射系数在史密斯圆图中的位置,检测移动终端的握持状态。因此,不需要为移动终端额外增设其他器件,可以降低进行握持状态检测的成本。并且,还可以保证检测结果的准确性。In this embodiment of the present application, the holding state of the mobile terminal can be detected according to the position of the reflection coefficient of each antenna in the mobile terminal in the Smith chart. Therefore, there is no need to add other devices for the mobile terminal, which can reduce the cost of holding state detection. Moreover, the accuracy of the detection results can also be guaranteed.
需要注意的是,本申请实施例中所述的反射系数是用于表征对应信号的幅度和相位的矢量。示例性的,当天线的工作频率为2.3GHz-2.4GHz内的2.35GHz时,手机处于不同握持状态时,天线的反射系数分别为图1H所示的各个曲线上的黑色圆点对应的反射系数。例如,天线的工作频率为2.35GHz的情况下,手机处于FS状态下,天线的反射系数为图1H所示的-0.1132-0.5604i;手机处于HL状态下,天线的反射系数为图1H所示的-0.1495+0.4758i;手机处于HR状态下,天线的反射系数为图1H所示的-0.0684+0.5116i;手机处于0mm Body状态下,天线的反射系数为图1H所示的 -0.2810+0.3647i。其中,图1H所示的各个反射系数(如-0.2810+0.3647i)为线性值,可转换为对应信号的幅度和相位。It should be noted that the reflection coefficient described in the embodiments of the present application is a vector used to characterize the amplitude and phase of the corresponding signal. Exemplarily, when the working frequency of the antenna is 2.35GHz within 2.3GHz-2.4GHz, and the mobile phone is in different holding states, the reflection coefficients of the antenna are the reflections corresponding to the black dots on each curve shown in FIG. 1H . coefficient. For example, when the operating frequency of the antenna is 2.35GHz, and the mobile phone is in the FS state, the reflection coefficient of the antenna is -0.1132-0.5604i as shown in Figure 1H; when the mobile phone is in the HL state, the reflection coefficient of the antenna is as shown in Figure 1H When the mobile phone is in HR state, the reflection coefficient of the antenna is -0.0684+0.5116i as shown in Figure 1H; when the mobile phone is in the 0mm Body state, the reflection coefficient of the antenna is -0.2810+0.3647 as shown in Figure 1H i. Among them, each reflection coefficient (eg -0.2810+0.3647i) shown in Fig. 1H is a linear value, which can be converted into the amplitude and phase of the corresponding signal.
示例性的,本申请实施例中所述的移动终端可以是手机、平板电脑、膝上型、手持计算机、蜂窝电话、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)\虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备等安装有天线的移动终端,本申请实施例对该移动终端的具体形态不作特殊限制。Exemplarily, the mobile terminal described in the embodiments of the present application may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a laptop, a handheld computer, a cellular phone, an augmented reality (AR)\virtual reality (VR) device, etc. For a mobile terminal installed with an antenna, the specific form of the mobile terminal is not particularly limited in this embodiment of the present application.
请参考图2,为本申请实施例提供的一种移动终端200的硬件结构示意图。如图2所示,移动终端200可以包括处理器210,外部存储器接口220,内部存储器221,通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口240,充电管理模块230,电源管理模块231,电池232,天线1,天线2,移动通信模块250,无线通信模块260,音频模块270,扬声器270A,受话器270B,麦克风270C,耳机接口270D,传感器模块280,按键290,马达291,指示器292,摄像头293,显示屏294,以及用户标识模块(subscriber identification module,SIM)卡接口295等。其中,传感器模块280可以包括压力传感器280A,陀螺仪传感器280B,气压传感器280C,磁传感器280D,加速度传感器280E,距离传感器280F,接近光传感器280G,指纹传感器280H,温度传感器280J,触摸传感器280K,环境光传感器280L,骨传导传感器280M等。Please refer to FIG. 2 , which is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of a mobile terminal 200 according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 2 , the mobile terminal 200 may include a processor 210 , an external memory interface 220 , an internal memory 221 , a universal serial bus (USB) interface 240 , a charging management module 230 , a power management module 231 , and a battery 232 , Antenna 1, Antenna 2, Mobile Communication Module 250, Wireless Communication Module 260, Audio Module 270, Speaker 270A, Receiver 270B, Microphone 270C, Headphone Interface 270D, Sensor Module 280, Key 290, Motor 291, Indicator 292, Camera 293 , display screen 294, and subscriber identification module (subscriber identification module, SIM) card interface 295 and so on. The sensor module 280 may include a pressure sensor 280A, a gyroscope sensor 280B, an air pressure sensor 280C, a magnetic sensor 280D, an acceleration sensor 280E, a distance sensor 280F, a proximity light sensor 280G, a fingerprint sensor 280H, a temperature sensor 280J, a touch sensor 280K, and an environmental sensor. Light sensor 280L, bone conduction sensor 280M, etc.
可以理解的是,本实施例示意的结构并不构成对移动终端200的具体限定。在另一些实施例中,移动终端200可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者拆分某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。图示的部件可以以硬件,软件或软件和硬件的组合实现。It can be understood that the structure illustrated in this embodiment does not constitute a specific limitation on the mobile terminal 200 . In other embodiments, the mobile terminal 200 may include more or fewer components than shown, or combine some components, or separate some components, or different component arrangements. The illustrated components may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
处理器210可以包括一个或多个处理单元,例如:处理器210可以包括应用处理器(application processor,AP),调制解调处理器,图形处理器(graphics processing unit,GPU),图像信号处理器(image signal processor,ISP),控制器,存储器,视频编解码器,数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP),基带处理器,和/或神经网络处理器(neural-network processing unit,NPU)等。其中,不同的处理单元可以是独立的器件,也可以集成在一个或多个处理器中。The processor 210 may include one or more processing units, for example, the processor 210 may include an application processor (application processor, AP), a modem processor, a graphics processor (graphics processing unit, GPU), an image signal processor (image signal processor, ISP), controller, memory, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural-network processing unit (NPU) Wait. Wherein, different processing units may be independent devices, or may be integrated in one or more processors.
控制器可以是移动终端200的神经中枢和指挥中心。控制器可以根据指令操作码和时序信号,产生操作控制信号,完成取指令和执行指令的控制。The controller may be the nerve center and command center of the mobile terminal 200 . The controller can generate an operation control signal according to the instruction operation code and timing signal, and complete the control of fetching and executing instructions.
处理器210中还可以设置存储器,用于存储指令和数据。在一些实施例中,处理器210中的存储器为高速缓冲存储器。该存储器可以保存处理器210刚用过或循环使用的指令或数据。如果处理器210需要再次使用该指令或数据,可从所述存储器中直接调用。避免了重复存取,减少了处理器210的等待时间,因而提高了系统的效率。A memory may also be provided in the processor 210 for storing instructions and data. In some embodiments, the memory in processor 210 is cache memory. The memory may hold instructions or data that have just been used or recycled by the processor 210 . If the processor 210 needs to use the instruction or data again, it can be called directly from the memory. Repeated accesses are avoided, and the waiting time of the processor 210 is reduced, thereby improving the efficiency of the system.
在一些实施例中,处理器210可以包括一个或多个接口。接口可以包括集成电路(inter-integrated circuit,I2C)接口,集成电路内置音频(inter-integrated circuit sound,I2S)接口,脉冲编码调制(pulse code modulation,PCM)接口,通用异步收发传输器(universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter,UART)接口,移动产业处理器接口(mobile industry processor interface,MIPI),通用输入输出(general-purpose input/output,GPIO)接口,用户标识模块(subscriber identity module,SIM)接口,和/或通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口等。In some embodiments, the processor 210 may include one or more interfaces. The interface may include an integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, an integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit sound, I2S) interface, a pulse code modulation (pulse code modulation, PCM) interface, a universal asynchronous transceiver (universal asynchronous transmitter) receiver/transmitter, UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (MIPI), general-purpose input/output (GPIO) interface, subscriber identity module (SIM) interface, and / or universal serial bus (universal serial bus, USB) interface, etc.
可以理解的是,本实施例示意的各模块间的接口连接关系,只是示意性说明,并不构成对移动终端200的结构限定。在另一些实施例中,移动终端200也可以采用上述实施例中不同的接口连接方式,或多种接口连接方式的组合。It can be understood that the interface connection relationship between the modules illustrated in this embodiment is only a schematic illustration, and does not constitute a structural limitation of the mobile terminal 200 . In other embodiments, the mobile terminal 200 may also adopt different interface connection manners in the foregoing embodiments, or a combination of multiple interface connection manners.
充电管理模块230用于从充电器接收充电输入。其中,充电器可以是无线充电器,也可以是有线充电器。在一些有线充电的实施例中,充电管理模块230可以通过USB接口240接收有线充电器的充电输入。在一些无线充电的实施例中,充电管理模块230可以通过移动终端200的无线充电线圈接收无线充电输入。充电管理模块230为电池232充电的同时,还可以通过电源管理模块231为移动终端供电。The charging management module 230 is used to receive charging input from the charger. The charger may be a wireless charger or a wired charger. In some wired charging embodiments, the charging management module 230 may receive charging input from the wired charger through the USB interface 240 . In some wireless charging embodiments, the charging management module 230 may receive wireless charging input through the wireless charging coil of the mobile terminal 200 . While the charging management module 230 charges the battery 232 , it can also supply power to the mobile terminal through the power management module 231 .
电源管理模块231用于连接电池232,充电管理模块230与处理器210。电源管理模块231接收电池232和/或充电管理模块230的输入,为处理器210,内部存储器221,外部存储器,显示屏294,摄像头293,和无线通信模块260等供电。电源管理模块231还可以用于监测电池容量,电池循环次数,电池健康状态(漏电,阻抗)等参数。在其他一些实施例中,电源管理模块231也可以设置于处理器210中。在另一些实施例中,电源管理模块231和充电管理模块230也可以设置于同一个器件中。The power management module 231 is used for connecting the battery 232 , the charging management module 230 and the processor 210 . The power management module 231 receives input from the battery 232 and/or the charging management module 230, and supplies power to the processor 210, the internal memory 221, the external memory, the display screen 294, the camera 293, and the wireless communication module 260. The power management module 231 can also be used to monitor parameters such as battery capacity, battery cycle times, battery health status (leakage, impedance). In some other embodiments, the power management module 231 may also be provided in the processor 210 . In other embodiments, the power management module 231 and the charging management module 230 may also be provided in the same device.
移动终端200的无线通信功能可以通过天线1,天线2,移动通信模块250,无线通信模块260,调制解调处理器以及基带处理器等实现。天线1和天线2用于发射和接收电磁波信号。移动通信模块250可以提供应用在移动终端200上的包括2G/3G/4G/5G等无线通信的解决方案。移动通信模块250可以包括至少一个滤波器,开关,功率放大器,低噪声放大器(low noise amplifier,LNA)等。移动通信模块250可以由天线1接收电磁波,并对接收的电磁波进行滤波,放大等处理,传送至调制解调处理器进行解调。移动通信模块250还可以对经调制解调处理器调制后的信号放大,经天线1转为电磁波辐射出去。The wireless communication function of the mobile terminal 200 may be implemented by the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the mobile communication module 250, the wireless communication module 260, the modulation and demodulation processor, the baseband processor, and the like. Antenna 1 and Antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals. The mobile communication module 250 may provide wireless communication solutions including 2G/3G/4G/5G etc. applied on the mobile terminal 200 . The mobile communication module 250 may include at least one filter, switch, power amplifier, low noise amplifier (LNA), and the like. The mobile communication module 250 can receive electromagnetic waves from the antenna 1, filter and amplify the received electromagnetic waves, and transmit them to the modulation and demodulation processor for demodulation. The mobile communication module 250 can also amplify the signal modulated by the modulation and demodulation processor, and then convert it into electromagnetic waves for radiation through the antenna 1 .
无线通信模块260可以提供应用在移动终端200上的包括无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN)(如无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wi-Fi)网络),蓝牙(bluetooth,BT),全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GNSS),调频(frequency modulation,FM),近距离无线通信技术(near field communication,NFC),红外技术(infrared,IR)等无线通信的解决方案。无线通信模块260可以是集成至少一个通信处理模块的一个或多个器件。无线通信模块260经由天线2接收电磁波,将电磁波信号调频以及滤波处理,将处理后的信号发送到处理器210。无线通信模块260还可以从处理器210接收待发送的信号,对其进行调频,放大,经天线2转为电磁波辐射出去。The wireless communication module 260 can provide applications on the mobile terminal 200 including wireless local area networks (WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) networks), bluetooth (BT), global navigation satellites Wireless communication solutions such as global navigation satellite system (GNSS), frequency modulation (FM), near field communication (NFC), and infrared technology (IR). The wireless communication module 260 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module. The wireless communication module 260 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2 , modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 210 . The wireless communication module 260 can also receive the signal to be sent from the processor 210 , perform frequency modulation on the signal, amplify the signal, and then convert it into an electromagnetic wave for radiation through the antenna 2 .
需要说明的是,上述天线1也可以用于移动通信模块250或无线通信模块260以辐射电磁波,上述天线2也可以用于移动通信模块250或无线通信模块260以接收电磁波,反之亦然。It should be noted that the above-mentioned antenna 1 can also be used in the mobile communication module 250 or the wireless communication module 260 to radiate electromagnetic waves, and the above-mentioned antenna 2 can also be used in the mobile communication module 250 or the wireless communication module 260 to receive electromagnetic waves, and vice versa.
移动终端200通过GPU,显示屏294,以及应用处理器等实现显示功能。GPU为图像处理的微处理器,连接显示屏294和应用处理器。GPU用于执行数学和几何计算,用于图形渲染。处理器210可包括一个或多个GPU,其执行程序指令以生成或改变显示信息。The mobile terminal 200 implements a display function through a GPU, a display screen 294, an application processor, and the like. The GPU is a microprocessor for image processing, and is connected to the display screen 294 and the application processor. The GPU is used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations for graphics rendering. Processor 210 may include one or more GPUs that execute program instructions to generate or alter display information.
显示屏294用于显示图像,视频等。显示屏294包括显示面板。移动终端200可 以通过ISP,摄像头293,视频编解码器,GPU,显示屏294以及应用处理器等实现拍摄功能。ISP用于处理摄像头293反馈的数据。在一些实施例中,ISP可以设置在摄像头293中。Display screen 294 is used to display images, videos, and the like. Display screen 294 includes a display panel. The mobile terminal 200 can realize the shooting function through the ISP, the camera 293, the video codec, the GPU, the display screen 294 and the application processor. The ISP is used to process the data fed back by the camera 293 . In some embodiments, the ISP may be provided in the camera 293 .
摄像头293用于捕获静态图像或视频。在一些实施例中,移动终端200可以包括1-N个摄像头293,N为大于1的正整数。NPU为神经网络(neural-network,NN)计算处理器,通过借鉴生物神经网络结构,例如借鉴人脑神经元之间传递模式,对输入信息快速处理,还可以不断的自学习。Camera 293 is used to capture still images or video. In some embodiments, the mobile terminal 200 may include 1-N cameras 293 , where N is a positive integer greater than 1. The NPU is a neural-network (NN) computing processor. By drawing on the structure of biological neural networks, such as the transfer mode between neurons in the human brain, it can quickly process the input information, and can continuously learn by itself.
外部存储器接口220可以用于连接外部存储卡,例如Micro SD卡,实现扩展移动终端200的存储能力。外部存储卡通过外部存储器接口220与处理器210通信,实现数据存储功能。例如将音乐,视频等文件保存在外部存储卡中。The external memory interface 220 can be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, to expand the storage capacity of the mobile terminal 200. The external memory card communicates with the processor 210 through the external memory interface 220 to realize the data storage function. For example to save files like music, video etc in external memory card.
内部存储器221可以用于存储计算机可执行程序代码,所述可执行程序代码包括指令。处理器210通过运行存储在内部存储器221的指令,从而执行移动终端200的各种功能应用以及数据处理。内部存储器221可以包括存储程序区和存储数据区。Internal memory 221 may be used to store computer executable program code, which includes instructions. The processor 210 executes various functional applications and data processing of the mobile terminal 200 by executing the instructions stored in the internal memory 221 . The internal memory 221 may include a storage program area and a storage data area.
其中,存储程序区可存储操作系统,至少一个功能所需的应用程序(比如声音播放功能,图像播放功能等)等。存储数据区可存储移动终端200使用过程中所创建的数据(比如音频数据,电话本等)等。此外,内部存储器221可以包括高速随机存取存储器,还可以包括非易失性存储器,例如至少一个磁盘存储器件,闪存器件,通用闪存存储器(universal flash storage,UFS)等。The storage program area can store an operating system, an application program required for at least one function (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.), and the like. The storage data area may store data (such as audio data, phone book, etc.) created during the use of the mobile terminal 200 and the like. In addition, the internal memory 221 may include high-speed random access memory, and may also include non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, universal flash storage (UFS), and the like.
移动终端200可以通过音频模块270,扬声器270A,受话器270B,麦克风270C,耳机接口270D,以及应用处理器等实现音频功能。例如音乐播放,录音等。The mobile terminal 200 may implement audio functions through an audio module 270, a speaker 270A, a receiver 270B, a microphone 270C, an earphone interface 270D, and an application processor. Such as music playback, recording, etc.
音频模块270用于将数字音频信息转换成模拟音频信号输出,也用于将模拟音频输入转换为数字音频信号。扬声器270A,也称“喇叭”,用于将音频电信号转换为声音信号。移动终端200可以通过扬声器270A收听音乐,或收听免提通话。受话器270B,也称“听筒”,用于将音频电信号转换成声音信号。当移动终端200接听电话或语音信息时,可以通过将受话器270B靠近人耳接听语音。麦克风270C,也称“话筒”,“传声器”,用于将声音信号转换为电信号。耳机接口270D用于连接有线耳机。The audio module 270 is used for converting digital audio information into analog audio signal output, and also for converting analog audio input into digital audio signal. Speaker 270A, also referred to as a "speaker", is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals. The mobile terminal 200 can listen to music through the speaker 270A, or listen to a hands-free call. The receiver 270B, also referred to as an "earpiece", is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals. When the mobile terminal 200 answers a call or a voice message, the voice can be answered by placing the receiver 270B close to the human ear. The microphone 270C, also called "microphone" or "microphone", is used to convert sound signals into electrical signals. The headphone jack 270D is used to connect wired headphones.
压力传感器280A用于感受压力信号,可以将压力信号转换成电信号。在一些实施例中,压力传感器280A可以设置于显示屏294。压力传感器280A的种类很多,如电阻式压力传感器,电感式压力传感器,电容式压力传感器等。The pressure sensor 280A is used to sense pressure signals, and can convert the pressure signals into electrical signals. In some embodiments, the pressure sensor 280A may be provided on the display screen 294 . There are many types of pressure sensors 280A, such as resistive pressure sensors, inductive pressure sensors, capacitive pressure sensors, and the like.
陀螺仪传感器280B可以用于确定移动终端200的运动姿态。在一些实施例中,可以通过陀螺仪传感器280B确定移动终端200围绕三个轴(即,x,y和z轴)的角速度。陀螺仪传感器280B可以用于拍摄防抖。The gyro sensor 280B may be used to determine the motion attitude of the mobile terminal 200 . In some embodiments, the angular velocity of the mobile terminal 200 about three axes (ie, x, y and z axes) may be determined by the gyro sensor 280B. The gyro sensor 280B can be used for image stabilization.
磁传感器280D包括霍尔传感器。移动终端200可以利用磁传感器280D检测翻盖皮套的开合。加速度传感器280E可检测移动终端200在各个方向上(一般为三轴)加速度的大小。当移动终端200静止时可检测出重力的大小及方向。Magnetic sensor 280D includes a Hall sensor. The mobile terminal 200 can detect the opening and closing of the flip holster using the magnetic sensor 280D. The acceleration sensor 280E can detect the magnitude of the acceleration of the mobile terminal 200 in various directions (generally three axes). The magnitude and direction of gravity can be detected when the mobile terminal 200 is stationary.
距离传感器280F,用于测量距离。移动终端200可以通过红外或激光测量距离。例如,本申请实施例中,移动终端200可以通过距离传感器280F测量移动终端200与人脸的距离。Distance sensor 280F for measuring distance. The mobile terminal 200 may measure the distance through infrared or laser. For example, in this embodiment of the present application, the mobile terminal 200 may measure the distance between the mobile terminal 200 and the human face through the distance sensor 280F.
接近光传感器280G可以包括例如发光二极管(LED)和光检测器,例如光电二极 管。发光二极管可以是红外发光二极管。移动终端200通过发光二极管向外发射红外光。移动终端200使用光电二极管检测来自附近物体的红外反射光。当检测到充分的反射光时,可以确定移动终端200附近有物体。当检测到不充分的反射光时,移动终端200可以确定移动终端200附近没有物体。Proximity light sensor 280G may include, for example, light emitting diodes (LEDs) and light detectors, such as photodiodes. The light emitting diodes may be infrared light emitting diodes. The mobile terminal 200 emits infrared light outward through the light emitting diode. The mobile terminal 200 detects infrared reflected light from nearby objects using a photodiode. When sufficient reflected light is detected, it may be determined that there is an object near the mobile terminal 200 . When insufficient reflected light is detected, the mobile terminal 200 may determine that there is no object near the mobile terminal 200 .
环境光传感器280L用于感知环境光亮度。移动终端200可以根据感知的环境光亮度自适应调节显示屏294亮度。环境光传感器280L也可用于拍照时自动调节白平衡。环境光传感器280L还可以与接近光传感器280G配合,检测移动终端200是否在口袋里,以防误触。The ambient light sensor 280L is used to sense ambient light brightness. The mobile terminal 200 can adaptively adjust the brightness of the display screen 294 according to the perceived ambient light brightness. The ambient light sensor 280L can also be used to automatically adjust the white balance when taking pictures. The ambient light sensor 280L can also cooperate with the proximity light sensor 280G to detect whether the mobile terminal 200 is in a pocket, so as to prevent accidental touch.
指纹传感器280H用于采集指纹。移动终端200可以利用采集的指纹特性实现指纹解锁,访问应用锁,指纹拍照,指纹接听来电等。The fingerprint sensor 280H is used to collect fingerprints. The mobile terminal 200 can use the collected fingerprint characteristics to realize fingerprint unlocking, accessing application locks, taking photos with fingerprints, answering incoming calls with fingerprints, and the like.
温度传感器280J用于检测温度。在一些实施例中,移动终端200利用温度传感器280J检测的温度,执行温度处理策略。The temperature sensor 280J is used to detect the temperature. In some embodiments, the mobile terminal 200 uses the temperature detected by the temperature sensor 280J to execute the temperature processing strategy.
触摸传感器280K,也称“触控面板”。触摸传感器280K可以设置于显示屏294,由触摸传感器280K与显示屏294组成触摸屏,也称“触控屏”。触摸传感器280K用于检测作用于其上或附近的触摸操作。触摸传感器可以将检测到的触摸操作传递给应用处理器,以确定触摸事件类型。可以通过显示屏294提供与触摸操作相关的视觉输出。Touch sensor 280K, also called "touch panel". The touch sensor 280K may be disposed on the display screen 294, and the touch sensor 280K and the display screen 294 form a touch screen, also called a "touch screen". The touch sensor 280K is used to detect a touch operation on or near it. The touch sensor can pass the detected touch operation to the application processor to determine the type of touch event. Visual output related to touch operations may be provided through display screen 294 .
骨传导传感器280M可以获取振动信号。在一些实施例中,骨传导传感器280M可以获取人体声部振动骨块的振动信号。骨传导传感器280M也可以接触人体脉搏,接收血压跳动信号。The bone conduction sensor 280M can acquire vibration signals. In some embodiments, the bone conduction sensor 280M can acquire the vibration signal of the vibrating bone mass of the human voice. The bone conduction sensor 280M can also contact the pulse of the human body and receive the blood pressure beating signal.
按键290包括开机键,音量键等。按键290可以是机械按键。也可以是触摸式按键。移动终端200可以接收按键输入,产生与移动终端200的用户设置以及功能控制有关的键信号输入。马达291可以产生振动提示。马达291可以用于来电振动提示,也可以用于触摸振动反馈。指示器292可以是指示灯,可以用于指示充电状态,电量变化,也可以用于指示消息,未接来电,通知等。SIM卡接口295用于连接SIM卡。移动终端200可以包括1-N个SIM卡接口295。SIM卡可以通过插入SIM卡接口295,或从SIM卡接口295拔出,实现和移动终端200的接触和分离。The keys 290 include a power-on key, a volume key, and the like. Keys 290 may be mechanical keys. It can also be a touch key. The mobile terminal 200 may receive key inputs and generate key signal inputs related to user settings and function control of the mobile terminal 200 . Motor 291 can generate vibrating cues. The motor 291 can be used for vibrating alerts for incoming calls, and can also be used for touch vibration feedback. The indicator 292 can be an indicator light, which can be used to indicate the charging status, the change of power, and can also be used to indicate messages, missed calls, notifications, and the like. The SIM card interface 295 is used to connect a SIM card. The mobile terminal 200 may include 1-N SIM card interfaces 295 . The SIM card can be contacted and separated from the mobile terminal 200 by inserting into the SIM card interface 295 or pulling out from the SIM card interface 295 .
示例性的,本申请实施例这里以上述移动终端是手机100为例,介绍本申请实施例提供的一种移动终端的控制方法。该手机的侧边框中设置有至少一个天线。Exemplarily, in this embodiment of the present application, a method for controlling a mobile terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application is introduced by taking the above-mentioned mobile terminal being the mobile phone 100 as an example. At least one antenna is arranged in the side frame of the mobile phone.
通常来说,手机是个长方体的外形。手机的天线主要分布在手机的上部(也称为顶部)和下部(也称为底部)。在手机的上部,天线可能的设置区域在手机的上侧边框,如图1D中的(a)所示的天线103所在区域;以及手机的左侧边框和右侧边框,如图1D中的(a)所示的天线105和天线106所在区域。在移动终端120的下部,天线可能的设置区域在移动终端120的下侧边框,如图1D中的(b)所示的天线104所在区域;以及移动终端120的左侧边框和右侧边框,如图1C中的(a)所示的天线101和天线102所在区域。Generally speaking, a mobile phone is in the shape of a cuboid. The antennas of the phone are mainly distributed on the upper part (also called the top) and the lower part (also called the bottom) of the phone. In the upper part of the mobile phone, the possible setting area of the antenna is on the upper side frame of the mobile phone, such as the area where the antenna 103 is located as shown in (a) in FIG. 1D ; and the left and right side frames of the mobile phone, as shown in ( a) The area where the antenna 105 and the antenna 106 are located. In the lower part of the mobile terminal 120, the possible setting area of the antenna is on the lower side frame of the mobile terminal 120, such as the area where the antenna 104 is located as shown in (b) in FIG. 1D; and the left frame and the right frame of the mobile terminal 120, The area where the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 are located as shown in (a) of FIG. 1C .
在另一些实施例中,在手机的上部,天线还可能同时设置在手机的上侧边框,以及左侧边框和/或右侧边框;如图1F中的(a)所示的天线105、天线106和天线107所在区域,或者如图1F中的(b)所示的天线108和天线109所在区域。在手机的下 部,天线还可能同时设置在手机的下侧边框,以及左侧边框和/或右侧边框;如图1G中的(a)所示的天线110、天线111和天线112所在区域,或者如图1G中的(b)所示的天线113和天线114所在区域。In other embodiments, on the upper part of the mobile phone, the antenna may also be simultaneously arranged on the upper side frame, as well as the left side frame and/or the right side frame of the mobile phone; the antenna 105, the antenna as shown in (a) of FIG. 106 and the area where the antenna 107 is located, or the area where the antenna 108 and the antenna 109 are located as shown in (b) in FIG. 1F . In the lower part of the mobile phone, the antenna may also be arranged on the lower side frame of the mobile phone, as well as the left side frame and/or the right side frame; the area where the antenna 110, the antenna 111 and the antenna 112 are located as shown in FIG. 1G (a), Or the area where the antenna 113 and the antenna 114 are located as shown in (b) of FIG. 1G .
示例性的,上述至少一个天线的类型可以为:环天线(Loop Antenna)、倒F天线(Inverted F Antenna,IFA),单极子天线(Monopole Antenna),缝隙天线(Slot Antenna),双极子天线(Dipole Antenna),贴片天线(Patch Antenna)、闭合槽天线等天线结构,或者上述至少两个不同类型的天线形成的混合天线类型的设计和结构。Exemplarily, the type of the at least one antenna may be: loop antenna (Loop Antenna), inverted F antenna (Inverted F Antenna, IFA), monopole antenna (Monopole Antenna), slot antenna (Slot Antenna), dipole antenna Antenna (Dipole Antenna), Patch Antenna (Patch Antenna), Closed Slot Antenna and other antenna structures, or the design and structure of a hybrid antenna type formed by at least two different types of antennas above.
需要说明的是,上述至少一个天线可以是专门设置在手机100的侧边框,用于识别手机100的握持状态的天线。或者,至少一个天线可以是手机100中现有的通信天线,本申请实施例中可以复用该通信天线,以识别手机100的握持状态。或者,上述至少一个天线中,一部分天线是专门设置在手机100的侧边框,用于识别手机100的握持状态的天线;另一部分天线可以是手机100中现有的通信天线,该通信天线可用于识别手机100的握持状态。例如,如图1G中的(a)所示,天线112是现有的通信天线,天线110和天线111可以是专门设置在手机100的侧边框,用于识别手机100的握持状态的天线。又例如,如图1G中的(b)所示,天线113是现有的通信天线,天线114可以是专门设置在手机100的侧边框,用于识别手机100的握持状态的天线。It should be noted that the above at least one antenna may be an antenna specially arranged on the side frame of the mobile phone 100 and used for identifying the holding state of the mobile phone 100 . Alternatively, at least one antenna may be an existing communication antenna in the mobile phone 100 , and the communication antenna may be reused in this embodiment of the present application to identify the holding state of the mobile phone 100 . Or, in the above-mentioned at least one antenna, a part of the antennas are antennas specially arranged on the side frame of the mobile phone 100 and used to identify the holding state of the mobile phone 100; the other part of the antennas may be the existing communication antennas in the mobile phone 100, and the communication antennas can be used It is used to identify the holding state of the mobile phone 100 . For example, as shown in (a) of FIG. 1G , the antenna 112 is an existing communication antenna, and the antenna 110 and the antenna 111 may be specially arranged on the side frame of the mobile phone 100 to identify the holding state of the mobile phone 100 . For another example, as shown in (b) of FIG. 1G , the antenna 113 is an existing communication antenna, and the antenna 114 may be an antenna specially arranged on the side frame of the mobile phone 100 to identify the holding state of the mobile phone 100 .
在一些实施例中,以上述至少一个天线包括上述天线101(即第一天线)和天线102(即第二天线)为例,介绍本申请实施例的方法。如图1A所示,天线101设置在手机100的左侧边框,天线102设置在手机100的右侧边框。In some embodiments, the method of the embodiments of the present application is described by taking the above-mentioned at least one antenna including the above-mentioned antenna 101 (ie, the first antenna) and the antenna 102 (ie, the second antenna) as an example. As shown in FIG. 1A , the antenna 101 is arranged on the left side frame of the mobile phone 100 , and the antenna 102 is arranged on the right side frame of the mobile phone 100 .
其中,通过上述天线101和天线102可以识别出手机100是否处于以下任一种状态:FS状态,图1B中的(a)、图1B中的(b)或图1B中的(c)所示的双侧握持状态,图1C中的(a)或图1C中的(b)所示的单侧握持状态,以及Body SAR状态等。Wherein, through the above-mentioned antenna 101 and antenna 102, it can be identified whether the mobile phone 100 is in any of the following states: FS state, as shown in (a) in FIG. 1B , (b) in FIG. 1B or (c) in FIG. 1B , the unilateral holding state shown in Figure 1C (a) or Figure 1C (b), and the Body SAR state, etc.
示例性的,结合大多数用户手持手机100使手机100处于上述握持状态时,用户与手机100的侧边框的接触位置,上述天线101和天线102可以分别设置在手机100下部的左侧边框和右侧边框。这样,可以确保用户握持手机100时,可以被天线101和/或天线102感应到。其中,天线101和/或天线102感应用户握持手机100具体是指:相比于处于第一状态的天线101和/或天线102,用户握持手机100时天线101和/或天线102的反射系数可能会发生变化;手机100可以根据该天线101和/或天线102的反射系数,检测手机100的握持状态。Exemplarily, in combination with the contact position between the user and the side frame of the mobile phone 100 when most users hold the mobile phone 100 so that the mobile phone 100 is in the above-mentioned holding state, the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 can be respectively arranged on the left side frame and the lower part of the mobile phone 100. right border. In this way, it can be ensured that when the user holds the mobile phone 100, it can be sensed by the antenna 101 and/or the antenna 102. The sensing that the user is holding the mobile phone 100 by the antenna 101 and/or the antenna 102 specifically refers to: compared with the antenna 101 and/or the antenna 102 in the first state, the reflection of the antenna 101 and/or the antenna 102 when the user is holding the mobile phone 100 The coefficient may vary; the mobile phone 100 can detect the holding state of the mobile phone 100 according to the reflection coefficient of the antenna 101 and/or the antenna 102 .
例如,请参考图3A,其示出用户手持手机100使手机100处于图1B中的(a)所示的双侧握持状态时,手机100的热力分布示意图。如图3A所示,手机100下部的左侧边框310和右侧边框320的颜色较深,表示其热力较大。也就是说,用户以图1B中的(a)所示的握持状态握持手机100时,用户手部对手机100下部的左侧边框310和右侧边框320的热力影响较大。因此,将天线101和天线102分别设置在手机100下部的左侧边框310和右侧边框320,可以提升天线101和天线102感应手机100被握持的敏感度。For example, please refer to FIG. 3A , which shows a schematic diagram of the heat distribution of the mobile phone 100 when the user holds the mobile phone 100 to hold the mobile phone 100 on both sides as shown in (a) of FIG. 1B . As shown in FIG. 3A , the color of the left side frame 310 and the right side frame 320 of the lower part of the mobile phone 100 is darker, indicating that the heat is large. That is, when the user holds the mobile phone 100 in the holding state shown in (a) of FIG. Therefore, arranging the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 on the left side frame 310 and the right side frame 320 of the lower part of the mobile phone 100 respectively can improve the sensitivity of the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 for sensing the holding of the mobile phone 100 .
在一些实施例中,以手机100处于竖屏状态,手机100的左侧边框设置有天线101,手机100的右侧边框设置有天线102为例,介绍本申请实施例的方法。由上述实施例可知:设置在手机100的左侧边框(即第一侧边框)和右侧边框(即第二侧边框)的 天线101和天线102,可以支持手机100在竖屏状态下,识别出手机100的FS状态、左单侧握持状态(即第一单侧握持状态)、右单侧握持状态(即第二单侧握持状态)和双侧握持状态。In some embodiments, the method of the embodiments of the present application is described by taking the mobile phone 100 in the vertical screen state, the antenna 101 disposed on the left side frame of the mobile phone 100, and the antenna 102 disposed on the right side border of the mobile phone 100 as an example. It can be seen from the above embodiment that the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 arranged on the left frame (ie, the first side frame) and the right frame (ie, the second side frame) of the mobile phone 100 can support the mobile phone 100 to recognize The FS state, the left one-sided holding state (ie, the first one-sided holding state), the right one-sided holding state (ie, the second one-sided holding state) and the two-sided holding state of the mobile phone 100 are displayed.
示例性的,手机100可以在识别出手机100处于竖屏状态时,执行本实施例所述的方法。其中,手机100可以通过手机100中的一个或多个传感器(如加速度传感器或陀螺仪传感器等)识别出手机100处于竖屏状态。具体的,如图3B所示,本申请实施例提供的一种移动终端的控制方法可以包括:S301-S303。Exemplarily, the mobile phone 100 may execute the method described in this embodiment when it is recognized that the mobile phone 100 is in a vertical screen state. Wherein, the mobile phone 100 may recognize that the mobile phone 100 is in a vertical screen state through one or more sensors (eg, an acceleration sensor or a gyroscope sensor, etc.) in the mobile phone 100 . Specifically, as shown in FIG. 3B , a method for controlling a mobile terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application may include: S301-S303.
S301、手机100检测天线101在第一工作频率下的第一反射系数S1,并检测天线102在第二工作频率下的第二反射系数S2。S301. The mobile phone 100 detects the first reflection coefficient S1 of the antenna 101 at the first working frequency, and detects the second reflection coefficient S2 of the antenna 102 at the second working frequency.
其中,第一工作频率为天线101当前的工作频率,第二工作频率为天线102当前的工作频率。第一反射系数S1和第二反射系数S2是用于表征对应信号幅度和相位的矢量。The first working frequency is the current working frequency of the antenna 101 , and the second working frequency is the current working frequency of the antenna 102 . The first reflection coefficient S1 and the second reflection coefficient S2 are vectors used to characterize the corresponding signal amplitude and phase.
需要说明的是,天线101与天线102的工作频率可以相同,也可以不同。也就是说,上述第一工作频率与第二工作频率可以相同,也可以不同。It should be noted that the operating frequencies of the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 may be the same or different. That is to say, the first operating frequency and the second operating frequency may be the same or different.
在第一种情况下,天线101和天线102可以是手机100中现有的通信天线。手机100可以复用手机100中现有的通信天线,用于识别手机100的握持状态。In the first case, the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 may be existing communication antennas in the mobile phone 100 . The mobile phone 100 can reuse the existing communication antenna in the mobile phone 100 to identify the holding state of the mobile phone 100 .
在第二种情况下,天线101和天线102是专门设置在手机100的侧边框,用于识别手机100的握持状态的天线。In the second case, the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 are antennas specially arranged on the side frame of the mobile phone 100 for identifying the holding state of the mobile phone 100 .
在上述两种情况下,天线101和天线102的工作频率可以相同,也可以不同。其中,天线101和天线102的工作频率可以相同,可以便于手机100检测天线101和天线102在同一工作频率的反射系数。In the above two cases, the operating frequencies of the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 may be the same or different. The working frequencies of the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 may be the same, which can facilitate the mobile phone 100 to detect the reflection coefficients of the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 at the same working frequency.
在上述第一种情况下,天线101的第一工作频率和天线102的第二工作频率是可变的。在上述第二种情况下,天线101的第一工作频率和天线102的第二工作频率可以是固定的工作频率,第一工作频率和第二工作频率是不变的。本申请实施例对天线101和天线102的工作频率不作限制。In the above first case, the first operating frequency of the antenna 101 and the second operating frequency of the antenna 102 are variable. In the above second case, the first working frequency of the antenna 101 and the second working frequency of the antenna 102 may be fixed working frequencies, and the first working frequency and the second working frequency are unchanged. This embodiment of the present application does not limit the operating frequencies of the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 .
其中,一些类型的手机天线工作在1/4波长,另一些类型的手机天线工作在1/2波长。手机(如手机100)的天线的工作频段与天线的谐振波长成反比。例如,工作频段越低,则天线的物理尺寸越大。为了保证天线101和天线102可以工作在一定的频段,天线101和天线102的物理尺寸要保持在一定的尺寸范围内。Among them, some types of mobile phone antennas work at 1/4 wavelength, and other types of mobile phone antennas work at 1/2 wavelength. The working frequency band of the antenna of the mobile phone (eg, the mobile phone 100 ) is inversely proportional to the resonant wavelength of the antenna. For example, the lower the operating frequency band, the larger the physical size of the antenna. In order to ensure that the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 can work in a certain frequency band, the physical dimensions of the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 should be kept within a certain size range.
例如,假设天线101和天线102的工作频段为2.4GHz。该天线101和天线102的物理尺寸(即天线的长度)可以为40mm。当然,上述天线101和天线102的物理尺寸包括但不限于40mm。例如,天线101和天线102的物理尺寸可以在15mm-100mm之间。For example, it is assumed that the operating frequency band of the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 is 2.4 GHz. The physical size of the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 (ie the length of the antenna) may be 40mm. Of course, the physical dimensions of the above-mentioned antenna 101 and antenna 102 include, but are not limited to, 40 mm. For example, the physical dimensions of the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 may be between 15mm-100mm.
一般而言,用户在竖屏状态下使用手机100时,用户握持手机100的下部。为了使用户握持手机100时,上述天线101和天线102可以感应到用户握持;上述天线101和天线102可以设置在手机100的左侧边框和右侧边框、靠近手机100下部的位置。例如,该天线101和天线102靠近手机100的下侧边框的一端与手机100下侧边框的距离可以为0mm-20mm的任一值。Generally speaking, when the user uses the mobile phone 100 in the vertical screen state, the user holds the lower part of the mobile phone 100 . In order to enable the user to hold the mobile phone 100, the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 can sense the user's holding; For example, the distance between one end of the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 close to the lower frame of the mobile phone 100 and the lower frame of the mobile phone 100 may be any value from 0 mm to 20 mm.
需要说明的是,天线101的尺寸和天线102的尺寸包括但不限于上述实施例中所述的尺寸,不同的手机上天线的尺寸不同。例如,图1G中的(b)所示的手机100、 图15所示的手机1500、图16所示的手机1600、图17所示的手机1700、图18所示的手机1800和图19所示的手机1900示出各种天线的不同设计。It should be noted that the size of the antenna 101 and the size of the antenna 102 include but are not limited to the sizes described in the foregoing embodiments, and the sizes of the antennas on different mobile phones are different. For example, the mobile phone 100 shown in (b) of FIG. 1G , the mobile phone 1500 shown in FIG. 15 , the mobile phone 1600 shown in FIG. 16 , the mobile phone 1700 shown in FIG. 17 , the mobile phone 1800 shown in FIG. The illustrated handset 1900 shows different designs of various antennas.
可以理解的是,不同的天线的设计不同,其物理尺寸以及天线在手机100的位置也可以不同。例如,如图1G中的(b)所示,手机100包括天线113和天线114。该天线113设置在手机100的左侧边框和下侧边框,天线114设置在手机100的右侧边框。通过该天线113和天线114,也可以支持手机100识别该手机100的握持状态。但是,该天线113和天线114的物理尺寸与天线101和天线102的物理尺寸可以不同,且该天线113和天线114在手机100的位置与天线101和天线102在手机100的位置可以不同。It can be understood that different antennas have different designs, and their physical dimensions and the positions of the antennas on the mobile phone 100 may also be different. For example, as shown in (b) of FIG. 1G , the mobile phone 100 includes an antenna 113 and an antenna 114 . The antenna 113 is arranged on the left side frame and the lower side frame of the mobile phone 100 , and the antenna 114 is arranged on the right side frame of the mobile phone 100 . Through the antenna 113 and the antenna 114 , the mobile phone 100 can also be supported to recognize the holding state of the mobile phone 100 . However, the physical dimensions of the antennas 113 and 114 may be different from those of the antennas 101 and 102, and the positions of the antennas 113 and 114 in the mobile phone 100 and the positions of the antennas 101 and 102 in the mobile phone 100 may be different.
例如,天线114的工作频段可以为2.4GHz,天线113工作在低频。该天线114可以是专门设置在手机100的右侧边框,用于识别手机100的天线。天线113可以是手机100中现有的通信天线。手机100可以复用手机100中现有的天线113,用于识别手机100的。For example, the working frequency band of the antenna 114 may be 2.4 GHz, and the working frequency of the antenna 113 may be at a low frequency. The antenna 114 may be specially arranged on the right side frame of the mobile phone 100 to identify the antenna of the mobile phone 100 . The antenna 113 may be an existing communication antenna in the handset 100 . The mobile phone 100 can reuse the existing antenna 113 in the mobile phone 100 for identifying the mobile phone 100 .
该天线114的物理尺寸(即天线的长度)可以为40mm。当然,上述天线114的物理尺寸包括但不限于40mm。例如,天线114的物理尺寸可以在15mm-80mm之间。该天线113位于手机100的左侧边框的部分辐射体的长度可以在20-100mm之间。The physical size of the antenna 114 (ie the length of the antenna) may be 40 mm. Of course, the physical size of the above-mentioned antenna 114 includes, but is not limited to, 40 mm. For example, the physical size of the antenna 114 may be between 15mm-80mm. The length of the part of the radiator of the antenna 113 located on the left side frame of the mobile phone 100 may be between 20-100 mm.
天线114靠近手机100的下侧边框的一端与手机100下侧边框的距离可以为0mm-20mm的任一值。天线113位于手机100的左侧边框的部分辐射体靠近手机100的下侧边框的一端与手机100下侧边框的距离为0mm。The distance between the end of the antenna 114 close to the lower frame of the mobile phone 100 and the lower frame of the mobile phone 100 may be any value from 0 mm to 20 mm. The distance between the end of the part of the radiator of the antenna 113 located on the left side frame of the mobile phone 100 close to the lower side frame of the mobile phone 100 and the lower side frame of the mobile phone 100 is 0 mm.
本申请实施例中,手机100可以根据天线101在第一工作频率发射信号的前向功率(如前向功率1)和反向功率(如反向功率1),计算第一反射系数S1;根据天线102在第二工作频率发射信号的前向功率(如前向功率2)和反向功率(如反向功率2),计算第二反射系数S2。具体的,手机100可以计算反向功率1与前向功率1的比值得到上述第一反射系数S1,计算反向功率2与前向功率2的比值得到上述第二反射系数S2。In this embodiment of the present application, the mobile phone 100 may calculate the first reflection coefficient S1 according to the forward power (eg, forward power 1) and reverse power (eg, reverse power 1) of the signal transmitted by the antenna 101 at the first working frequency; The antenna 102 transmits the forward power (eg, forward power 2) and reverse power (eg, reverse power 2) of the signal at the second operating frequency, and calculates the second reflection coefficient S2. Specifically, the mobile phone 100 can calculate the ratio of the reverse power 1 to the forward power 1 to obtain the first reflection coefficient S1, and calculate the ratio of the reverse power 2 to the forward power 2 to obtain the second reflection coefficient S2.
本申请实施例这里以前向功率1和反向功率1为例,介绍前向功率和反向功率。其中,前向功率1是天线101的发射信号(如发射信号1)的功率;反向功率1可以是该发射信号1的反射信号的功率。In this embodiment of the present application, forward power 1 and reverse power 1 are used as examples to introduce forward power and reverse power. Wherein, the forward power 1 is the power of the transmit signal (eg, the transmit signal 1 ) of the antenna 101 ; the reverse power 1 may be the power of the reflected signal of the transmit signal 1 .
请参考图4,其示出本申请实施例提供的一种手机100的射频电路示意图。如图4所示,手机100包括处理器401、射频收发芯片402、射频前端电路403、双向耦合器404、功率切换开关407、衰减器405、天线切换开关406、天线101和天线102。Please refer to FIG. 4 , which shows a schematic diagram of a radio frequency circuit of a mobile phone 100 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 4 , the mobile phone 100 includes a processor 401 , a radio frequency transceiver chip 402 , a radio frequency front-end circuit 403 , a bidirectional coupler 404 , a power switch 407 , an attenuator 405 , an antenna switch 406 , an antenna 101 and an antenna 102 .
其中,当图2所示的移动终端是手机100时,图4所示的处理器401是图2所示的处理器210,射频收发芯片402、射频前端电路403、双向耦合器404、功率切换开关407、衰减器405、天线切换开关406集成在图2所示的移动通信模块250或无线通信模块260中实现,天线101和天线102包括在图2所示的天线1或天线2中。When the mobile terminal shown in FIG. 2 is the mobile phone 100, the processor 401 shown in FIG. 4 is the processor 210 shown in FIG. 2, the radio frequency transceiver chip 402, the radio frequency front-end circuit 403, the two-way coupler 404, the power switch The switch 407 , the attenuator 405 , and the antenna switch 406 are integrated in the mobile communication module 250 or the wireless communication module 260 shown in FIG. 2 , and the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 are included in the antenna 1 or the antenna 2 shown in FIG. 2 .
本申请实施例这里结合图4,介绍手机100的射频电路通过天线发射信号的原理,以及手机100计算天线的反射系数的原理。In this embodiment of the present application, with reference to FIG. 4 , the principle that the radio frequency circuit of the mobile phone 100 transmits signals through the antenna, and the principle that the mobile phone 100 calculates the reflection coefficient of the antenna are introduced.
(1)发射信号的原理。(1) The principle of transmitting signals.
处理器401可以通过向射频收发芯片402发送无线电信号。射频收发芯片402可 以将该无线电信号转换为射频信号,并向射频前端电路403发送该射频信号。该射频前端电路403可以对该射频信号进行滤波和放大等得到发射(Transmit,Tx)信号,然后经过双向耦合器404,通过天线辐射该Tx信号。The processor 401 can transmit radio signals to the radio frequency transceiver chip 402 . The radio frequency transceiver chip 402 can convert the radio signal into a radio frequency signal, and send the radio frequency signal to the radio frequency front-end circuit 403. The RF front-end circuit 403 can filter and amplify the RF signal to obtain a transmit (Transmit, Tx) signal, and then radiate the Tx signal through the antenna through the bidirectional coupler 404 .
其中,天线切换开关406可以是频段切换开关,用于实现各个天线的切换,即通过天线切换开关406可以选择性切换天线101、天线102或天线408用于辐射Tx信号或者接收(Receive,Rx)信号。例如,天线切换开关406可以是双刀双掷开关(dual pole dual throw,DPDT)或者双刀四掷开关(dual pole 4 throw,DP4T)等。The antenna switch 406 may be a frequency band switch, which is used to switch each antenna, that is, the antenna 101 , the antenna 102 or the antenna 408 can be selectively switched through the antenna switch 406 for radiating Tx signals or receiving (Receive, Rx). Signal. For example, the antenna switch 406 may be a double pole double throw switch (dual pole dual throw, DPDT) or a double pole four throw switch (dual pole 4 throw, DP4T) or the like.
(2)手机100计算天线的反射系数的原理。(2) The principle that the mobile phone 100 calculates the reflection coefficient of the antenna.
经过双向耦合器404由天线辐射的Tx信号的反射信号也会经过双向耦合器404。图4所示的双向耦合器404用于耦合发射到天线的Tx信号的前向功率,以及耦合从天线反射回来的该Tx信号的反向功率(即该Tx信号的反射信号的功率)。功率切换开关407用于前向功率和反向功率检测切换。例如,该功率切换开关407可以是DPDT或者单刀双掷开关(single pole dual throw,SPDT)。The reflected signal of the Tx signal radiated by the antenna through the bidirectional coupler 404 also passes through the bidirectional coupler 404 . The bidirectional coupler 404 shown in FIG. 4 is used for coupling the forward power of the Tx signal transmitted to the antenna, and coupling the reverse power of the Tx signal reflected back from the antenna (ie, the power of the reflected signal of the Tx signal). The power switch 407 is used for forward power and reverse power detection switching. For example, the power switch 407 may be a DPDT or a single pole double throw switch (single pole dual throw, SPDT).
双向耦合器404可以通过功率检测路径(power detection path)向射频收发芯片402的MRX端口反馈耦合的天线切换开关406切换的天线(如天线101)的前向功率和反向功率。需要注意的是,本申请实施例所述的双向耦合器404对方向性要求较高。这样,可以避免前向功率泄露到反向端口影响反射系数的检测精度。The bidirectional coupler 404 can feed back the forward power and the reverse power of the antenna (such as the antenna 101 ) switched by the coupled antenna switch 406 to the MRX port of the radio frequency transceiver chip 402 through a power detection path. It should be noted that the bidirectional coupler 404 described in this embodiment of the present application has high requirements on directivity. In this way, the leakage of the forward power to the reverse port can be prevented from affecting the detection accuracy of the reflection coefficient.
具体的,本申请实施例所述的双向耦合器404对方向性要求较高,可以保证双向耦合器404对Tx信号和反射信号的隔离度较大,可以减少Tx信号和反射信号的相互影响。其中,相比于Tx信号,反射信号的信号强度更弱。如果Tx信号泄露,泄露的Tx信号对反射信号的影响会非常大;这样,会大幅度降低反射系数的检测精度。但是,如果反射信号泄露,泄露的反射信号对Tx信号的影响则比较小,不会对反射系数的检测精度产生较大影响。因此,本申请实施例中采用对方向性要求较高的双向耦合器404,可以避免前向功率(即Tx信号的功率)泄露到反向端口影响反射系数的检测精度。Specifically, the bidirectional coupler 404 described in this embodiment of the present application has higher requirements on directivity, which can ensure that the bidirectional coupler 404 has greater isolation between the Tx signal and the reflected signal, and can reduce the mutual influence between the Tx signal and the reflected signal. Among them, the signal strength of the reflected signal is weaker than that of the Tx signal. If the Tx signal leaks, the influence of the leaked Tx signal on the reflected signal will be very large; in this way, the detection accuracy of the reflection coefficient will be greatly reduced. However, if the reflected signal leaks, the influence of the leaked reflected signal on the Tx signal is relatively small, and the detection accuracy of the reflection coefficient will not be greatly affected. Therefore, the bidirectional coupler 404 with higher requirements on directivity is used in the embodiment of the present application, which can prevent the forward power (ie, the power of the Tx signal) from leaking to the reverse port and affecting the detection accuracy of the reflection coefficient.
其中,上述前向功率和反向功率经过MRX端口内部的下变频电路变频后解调,然后射频收发芯片402向处理器401发送解调后的前向功率和反向功率。由处理器401中的调制解调器(Modem)根据接收到的前向功率和反向功率,计算天线的反射系数。其中,处理器401根据天线的前向功率和反向功率计算反射系数的具体方法,可以参考常规技术中的相关描述,这里不予赘述。The forward power and reverse power are demodulated after frequency conversion by the down-conversion circuit inside the MRX port, and then the RF transceiver chip 402 sends the demodulated forward power and reverse power to the processor 401 . The reflection coefficient of the antenna is calculated by the modem (Modem) in the processor 401 according to the received forward power and reverse power. The specific method for the processor 401 to calculate the reflection coefficient according to the forward power and the reverse power of the antenna may refer to the relevant description in the conventional technology, and will not be repeated here.
由上述实施例可知:天线切换开关406用于实现各个天线的切换。因此,在天线切换开关406切换使用天线101辐射Tx信号的情况下,射频收发芯片402可检测到通过该天线101辐射的Tx信号的前向功率和反向功率,处理器401可以计算得到该天线101的反射系数,如天线101在第一工作频率的第一反射系数S1。在天线切换开关406切换使用天线102辐射Tx信号的情况下,射频收发芯片402可检测到通过该天线102辐射的Tx信号的前向功率和反向功率,处理器401可以计算得到该天线102的反射系数,如天线102在第二工作频率的第二反射系数S2。It can be known from the above embodiment that the antenna switch 406 is used to realize the switching of each antenna. Therefore, when the antenna switch 406 switches to use the antenna 101 to radiate the Tx signal, the radio frequency transceiver chip 402 can detect the forward power and the reverse power of the Tx signal radiated by the antenna 101, and the processor 401 can calculate and obtain the antenna The reflection coefficient of 101, such as the first reflection coefficient S1 of the antenna 101 at the first operating frequency. When the antenna switch 406 switches to use the antenna 102 to radiate the Tx signal, the radio frequency transceiver chip 402 can detect the forward power and reverse power of the Tx signal radiated by the antenna 102, and the processor 401 can calculate the The reflection coefficient, such as the second reflection coefficient S2 of the antenna 102 at the second operating frequency.
需要说明的是,天线辐射的Tx信号实际的前向功率和反向功率,与射频收发芯片402检测到的该Tx信号的前向功率和反向功率可能会存在误差。如此,则会导致根据上述实际的前向功率和反向功率计算得到的反射系数S,与根据射频收发芯片402检 测到的前向功率和反向功率计算得到的反射系数S′存在差异的情况。图4所示的衰减器405用于调整进入射频收发芯片402的功率(如前向功率和反向功率),以降低或者避免上述误差。其中,图4所示的反射系数S′与反射系数S之间的差异的详细描述,可以参考以下实施例中的详细介绍,这里不予赘述。It should be noted that there may be errors between the actual forward power and reverse power of the Tx signal radiated by the antenna and the forward power and reverse power of the Tx signal detected by the radio frequency transceiver chip 402 . In this way, there will be a difference between the reflection coefficient S calculated according to the above-mentioned actual forward power and reverse power and the reflection coefficient S' calculated according to the forward power and reverse power detected by the radio frequency transceiver chip 402. . The attenuator 405 shown in FIG. 4 is used to adjust the power (such as forward power and reverse power) entering the radio frequency transceiver chip 402 to reduce or avoid the above errors. For the detailed description of the difference between the reflection coefficient S′ and the reflection coefficient S shown in FIG. 4 , reference may be made to the detailed description in the following embodiments, and details are not repeated here.
可以理解,手机100处于不同的握持状态下,设置在手机100的侧边框的天线(如天线101和天线102)的阻抗不同。因此,手机100处于不同的握持状态下,即使天线的工作频率不变,天线发射信号的前向功率不变,该发射信号的反向功率也会由于天线阻抗的变化而发生变化。从而,天线的反射系数会发生变化。由此可见,手机100处于不同的握持状态时,手机100中天线的反射系数可能不同。例如,请参考图5A,其示出手机100分别处于FS状态、双侧握持状态的情况下,天线102的反射系数在史密斯圆图上的分布示意图。其中,如图5A所示,天线102的工作频率在2.4GHz-2.5GHz的频率范围。从图5A可以看出:手机100分别处于FS状态和双侧握持状态时,天线102的反射系数的矢量距离较大,即天线102的天线阻抗的变化较大。It can be understood that when the mobile phone 100 is in different holding states, the impedances of the antennas (eg, the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 ) disposed on the side frame of the mobile phone 100 are different. Therefore, when the mobile phone 100 is in different holding states, even if the operating frequency of the antenna remains unchanged, the forward power of the antenna transmitted signal does not change, and the reverse power of the transmitted signal also changes due to the change of the antenna impedance. As a result, the reflection coefficient of the antenna changes. It can be seen that when the mobile phone 100 is in different holding states, the reflection coefficients of the antennas in the mobile phone 100 may be different. For example, please refer to FIG. 5A , which shows a schematic diagram of the distribution of the reflection coefficient of the antenna 102 on the Smith chart when the mobile phone 100 is in the FS state and the two-sided holding state, respectively. Wherein, as shown in FIG. 5A , the working frequency of the antenna 102 is in the frequency range of 2.4GHz-2.5GHz. It can be seen from FIG. 5A that when the mobile phone 100 is in the FS state and the two-sided holding state, the vector distance of the reflection coefficient of the antenna 102 is large, that is, the antenna impedance of the antenna 102 changes greatly.
需要说明的是,手机100分别处于FS状态和双侧握持状态时,天线101的反射系数的矢量距离,以及天线101的天线阻抗也是类似的(附图未示出),即天线101的反射系数的矢量距离也会较大,即天线101的天线阻抗的变化也会较大。因此,S301中检测到的第一反射系数S1和第二反射系数S2与手机100的握持状态相关,例如该第一反射系数S1和第二反射系数S2可用于确定手机100的握持状态。It should be noted that when the mobile phone 100 is in the FS state and the two-sided holding state, the vector distance of the reflection coefficient of the antenna 101 and the antenna impedance of the antenna 101 are also similar (not shown in the drawings), that is, the reflection of the antenna 101 The vector distance of the coefficients will also be larger, that is, the change in the antenna impedance of the antenna 101 will also be larger. Therefore, the first reflection coefficient S1 and the second reflection coefficient S2 detected in S301 are related to the holding state of the mobile phone 100 , for example, the first reflection coefficient S1 and the second reflection coefficient S2 can be used to determine the holding state of the mobile phone 100 .
S302、手机100计算第一反射系数S1分别与天线101的多个第三反射系数的矢量距离,并计算第二反射系数S2分别与天线102的多个第四反射系数的矢量距离。S302 , the mobile phone 100 calculates the vector distances between the first reflection coefficient S1 and the multiple third reflection coefficients of the antenna 101 respectively, and calculates the vector distance between the second reflection coefficient S2 and the multiple fourth reflection coefficients of the antenna 102 respectively.
其中,第一反射系数S1与天线101的任一个第三反射系数的矢量距离为:第一反射系数S1与该第三反射系数的矢量距离。第二反射系数S2分别与天线102的任一个第四反射系数的矢量距离为:第二反射系数S2与该第四反射系数的矢量距离。The vector distance between the first reflection coefficient S1 and any third reflection coefficient of the antenna 101 is: the vector distance between the first reflection coefficient S1 and the third reflection coefficient. The vector distance between the second reflection coefficient S2 and any fourth reflection coefficient of the antenna 102 is: the vector distance between the second reflection coefficient S2 and the fourth reflection coefficient.
可以理解的是,本申请实施例中所述的反射系数是用于表征对应信号幅度和相位的矢量。因此,任意两个反射系数的矢量距离也可以称为矢量距离。It can be understood that the reflection coefficient described in the embodiments of the present application is a vector used to characterize the amplitude and phase of the corresponding signal. Therefore, the vector distance of any two reflection coefficients can also be called the vector distance.
其中,手机100的握持状态可以包括:FS状态和双侧握持状态、左单侧握持状态和右单侧握持状态等。The holding state of the mobile phone 100 may include: FS state and bilateral holding state, left unilateral holding state and right unilateral holding state, and the like.
手机100可以根据天线101和天线102的状态,确定手机100的握持状态。而天线101的状态决定于该天线101的反射系数;天线102的状态决定于该天线102的反射系数。The mobile phone 100 can determine the holding state of the mobile phone 100 according to the states of the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 . The state of the antenna 101 is determined by the reflection coefficient of the antenna 101 ; the state of the antenna 102 is determined by the reflection coefficient of the antenna 102 .
因此,为了可以根据天线101和天线102的状态,确定手机100的握持状态;手机100中预先保存有天线101处于多种状态时,天线101在不同工作频率下的反射系数;以及天线102处于多种状态时,天线102在不同工作频率下的反射系数。例如,上述多种状态可以包括第一状态和第二状态。Therefore, in order to determine the holding state of the mobile phone 100 according to the states of the antenna 101 and the antenna 102; the mobile phone 100 pre-stores the reflection coefficients of the antenna 101 at different operating frequencies when the antenna 101 is in various states; and the antenna 102 is in Reflection coefficients of the antenna 102 at different operating frequencies in various states. For example, the various states described above may include a first state and a second state.
在一些实施例中,天线101的多个第三反射系数和天线102的多个第四反射系数,可以是手机100出厂时预先保存在手机100中的。In some embodiments, the plurality of third reflection coefficients of the antenna 101 and the plurality of fourth reflection coefficients of the antenna 102 may be pre-stored in the mobile phone 100 when the mobile phone 100 leaves the factory.
例如,在手机100出厂时,手机100中可以预先保存有天线101处于第一状态和第二状态,天线101在不同工作频率下的反射系数,以及天线102处于第一状态和第二状态,天线102在不同工作频率下的反射系数。For example, when the mobile phone 100 is shipped from the factory, the mobile phone 100 may pre-store the antenna 101 in the first state and the second state, the reflection coefficients of the antenna 101 at different operating frequencies, and the antenna 102 in the first state and the second state. 102 reflection coefficients at different operating frequencies.
其中,手机100中预先保存的上述多个反射系数(例如,多个第三反射系数和多个第四反射系数)可以是手机100出厂前,测试天线101和天线102处于第一状态和第二状态时,天线101和天线102在不同工作频率下的反射系数得到的。其中,上述预先保存的多个反射系数可以是经过大量测试得到的。其中,上述大量测试可以包括实验室测试和实际用户握持手机的测试。The multiple reflection coefficients (for example, multiple third reflection coefficients and multiple fourth reflection coefficients) pre-stored in the mobile phone 100 may be the test antenna 101 and the antenna 102 in the first state and the second state before the mobile phone 100 leaves the factory. In the state, the reflection coefficients of the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 at different operating frequencies are obtained. Wherein, the plurality of reflection coefficients stored in advance may be obtained through a large number of tests. Among them, the above-mentioned large number of tests may include laboratory tests and tests of actual users holding mobile phones.
在另一些实施例中,天线101的多个第三反射系数和天线102的多个第四反射系数,可以是手机100出厂后,引导用户采用不同方式握持手机,测量天线101和天线102的反射系数得到的。In other embodiments, the plurality of third reflection coefficients of the antenna 101 and the plurality of fourth reflection coefficients of the antenna 102 may be obtained by guiding the user to hold the mobile phone in different ways after the mobile phone 100 leaves the factory to measure the reflection coefficients of the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 The reflection coefficient is obtained.
例如,手机100出厂后,当手机100第一次开机时,可以显示图5B所示的引导界面501。图5B所示的引导界面501用于引导用户以双侧握持的方式握持手机100。其中,用户采用图5B所示的双侧握持的方式握持手机100,手机100可以采集到天线101处于第二状态时的反射系数和天线102处于第二状态时的反射系数。其中,手机100可以提示用户多次以图5B所示的双侧握持的方式握持手机100,以便于手机100可以采集天线101和天线102处于第二状态时的多组反射系数。该多组反射系数可以包括天线101和天线102工作在固定频率下的反射系数,或者天线101和天线102工作在不同频率下的反射系数。For example, after the mobile phone 100 is shipped from the factory, when the mobile phone 100 is powered on for the first time, the guidance interface 501 shown in FIG. 5B may be displayed. The guide interface 501 shown in FIG. 5B is used to guide the user to hold the mobile phone 100 in a bilateral holding manner. The user holds the mobile phone 100 in the bilateral holding manner shown in FIG. 5B , and the mobile phone 100 can collect the reflection coefficient when the antenna 101 is in the second state and the reflection coefficient when the antenna 102 is in the second state. The mobile phone 100 may prompt the user to hold the mobile phone 100 in the bilateral holding manner shown in FIG. 5B multiple times, so that the mobile phone 100 can collect multiple sets of reflection coefficients when the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 are in the second state. The multiple groups of reflection coefficients may include reflection coefficients of the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 operating at a fixed frequency, or reflection coefficients of the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 operating at different frequencies.
之后,手机100还可以显示图5C所示的引导界面502。图5C所示的引导界面502用于引导用户以左单侧握持的方式握持手机100。其中,用户采用图5C所示的左单侧握持的方式握持手机100,手机100可以采集到天线101处于第二状态时的反射系数和天线102处于第一状态时的反射系数。其中,手机100可以提示用户多次以图5C所示的左单侧握持的方式握持手机100,以便于手机100可以采集天线101处于第二状态,天线102处于第一状态时的多组反射系数。该多组反射系数可以包括天线101和天线102工作在固定频率下的反射系数,或者天线101和天线102工作在不同频率下的反射系数。Afterwards, the mobile phone 100 can also display the guide interface 502 shown in FIG. 5C . The guide interface 502 shown in FIG. 5C is used to guide the user to hold the mobile phone 100 in a left-side holding manner. The user holds the mobile phone 100 in a left-side holding manner as shown in FIG. 5C , and the mobile phone 100 can collect the reflection coefficient when the antenna 101 is in the second state and the reflection coefficient when the antenna 102 is in the first state. Wherein, the mobile phone 100 may prompt the user to hold the mobile phone 100 in the left-side holding manner as shown in FIG. 5C many times, so that the mobile phone 100 can collect multiple groups of the antenna 101 in the second state and the antenna 102 in the first state Reflection coefficient. The multiple groups of reflection coefficients may include reflection coefficients of the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 operating at a fixed frequency, or reflection coefficients of the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 operating at different frequencies.
最后,手机100还可以显示图5D所示的引导界面503。图5D所示的引导界面503用于引导用户以右单侧握持的方式握持手机100。其中,用户采用图5D所示的右单侧握持的方式握持手机100,手机100可以采集到天线101处于第一状态时的反射系数和天线102处于第二状态时的反射系数。其中,手机100可以提示用户多次以图5C所示的右单侧握持的方式握持手机100,以便于手机100可以采集天线101处于第一状态,天线102处于第二状态时的多组反射系数。该多组反射系数可以包括天线101和天线102工作在固定频率下的反射系数,或者天线101和天线102工作在不同频率下的反射系数。Finally, the mobile phone 100 can also display the guide interface 503 shown in FIG. 5D . The guide interface 503 shown in FIG. 5D is used to guide the user to hold the mobile phone 100 in a right-side holding manner. The user holds the mobile phone 100 in a right-side holding manner as shown in FIG. 5D , and the mobile phone 100 can collect the reflection coefficient when the antenna 101 is in the first state and the reflection coefficient when the antenna 102 is in the second state. Wherein, the mobile phone 100 can prompt the user to hold the mobile phone 100 in the right-side holding manner as shown in FIG. 5C for many times, so that the mobile phone 100 can collect multiple groups of the antenna 101 in the first state and the antenna 102 in the second state Reflection coefficient. The multiple groups of reflection coefficients may include reflection coefficients of the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 operating at a fixed frequency, or reflection coefficients of the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 operating at different frequencies.
手机100可以统计该手机100通过上述三种引导界面引导用户握持手机100时,所采集到的反射系数,得到并保存天线101处于第一状态下的反射系数和天线101处于第二状态下的反射系数,得到并保存天线102处于第一状态下的反射系数和天线102处于第二状态下的反射系数。其中,天线101处于第一状态下的反射系数和天线101处于第二状态下的反射系数,即为上述多个第三反射系数。天线102处于第一状态下的反射系数和天线102处于第二状态下的反射系数,即为上述多个第四反射系数。The mobile phone 100 can count the reflection coefficients collected when the mobile phone 100 guides the user to hold the mobile phone 100 through the above three guidance interfaces, obtain and save the reflection coefficient of the antenna 101 in the first state and the reflection coefficient of the antenna 101 in the second state. For the reflection coefficient, the reflection coefficient of the antenna 102 in the first state and the reflection coefficient of the antenna 102 in the second state are obtained and stored. The reflection coefficient of the antenna 101 in the first state and the reflection coefficient of the antenna 101 in the second state are the above-mentioned multiple third reflection coefficients. The reflection coefficient of the antenna 102 in the first state and the reflection coefficient of the antenna 102 in the second state are the above-mentioned multiple fourth reflection coefficients.
进一步的,手机100还可以在用户使用手机100的过程中,以用户无感知的方式 更新上述天线101的多个第三反射系数和天线102的多个第四反射系数。Further, the mobile phone 100 can also update the plurality of third reflection coefficients of the antenna 101 and the plurality of fourth reflection coefficients of the antenna 102 in a manner that the user does not perceive when the user is using the mobile phone 100.
其中,天线的反射系数不仅受天线状态的影响,还会受到天线工作频率的影响。例如,天线102的状态不同时,该天线102在同一工作频率下的反射系数也不同;并且,天线102的状态相同时,天线102在不同工作频率下的反射系数也不同。Among them, the reflection coefficient of the antenna is not only affected by the state of the antenna, but also by the operating frequency of the antenna. For example, when the state of the antenna 102 is different, the reflection coefficient of the antenna 102 at the same working frequency is also different; and when the state of the antenna 102 is the same, the reflection coefficient of the antenna 102 at different working frequencies is also different.
示例性的,以天线102的工作频率在2.4GHz-2.5GHz的频率范围为例。请参考图6A,其示出手机100分别处于双侧握持状态(HL或HR)和FS状态时,天线101的反射系数和天线102的反射系数在史密斯圆图中的分布示意图。Illustratively, take the operating frequency of the antenna 102 as an example in the frequency range of 2.4GHz-2.5GHz. Please refer to FIG. 6A , which shows a schematic diagram of the distribution of the reflection coefficient of the antenna 101 and the reflection coefficient of the antenna 102 in the Smith chart when the mobile phone 100 is in the double-handed state (HL or HR) and the FS state, respectively.
其中,图6A所示的史密斯圆图601中两端为白色圆圈和黑色圆圈的曲线用于表示天线101在不同工作频率下的反射系数,史密斯圆图602中两端为白色圆圈和黑色圆圈的曲线用于表示天线102在不同工作频率下的反射系数。The curves with white circles and black circles at both ends in the Smith chart 601 shown in FIG. 6A are used to represent the reflection coefficients of the antenna 101 at different operating frequencies, and the curves with white circles and black circles at both ends in the Smith chart 602 The curves are used to represent the reflection coefficients of the antenna 102 at different operating frequencies.
其中,手机100处于不同的握持状态时,天线101和天线102的状态可能不同。需要说明的是,针对手机的一个天线而言,手机100处于同样的握持状态时,该天线的状态也相同;但是,如果该天线的工作频率不同,那么该天线的反射系数则不同。例如,假设手机100处于双侧握持状态(如HL);此时,天线101处于第二状态,天线102处于第二状态。如图6A中的史密斯圆图601所示,天线101的工作频率为2.4GHz时,该天线101的反射系数为HL状态对应的曲线2上白色圆圈对应的反射系数;天线101的工作频率为2.5GHz时,该天线101的反射系数为HL状态对应的曲线2上黑色圆圈对应的反射系数。Wherein, when the mobile phone 100 is in different holding states, the states of the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 may be different. It should be noted that, for an antenna of a mobile phone, when the mobile phone 100 is in the same holding state, the state of the antenna is also the same; however, if the working frequency of the antenna is different, the reflection coefficient of the antenna is different. For example, it is assumed that the mobile phone 100 is in a two-sided holding state (eg, HL); at this time, the antenna 101 is in the second state, and the antenna 102 is in the second state. As shown in the Smith chart 601 in FIG. 6A , when the operating frequency of the antenna 101 is 2.4 GHz, the reflection coefficient of the antenna 101 is the reflection coefficient corresponding to the white circle on the curve 2 corresponding to the HL state; the operating frequency of the antenna 101 is 2.5 At GHz, the reflection coefficient of the antenna 101 is the reflection coefficient corresponding to the black circle on the curve 2 corresponding to the HL state.
其中,天线101的多个第三反射系数包括:天线101在第一工作频率下,处于第一状态时的反射系数;以及天线101在第一工作频率下,处于第二状态时的反射系数。The multiple third reflection coefficients of the antenna 101 include: reflection coefficients when the antenna 101 is in a first state at the first operating frequency; and reflection coefficients when the antenna 101 is in a second state at the first operating frequency.
例如,以上述第一工作频率为2.4GHz为例,天线101的多个第三反射系数可以包括:图6A所示的史密斯圆图601中,曲线1上白色圆圈对应的反射系数,以及曲线2或曲线3上白色圆圈对应的反射系数。For example, taking the above-mentioned first operating frequency as 2.4 GHz as an example, the multiple third reflection coefficients of the antenna 101 may include: in the Smith chart 601 shown in FIG. 6A , the reflection coefficients corresponding to the white circles on the curve 1 and the curve 2 or the reflection coefficient corresponding to the white circle on curve 3.
又例如,以上述第一工作频率为2.5GHz为例,天线101的多个第三反射系数可以包括:图6A所示的史密斯圆图601中,曲线1上黑色圆圈对应的反射系数,以及曲线2或曲线3上黑色圆圈对应的反射系数。For another example, taking the above-mentioned first operating frequency as 2.5 GHz as an example, the multiple third reflection coefficients of the antenna 101 may include: in the Smith chart 601 shown in FIG. 6A , the reflection coefficients corresponding to the black circles on the curve 1, and the curve 2 or the reflection coefficient corresponding to the black circle on curve 3.
其中,上述天线102的多个第四反射系数包括:天线102在第二工作频率下,处于第一状态时的反射系数;以及天线102在第二工作频率下,处于第二状态时的反射系数。Wherein, the plurality of fourth reflection coefficients of the antenna 102 include: the reflection coefficients of the antenna 102 when the antenna 102 is in the first state at the second operating frequency; and the reflection coefficients of the antenna 102 when the antenna 102 is in the second state at the second operating frequency .
例如,以上述第二工作频率为2.4GHz为例,天线102的多个第四反射系数可以包括:图6A所示的史密斯圆图602中,曲线1上的白色圆圈对应的反射系数,以及曲线2或曲线3上白色圆圈对应的反射系数。For example, taking the second operating frequency as 2.4 GHz as an example, the plurality of fourth reflection coefficients of the antenna 102 may include: in the Smith chart 602 shown in FIG. 6A , the reflection coefficients corresponding to the white circles on the curve 1, and the curve 2 or the reflection coefficient corresponding to the white circle on curve 3.
又例如,以上述第二工作频率为2.5GHz为例,天线102的多个第四反射系数可以包括:图6A所示的史密斯圆图602中,曲线1上的黑色圆圈对应的多个反射系数,以及曲线2或曲线3上黑色圆圈对应的反射系数。For another example, taking the second operating frequency as 2.5 GHz as an example, the plurality of fourth reflection coefficients of the antenna 102 may include: In the Smith chart 602 shown in FIG. 6A , the plurality of reflection coefficients corresponding to the black circles on the curve 1 , and the reflection coefficient corresponding to the black circle on curve 2 or curve 3.
请参考图6B,其在图6A的基础上,示出手机100分别处于0mm back状态、0mm right side状态、5mm back状态、5mm right side状态、双侧握持状态(HL或HR)和FS状态时,天线101的反射系数和天线102的反射系数在史密斯圆图中的分布示意图。针对图6B所示的手机100处于不同握持状态下,天线101的反射系数和天线102的反 射系数的详细描述,本申请实施例这里不再赘述。Please refer to FIG. 6B , which, based on FIG. 6A , shows that the mobile phone 100 is in a 0mm back state, a 0mm right side state, a 5mm back state, a 5mm right side state, a bilateral holding state (HL or HR), and a FS state, respectively. is a schematic diagram of the distribution of the reflection coefficient of the antenna 101 and the reflection coefficient of the antenna 102 in the Smith chart. The detailed description of the reflection coefficient of the antenna 101 and the reflection coefficient of the antenna 102 when the mobile phone 100 shown in FIG. 6B is in different holding states will not be repeated in this embodiment of the present application.
本申请实施例中,手机100根据一个天线(如天线101和天线102)处于的第一状态和第二状态的反射系数,无法区分出手机100的FS状态、双侧握持状态、左单侧握持状态和右单侧握持状态。原因在于:手机100处于不同的握持状态时,天线的状态可能相同,使得用户对天线辐射的电磁影响效果相同或相近,进而使得天线的反射系数相同。In the embodiment of the present application, the mobile phone 100 cannot distinguish the FS state, the double-sided holding state, and the left single-sided state of the mobile phone 100 according to the reflection coefficients of the first state and the second state of one antenna (such as the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 ). The grip state and the right unilateral grip state. The reason is that when the mobile phone 100 is in different holding states, the state of the antenna may be the same, so that the electromagnetic influence effect of the user on the antenna radiation is the same or similar, and thus the reflection coefficient of the antenna is the same.
例如,手机100处于图1C中的(a)所示的左单侧握持状态时,天线101处于第二状态;手机100处于图1B中的(c)所示的双侧握持状态时,天线101处于第二状态。因此,手机100处于左单侧握持状态与手机100处于双侧握持状态时,用户握持手机100对天线101辐射的电磁影响效果相近。因此,在同一工作频率下,手机100处于左单侧握持状态时天线101的反射系数,与手机100处于双侧握持状态时天线101的反射系数相同或相近。For example, when the mobile phone 100 is in the left-side holding state shown in (a) of FIG. 1C , the antenna 101 is in the second state; when the mobile phone 100 is in the bilateral holding state shown in (c) in FIG. 1B , the antenna 101 is in the second state. The antenna 101 is in the second state. Therefore, when the mobile phone 100 is held on the left side and the mobile phone 100 is held on both sides, the electromagnetic influence effect of the user holding the mobile phone 100 on the radiation of the antenna 101 is similar. Therefore, under the same operating frequency, the reflection coefficient of the antenna 101 when the mobile phone 100 is held on the left side is the same as or similar to the reflection coefficient of the antenna 101 when the mobile phone 100 is held on both sides.
又例如,手机100处于图1C中的(b)所示的右单侧握持状态时,天线102处于第二状态;手机100处于图1B中的(c)所示的双侧握持状态时,天线102处于第二状态。因此,手机100处于右单侧握持状态与手机100处于双侧握持状态,用户握持手机100对天线102辐射的电磁影响效果相似。因此,在同一工作频率下,手机100处于左单侧握持状态时天线102的反射系数,与手机100处于双侧握持状态时天线102的反射系数相同或相近。For another example, when the mobile phone 100 is in the right-side holding state shown in (b) in FIG. 1C , the antenna 102 is in the second state; when the mobile phone 100 is in the double-side holding state shown in (c) in FIG. 1B , the antenna 102 is in the second state. Therefore, when the mobile phone 100 is held on the right side and the mobile phone 100 is held on both sides, the electromagnetic influence effect of the user holding the mobile phone 100 on the radiation from the antenna 102 is similar. Therefore, under the same operating frequency, the reflection coefficient of the antenna 102 when the mobile phone 100 is held on one side is the same as or similar to the reflection coefficient of the antenna 102 when the mobile phone 100 is held on both sides.
由此可见,手机100中保存每个天线处于第一状态和第二状态下,该天线在不同工作频率下的反射系数,便可以支持手机100区分出手机100的FS状态、双侧握持状态、左单侧握持状态和右单侧握持状态。It can be seen that the mobile phone 100 saves each antenna in the first state and the second state, and the reflection coefficients of the antenna at different operating frequencies can support the mobile phone 100 to distinguish the FS state and the bilateral holding state of the mobile phone 100 , left unilateral holding state and right unilateral holding state.
示例性的,假设天线101处于第一状态时,天线101在第一工作频率下的第三反射系数为S3_FS;天线102处于第一状态时,天线102在第二工作频率下的第四反射系数为S4_FS。Exemplarily, it is assumed that when the antenna 101 is in the first state, the third reflection coefficient of the antenna 101 at the first working frequency is S3_FS; when the antenna 102 is in the first state, the fourth reflection coefficient of the antenna 102 at the second working frequency is S3_FS for S4_FS.
手机100可以采用以下公式(1),计算第一反射系数S1与第三反射系数S3_FS的矢量距离D1_FS,即第一反射系数S1与第三反射系数S3_FS的矢量距离D1_FS。The mobile phone 100 can use the following formula (1) to calculate the vector distance D1_FS between the first reflection coefficient S1 and the third reflection coefficient S3_FS, that is, the vector distance D1_FS between the first reflection coefficient S1 and the third reflection coefficient S3_FS.
Figure PCTCN2021125904-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2021125904-appb-000003
手机100可以采用以下公式(2),计算第二反射系数S2与第四反射系数S4_FS的矢量距离D2_FS,即第二反射系数S2与第四反射系数S4_FS的矢量距离D2_FS。The mobile phone 100 can use the following formula (2) to calculate the vector distance D2_FS between the second reflection coefficient S2 and the fourth reflection coefficient S4_FS, that is, the vector distance D2_FS between the second reflection coefficient S2 and the fourth reflection coefficient S4_FS.
Figure PCTCN2021125904-appb-000004
Figure PCTCN2021125904-appb-000004
其中,上述第一反射系数S1、第二反射系数S2、第三反射系数S3_FS和第四反射系数S4_FS均为矢量。real(S1)为第一反射系数S1的实部,imag(S1)为第一反射系数S1的虚部。real(S3_FS)为第三反射系数S3_FS的实部,imag(S3_FS)为第三反射系数S3_FS的虚部。real(S2)为第二反射系数S2的实部,imag(S2)为第二反射系数S2的虚部。real(S4_FS)为第四反射系数S4_FS的实部,imag(S4_FS)为第四反射系数S4_FS的虚部。Wherein, the first reflection coefficient S1, the second reflection coefficient S2, the third reflection coefficient S3_FS and the fourth reflection coefficient S4_FS are all vectors. real(S1) is the real part of the first reflection coefficient S1, and imag(S1) is the imaginary part of the first reflection coefficient S1. real(S3_FS) is the real part of the third reflection coefficient S3_FS, and imag(S3_FS) is the imaginary part of the third reflection coefficient S3_FS. real(S2) is the real part of the second reflection coefficient S2, and imag(S2) is the imaginary part of the second reflection coefficient S2. real(S4_FS) is the real part of the fourth reflection coefficient S4_FS, and imag(S4_FS) is the imaginary part of the fourth reflection coefficient S4_FS.
假设天线101处于第二状态时,天线101在第一工作频率下的第三反射系数为S3_H;天线102处于第二状态时,天线102在第二工作频率下的第四反射系数为S4_H。It is assumed that when the antenna 101 is in the second state, the third reflection coefficient of the antenna 101 at the first operating frequency is S3_H; when the antenna 102 is in the second state, the fourth reflection coefficient of the antenna 102 at the second operating frequency is S4_H.
手机100可以采用以下公式(3),计算第一反射系数S1与第三反射系数S3_H的矢量距离D1_H,即第一反射系数S1与第三反射系数S3_H的矢量距离D1_H。The mobile phone 100 can use the following formula (3) to calculate the vector distance D1_H between the first reflection coefficient S1 and the third reflection coefficient S3_H, that is, the vector distance D1_H between the first reflection coefficient S1 and the third reflection coefficient S3_H.
Figure PCTCN2021125904-appb-000005
Figure PCTCN2021125904-appb-000005
手机100可以采用以下公式(2),计算第二反射系数S2与第四反射系数S4_H的矢量距离D2_H,即第二反射系数S2与第四反射系数S4_H的矢量距离D2_H。The mobile phone 100 can use the following formula (2) to calculate the vector distance D2_H between the second reflection coefficient S2 and the fourth reflection coefficient S4_H, that is, the vector distance D2_H between the second reflection coefficient S2 and the fourth reflection coefficient S4_H.
Figure PCTCN2021125904-appb-000006
Figure PCTCN2021125904-appb-000006
其中,上述第三反射系数S3_H和第四反射系数S4_H均为矢量。real(S3_H)为第三反射系数S3_H的实部,imag(S3_H)为第三反射系数S3_H的虚部。rea l(S4_H)为第四反射系数S4_H的实部,imag(S4_H)为第四反射系数S4_H的虚部。Wherein, the above-mentioned third reflection coefficient S3_H and fourth reflection coefficient S4_H are both vectors. real(S3_H) is the real part of the third reflection coefficient S3_H, and imag(S3_H) is the imaginary part of the third reflection coefficient S3_H. real(S4_H) is the real part of the fourth reflection coefficient S4_H, and imag(S4_H) is the imaginary part of the fourth reflection coefficient S4_H.
S303、手机100将计算得到的每个矢量距离分别与预设距离门限对比得到对比结果,根据该对比结果控制手机100。其中,该对比结果用于指示手机100的握持状态。S303. The mobile phone 100 compares each calculated vector distance with a preset distance threshold to obtain a comparison result, and controls the mobile phone 100 according to the comparison result. The comparison result is used to indicate the holding state of the mobile phone 100 .
其中,对比结果用于指示手机100的握持状态;或者该对比结果与手机100的握持状态相对应。The comparison result is used to indicate the holding state of the mobile phone 100 ; or the comparison result corresponds to the holding state of the mobile phone 100 .
可以理解,第一反射系数S1与不同的第三反射系数的矢量距离不同,且第二反射系数S2与不同的第四反射系数的矢量距离不同。如果第一反射系数S1与天线101处于一种状态(记为状态a)时的第三反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离门限,则表示该天线101处于该状态a的可能性较大。如果第二反射系数S2与天线102处于一种状态(记为状态b)时的第四反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离门限,则表示天线102处于该状态b的可能性较大。也就是说,手机100处于天线101的状态a与天线102的状态b所组成的手机100的握持状态的可能性较大。It can be understood that the vector distances between the first reflection coefficient S1 and different third reflection coefficients are different, and the vector distances between the second reflection coefficient S2 and different fourth reflection coefficients are different. If the vector distance between the first reflection coefficient S1 and the third reflection coefficient when the antenna 101 is in one state (denoted as state a) is smaller than the preset distance threshold, it means that the antenna 101 is more likely to be in the state a. If the vector distance between the second reflection coefficient S2 and the fourth reflection coefficient when the antenna 102 is in one state (denoted as state b) is smaller than the preset distance threshold, it indicates that the antenna 102 is more likely to be in this state b. That is to say, the mobile phone 100 is more likely to be in the holding state of the mobile phone 100 composed of the state a of the antenna 101 and the state b of the antenna 102 .
例如,如果第一反射系数S1与天线101处于第二状态时的第三反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离门限,则表示该天线101处于第二状态的可能性较大。如果第二反射系数S2与天线102处于第一状态时的第四反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离门限,则表示该天线102处于第一状态的可能性较大。当天线101处于第二状态,天线102处于第一状态时,如表1所示,手机100处于左单侧握持状态(即第一单侧握持状态)。For example, if the vector distance between the first reflection coefficient S1 and the third reflection coefficient when the antenna 101 is in the second state is smaller than the preset distance threshold, it indicates that the antenna 101 is more likely to be in the second state. If the vector distance between the second reflection coefficient S2 and the fourth reflection coefficient when the antenna 102 is in the first state is smaller than the preset distance threshold, it indicates that the antenna 102 is more likely to be in the first state. When the antenna 101 is in the second state and the antenna 102 is in the first state, as shown in Table 1, the mobile phone 100 is in the left one-sided holding state (ie, the first one-sided holding state).
又例如,如果第一反射系数S1与天线101处于第一状态时的第三反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离门限,则表示该天线101处于第一状态的可能性较大。如果第二反射系数S2与天线102处于第二状态时的第四反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离门限,则该天线102处于第二状态的可能性较大。当天线101处于第一状态,天线102处于第二状态时,如表1所示,手机100处于右单侧握持状态(即第二单侧握持状态)。For another example, if the vector distance between the first reflection coefficient S1 and the third reflection coefficient when the antenna 101 is in the first state is less than the preset distance threshold, it indicates that the antenna 101 is more likely to be in the first state. If the vector distance between the second reflection coefficient S2 and the fourth reflection coefficient when the antenna 102 is in the second state is smaller than the preset distance threshold, the antenna 102 is more likely to be in the second state. When the antenna 101 is in the first state and the antenna 102 is in the second state, as shown in Table 1, the mobile phone 100 is in the right unilateral holding state (ie, the second unilateral holding state).
基于此,手机100可以将计算得到的每个距离分别与预设距离门限对比,根据对比结果所指示的手机100的握持状态控制该手机100。例如,手机100可以根据该对比结果所指示的握持状态调整手机100中天线的上行发射功率,切换使用手机100中的天线。Based on this, the mobile phone 100 can compare each calculated distance with a preset distance threshold respectively, and control the mobile phone 100 according to the holding state of the mobile phone 100 indicated by the comparison result. For example, the mobile phone 100 can adjust the uplink transmit power of the antenna in the mobile phone 100 according to the holding state indicated by the comparison result, and switch to use the antenna in the mobile phone 100 .
具体的,如图7所示,图3B所示的S303可以包括S303a-S303e。Specifically, as shown in FIG. 7 , S303 shown in FIG. 3B may include S303a-S303e.
S303a、若第一反射系数S1与第三反射系数S3_H的矢量距离D1_H小于预设距离阈值,且第二反射系数S2与第四反射系数S4_H的矢量距离D2_H小于预设距离阈值,则上述对比结果指示手机100处于双侧握持状态。S303a. If the vector distance D1_H between the first reflection coefficient S1 and the third reflection coefficient S3_H is smaller than the preset distance threshold, and the vector distance D2_H between the second reflection coefficient S2 and the fourth reflection coefficient S4_H is smaller than the preset distance threshold, the above comparison result Indicates that the mobile phone 100 is held on both sides.
上述预设距离门限可以是手机100中预先配置的距离门限值。例如,该预设距离 门限可以为0.3、0.4、0.5或者0.45等任一数值。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中的预设距离门限是在史密斯圆图的半径为单位1的情况下所确定的相对距离门限。该预设距离门限没有单位。以下实施例中,以预设距离门限等于0.3为例,介绍本申请实施例的方法。The above-mentioned preset distance threshold may be a distance threshold value preconfigured in the mobile phone 100 . For example, the preset distance threshold can be any value such as 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, or 0.45. It should be noted that, the preset distance threshold in this embodiment of the present application is a relative distance threshold determined when the radius of the Smith chart is 1. The preset distance threshold has no units. In the following embodiments, the method of the embodiment of the present application is described by taking the preset distance threshold equal to 0.3 as an example.
可以理解,如果第一反射系数S1与第三反射系数S3_H的矢量距离D1_H小于预设距离阈值,则表示第一反射系数S1在史密斯圆图上接近于第三反射系数S3_H。在这种情况下,天线101处于第二状态。而当天线101处于第二状态时,手机100可能处于图1B中的(a)、图1B中的(b)或图1B中的(c)所示的双侧握持状态,也可能处于图1C中的(a)所示的左单侧握持状态。It can be understood that if the vector distance D1_H between the first reflection coefficient S1 and the third reflection coefficient S3_H is smaller than the preset distance threshold, it means that the first reflection coefficient S1 is close to the third reflection coefficient S3_H on the Smith chart. In this case, the antenna 101 is in the second state. When the antenna 101 is in the second state, the mobile phone 100 may be in the double-sided holding state shown in (a) in FIG. 1B , (b) in FIG. 1B or (c) in FIG. The left unilateral holding state shown in (a) in 1C.
如果第二反射系数S2与第四反射系数S4_FS的矢量距离D2_H小于预设距离阈值,则表示第二反射系数S2在史密斯圆图上接近于第四反射系数S4_H。在这种情况下,天线102处于第二状态。而当天线102处于第二状态时,手机100可能处于图1B中的(a)、图1B中的(b)或图1B中的(c)所示的双侧握持状态,也可能处于图1C中的(b)所示的右单侧握持状态。If the vector distance D2_H between the second reflection coefficient S2 and the fourth reflection coefficient S4_FS is smaller than the preset distance threshold, it means that the second reflection coefficient S2 is close to the fourth reflection coefficient S4_H on the Smith chart. In this case, the antenna 102 is in the second state. When the antenna 102 is in the second state, the mobile phone 100 may be in the double-sided holding state shown in FIG. 1B (a), FIG. 1B (b) or FIG. 1B (c), or may be in FIG. The right unilateral holding state shown in (b) in 1C.
但是,如果第一反射系数S1与第三反射系数S3_H的矢量距离D1_H小于预设距离阈值,且第二反射系数S2与第四反射系数S4_FS的矢量距离D2_FS小于预设距离阈值;则表示天线101处于第二状态,且天线102处于第二状态。在这种情况下,手机100则可以排除上述左单侧握持状态和右单侧握持状态,该手机处于图1B中的(a)、图1B中的(b)或图1B中的(c)所示的双侧握持状态。However, if the vector distance D1_H between the first reflection coefficient S1 and the third reflection coefficient S3_H is smaller than the preset distance threshold, and the vector distance D2_FS between the second reflection coefficient S2 and the fourth reflection coefficient S4_FS is smaller than the preset distance threshold; it means that the antenna 101 is in the second state, and the antenna 102 is in the second state. In this case, the mobile phone 100 can exclude the above-mentioned left unilateral holding state and right unilateral holding state, and the mobile phone is in (a) in FIG. 1B , (b) in FIG. 1B , or ((b) in FIG. 1B . c) The bilateral holding state shown.
手机100执行S303a之后,便可以识别出手机100是否处于双侧握持状态。如此,手机100便可以实现对双侧握持状态和FS状态的区分。通过本申请实施例的方案,手机100可以分区出双侧握持状态和FS状态。After the mobile phone 100 executes S303a, it can identify whether the mobile phone 100 is in a bilateral holding state. In this way, the mobile phone 100 can distinguish between the two-sided holding state and the FS state. Through the solutions of the embodiments of the present application, the mobile phone 100 can be divided into a bilateral holding state and an FS state.
S303b、若第一反射系数S1与第三反射系数S3_H的矢量距离D1_H小于预设距离阈值,且第二反射系数S2与第四反射系数S4_FS的矢量距离D2_FS小于预设距离阈值,则上述对比结果指示手机100处于左单侧握持状态。S303b. If the vector distance D1_H between the first reflection coefficient S1 and the third reflection coefficient S3_H is smaller than the preset distance threshold, and the vector distance D2_FS between the second reflection coefficient S2 and the fourth reflection coefficient S4_FS is smaller than the preset distance threshold, the above comparison result Indicates that the mobile phone 100 is held on the left side.
可以理解,如果第一反射系数S1与第三反射系数S3_H的矢量距离D1_H小于预设距离阈值,则表示第一反射系数S1在史密斯圆图上接近于第三反射系数S3_H。在这种情况下,手机100可能处于图1C中的(a)所示的左单侧握持状态,也可能处于图1B中的(a)、图1B中的(b)或图1B中的(c)所示的双侧握持状态,还可能处于0mm left side状态。It can be understood that if the vector distance D1_H between the first reflection coefficient S1 and the third reflection coefficient S3_H is smaller than the preset distance threshold, it means that the first reflection coefficient S1 is close to the third reflection coefficient S3_H on the Smith chart. In this case, the mobile phone 100 may be in the left unilateral holding state shown in (a) in FIG. 1C , or may be in (a) in FIG. 1B , (b) in FIG. 1B , or in (b) in FIG. 1B (c) The bilateral holding state shown in (c) may also be in the 0mm left side state.
如果第二反射系数S2与第四反射系数S4_FS的矢量距离D2_FS小于预设距离阈值,则表示第二反射系数S2在史密斯圆图上接近于第四反射系数S3_FS。在这种情况下,手机100可能处于图1C中的(a)所示的左单侧握持状态,也可能处于0mm left side状态,还可能处于图1A所述的FS状态。If the vector distance D2_FS between the second reflection coefficient S2 and the fourth reflection coefficient S4_FS is smaller than the preset distance threshold, it means that the second reflection coefficient S2 is close to the fourth reflection coefficient S3_FS on the Smith chart. In this case, the mobile phone 100 may be in the left unilateral holding state shown in (a) of FIG. 1C , may also be in the 0 mm left side state, or may be in the FS state described in FIG. 1A .
但是,如果第一反射系数S1与第三反射系数S3_H的矢量距离D1_H小于预设距离阈值,且第二反射系数S2与第四反射系数S4_FS的矢量距离D2_FS小于预设距离阈值,手机100则可以排除上述双侧握持状态和FS状态,该手机100处于0mm left side状态(即第一SAR测试状态)或者图1C中的(a)所示的左单侧握持状态(即第一单侧握持状态)。However, if the vector distance D1_H between the first reflection coefficient S1 and the third reflection coefficient S3_H is smaller than the preset distance threshold, and the vector distance D2_FS between the second reflection coefficient S2 and the fourth reflection coefficient S4_FS is smaller than the preset distance threshold, the mobile phone 100 can Excluding the above-mentioned bilateral holding state and FS state, the mobile phone 100 is in the 0mm left side state (ie the first SAR test state) or the left unilateral holding state shown in (a) of FIG. 1C (ie the first single side holding state).
在不考虑SAR测试场景(即实验室场景)的情况下,如果第一反射系数S1与第三反射系数S3_H的矢量距离D1_H小于预设距离阈值,且第二反射系数S2与第四反射系数S4_FS的矢量距离D2_FS小于预设距离阈值,则表示该手机100处于图1C中的(a)所示的左单侧握持状态。Without considering the SAR test scene (ie laboratory scene), if the vector distance D1_H between the first reflection coefficient S1 and the third reflection coefficient S3_H is less than the preset distance threshold, and the second reflection coefficient S2 and the fourth reflection coefficient S4_FS If the vector distance D2_FS is less than the preset distance threshold, it means that the mobile phone 100 is in the left-side holding state shown in (a) of FIG. 1C .
在不考虑SAR测试场景的情况下,手机100执行S303b之后,便可以识别出手机100是否处于左单侧握持状态。如此,手机100便可以实现对左单侧握持状态和FS状态的区分,甚至可以区分左单侧握持状态、双侧握持状态和右单侧握持状态。通过本申请实施例的方案,手机100可以将左单侧握持状态、双侧握持状态、右单侧握持状态和FS状态区分开来。Without considering the SAR test scenario, after the mobile phone 100 executes S303b, it can identify whether the mobile phone 100 is in a left-side holding state. In this way, the mobile phone 100 can distinguish the left unilateral holding state and the FS state, and can even distinguish the left unilateral holding state, the bilateral holding state, and the right unilateral holding state. Through the solutions of the embodiments of the present application, the mobile phone 100 can distinguish the left unilateral holding state, the bilateral holding state, the right unilateral holding state, and the FS state.
S303c、若第一反射系数S1与第三反射系数S3_FS的矢量距离D1_FS小于预设距离阈值,且第二反射系数S2与第四反射系数S4_H的矢量距离D2_H小于预设距离阈值,则上述对比结果指示手机100处于右单侧握持状态。S303c. If the vector distance D1_FS between the first reflection coefficient S1 and the third reflection coefficient S3_FS is smaller than the preset distance threshold, and the vector distance D2_H between the second reflection coefficient S2 and the fourth reflection coefficient S4_H is smaller than the preset distance threshold, the above comparison result Indicates that the mobile phone 100 is held on the right side.
可以理解,如果第一反射系数S1与第三反射系数S3_FS的矢量距离D1_FS小于预设距离阈值,则表示第一反射系数S1在史密斯圆图上接近于第三反射系数S3_FS。在这种情况下,手机100可能处于图1C中的(b)所示的右单侧握持状态,也可能处于图1A所述的FS状态,还可能处于图1E中的(c)所示的0mm right side状态。It can be understood that if the vector distance D1_FS between the first reflection coefficient S1 and the third reflection coefficient S3_FS is smaller than the preset distance threshold, it means that the first reflection coefficient S1 is close to the third reflection coefficient S3_FS on the Smith chart. In this case, the mobile phone 100 may be in the right unilateral holding state shown in (b) of FIG. 1C , may also be in the FS state shown in FIG. 1A , or may be in the state shown in (c) of FIG. 1E 0mm right side state.
如果第二反射系数S2与第四反射系数S4_H的矢量距离D2_H小于预设距离阈值,则表示第二反射系数S2在史密斯圆图上接近于第四反射系数S3_H。在这种情况下,手机100可能处于图1C中的(b)所示的右单侧握持状态,也可能处于图1E中的(c)所示的0mm right side状态,还可能处于图1B中的(a)、图1B中的(b)或图1B中的(c)所示的双侧握持状态。If the vector distance D2_H between the second reflection coefficient S2 and the fourth reflection coefficient S4_H is smaller than the preset distance threshold, it means that the second reflection coefficient S2 is close to the fourth reflection coefficient S3_H on the Smith chart. In this case, the mobile phone 100 may be in the right unilateral holding state shown in (b) of FIG. 1C , may also be in the 0 mm right side state shown in (c) of FIG. 1E , or may be in the state of FIG. 1B (a) in FIG. 1B, (b) in FIG. 1B, or (c) in FIG. 1B in a bilateral holding state.
但是,如果第一反射系数S1与第三反射系数S3_FS的矢量距离D1_FS小于预设距离阈值,且第二反射系数S2与第四反射系数S4_H的矢量距离D2_H小于预设距离阈值;手机100则可以排除上述双侧握持状态,确定手机100处于右单侧握持状态(即第二单侧握持状态)或者0mm right side状态(即第三SAR测试状态)。However, if the vector distance D1_FS between the first reflection coefficient S1 and the third reflection coefficient S3_FS is smaller than the preset distance threshold, and the vector distance D2_H between the second reflection coefficient S2 and the fourth reflection coefficient S4_H is smaller than the preset distance threshold; the mobile phone 100 can Excluding the above-mentioned bilateral holding state, it is determined that the mobile phone 100 is in the right unilateral holding state (ie the second unilateral holding state) or the 0mm right side state (ie the third SAR test state).
在不考虑SAR测试场景(即实验室场景)的情况下,如果第一反射系数S1与第三反射系数S3_FS的矢量距离D1_FS小于预设距离阈值,且第二反射系数S2与第四反射系数S4_H的矢量距离D2_H小于预设距离阈值,则表示该手机100处于图1C中的(b)所示的右单侧握持状态。Without considering the SAR test scene (ie laboratory scene), if the vector distance D1_FS between the first reflection coefficient S1 and the third reflection coefficient S3_FS is less than the preset distance threshold, and the second reflection coefficient S2 and the fourth reflection coefficient S4_H If the vector distance D2_H is less than the preset distance threshold, it means that the mobile phone 100 is in the right unilateral holding state shown in (b) of FIG. 1C .
在不考虑SAR测试场景的情况下,手机100执行S303c之后,便可以识别出手机100是否处于右单侧握持状态。如此,手机100便可以实现对右单侧握持状态和FS状态的区分,甚至可以区分右单侧握持状态、左单侧握持状态双侧握持状态。通过本申请实施例的方案,手机100可以将右单侧握持状态与FS状态、双侧握持状态和左单侧握持状态区分开来。Without considering the SAR test scenario, after the mobile phone 100 executes S303c, it can identify whether the mobile phone 100 is in the right unilateral holding state. In this way, the mobile phone 100 can realize the distinction between the right unilateral holding state and the FS state, and can even distinguish the right unilateral holding state and the left unilateral holding state and the bilateral holding state. Through the solutions of the embodiments of the present application, the mobile phone 100 can distinguish the right unilateral holding state from the FS state, the bilateral holding state, and the left unilateral holding state.
S303d、若第一反射系数S1与第三反射系数S3_FS的矢量距离D1_FS小于预设距离阈值,且第二反射系数S2与第四反射系数S4_FS的矢量距离D2_FS小于预设距离阈值,则上述对比结果指示手机100处于FS状态。S303d. If the vector distance D1_FS between the first reflection coefficient S1 and the third reflection coefficient S3_FS is smaller than the preset distance threshold, and the vector distance D2_FS between the second reflection coefficient S2 and the fourth reflection coefficient S4_FS is smaller than the preset distance threshold, the above comparison result Indicates that the mobile phone 100 is in the FS state.
可以理解,如果第一反射系数S1与第三反射系数S3_FS的矢量距离D1_FS小于预设距离阈值,则表示第一反射系数S1在史密斯圆图上接近于第三反射系数S3_FS。在 这种情况下,手机100可能处于图1C中的(b)所示的右单侧握持状态,也可能处于图1A所述的FS状态,还可能处于图1E中的(c)所示的0mm right side状态。It can be understood that if the vector distance D1_FS between the first reflection coefficient S1 and the third reflection coefficient S3_FS is smaller than the preset distance threshold, it means that the first reflection coefficient S1 is close to the third reflection coefficient S3_FS on the Smith chart. In this case, the mobile phone 100 may be in the right unilateral holding state shown in (b) of FIG. 1C , may also be in the FS state shown in FIG. 1A , or may be in the state shown in (c) of FIG. 1E 0mm right side state.
如果第二反射系数S2与第四反射系数S4_FS的矢量距离D2_FS小于预设距离阈值,则表示第二反射系数S2在史密斯圆图上接近于第四反射系数S3_FS。在这种情况下,手机100可能处于图1C中的(a)所示的左单侧握持状态,也可能处于图1A所述的FS状态,还可能处于0mm left side状态。If the vector distance D2_FS between the second reflection coefficient S2 and the fourth reflection coefficient S4_FS is smaller than the preset distance threshold, it means that the second reflection coefficient S2 is close to the fourth reflection coefficient S3_FS on the Smith chart. In this case, the mobile phone 100 may be in the left unilateral holding state shown in (a) of FIG. 1C , may also be in the FS state described in FIG. 1A , or may be in the 0mm left side state.
但是,如果第一反射系数S1与第三反射系数S3_FS的矢量距离D1_FS小于预设距离阈值,且第二反射系数S2与第四反射系数S4_FS的矢量距离D2_FS小于预设距离阈值;手机100则可以排除上述右单侧握持状态、左单侧握持状态、0mm left side状态和0mm right side状态,该手机100处于图1A所示的FS状态。However, if the vector distance D1_FS between the first reflection coefficient S1 and the third reflection coefficient S3_FS is smaller than the preset distance threshold, and the vector distance D2_FS between the second reflection coefficient S2 and the fourth reflection coefficient S4_FS is smaller than the preset distance threshold; the mobile phone 100 can Excluding the above-mentioned right unilateral holding state, left unilateral holding state, 0 mm left side state and 0 mm right side state, the mobile phone 100 is in the FS state shown in FIG. 1A .
手机100执行S303d之后,便可以识别出手机100是否处于FS状态。如此,手机100便可以实现对双侧握持状态、右单侧握持状态和左单侧握持状态与FS状态的区分。通过本申请实施例的方案,手机100可以将FS状态与双侧握持状态、右单侧握持状态和左单侧握持状态区分开来。After the mobile phone 100 executes S303d, it can identify whether the mobile phone 100 is in the FS state. In this way, the mobile phone 100 can realize the distinction between the two-sided holding state, the right one-sided holding state, the left one-sided holding state, and the FS state. Through the solutions of the embodiments of the present application, the mobile phone 100 can distinguish the FS state from the double-sided holding state, the right one-sided holding state, and the left one-sided holding state.
S303e、手机100根据对比结果控制手机100。其中,该对比结果与手机100的握持状态相对应,例如具体地,该对比结果用于指示手机100的握持状态。S303e, the mobile phone 100 controls the mobile phone 100 according to the comparison result. The comparison result corresponds to the holding state of the mobile phone 100 , for example, the comparison result is used to indicate the holding state of the mobile phone 100 .
其中,手机100根据该对比结果控制手机100的具体方法,可以参考本申请实施例的相关描述,以及常规技术中的相关描述,这里不予赘述。For the specific method for the mobile phone 100 to control the mobile phone 100 according to the comparison result, reference may be made to the relevant descriptions of the embodiments of the present application and the relevant descriptions in the conventional technology, which will not be repeated here.
其中,手机100处于图1C中的(b)所示的右单侧握持状态时,天线102处于第二状态,天线101处于第一状态。手机100处于图1E中的(c)所示的0mm right side状态时,天线102处于0mm Body SAR状态,天线101处于第一状态。The antenna 102 is in the second state and the antenna 101 is in the first state when the mobile phone 100 is in the right-side holding state shown in (b) of FIG. 1C . When the mobile phone 100 is in the 0mm right side state shown in (c) of FIG. 1E , the antenna 102 is in the 0mm Body SAR state, and the antenna 101 is in the first state.
手机100处于右单侧握持状态时用户握持手机100对天线102辐射的电磁影响效果,与手机100处于0mm right side状态时人体测试模型10对天线102辐射的电磁影响效果相似。因此,在同一工作频率下,手机100处于右单侧握持状态时天线102的反射系数和手机100处于0mm right side状态时天线102的反射系数相同或相近。When the mobile phone 100 is held on the right side, the electromagnetic influence effect of the user holding the mobile phone 100 on the radiation of the antenna 102 is similar to the electromagnetic influence effect of the human body test model 10 on the radiation of the antenna 102 when the mobile phone 100 is in the 0mm right side state. Therefore, under the same operating frequency, the reflection coefficient of the antenna 102 when the mobile phone 100 is held on the right side is the same or similar to that when the mobile phone 100 is in the 0 mm right side state.
由此可见,在考虑SAR测试场景的情况下,手机100执行S303c无法区分出手机100处于右单侧握持状态或者0mm right side状态。同理,手机100执行S303b无法区分出手机100处于左单侧握持状态或者0mm left side状态。It can be seen that, considering the SAR test scenario, the mobile phone 100 cannot distinguish whether the mobile phone 100 is in the right unilateral holding state or the 0mm right side state by executing S303c. Similarly, when the mobile phone 100 executes S303b, it cannot distinguish whether the mobile phone 100 is in the left-side holding state or the 0mm left-side state.
在一些实施例中,为了区分右单侧握持状态和0mm right side状态,以及区分左单侧握持状态和0mm left side状态,手机100的背面可以设置第三天线。该第三天线设置在手机100的背面,靠近手机100下部的位置。该第三天线用于支持手机100识别出右单侧握持状态和0mm right side状态,以及识别出左单侧握持状态和0mm left side状态。In some embodiments, in order to distinguish the right one-sided holding state from the 0mm right side state, and to distinguish the left one-sided holding state from the 0mm left side state, a third antenna may be provided on the back of the mobile phone 100 . The third antenna is disposed on the back of the mobile phone 100 near the lower part of the mobile phone 100 . The third antenna is used to support the mobile phone 100 to identify the right unilateral holding state and the 0mm right side state, and to identify the left unilateral holding state and the 0mm left side state.
例如,该第三天线可以是工作在1/2波长的贴片天线(Patch Antenna)。如图8所示,手机100的背面可以设置一个贴片天线801。该贴片天线801设置在手机100的背面,靠近手机100下部的位置。例如,如图8所示,该贴片天线801靠近手机100的下侧边框802(即第三侧边框)的一端与该下侧边框802的距离在1mm-20mm之间。For example, the third antenna may be a patch antenna (Patch Antenna) operating at 1/2 wavelength. As shown in FIG. 8 , a patch antenna 801 may be provided on the back of the mobile phone 100 . The patch antenna 801 is disposed on the back of the mobile phone 100 , close to the lower part of the mobile phone 100 . For example, as shown in FIG. 8 , the distance between one end of the patch antenna 801 close to the lower side frame 802 (ie, the third side frame) of the mobile phone 100 and the lower side frame 802 is between 1 mm and 20 mm.
其中,如图8所示,贴片天线801的物理尺寸是M×N。M在10毫米-30毫米之间取值,N在10毫米-30毫米之间取值。例如,M=10mm,N=10mm,贴片天线801的物理 尺寸是10mm×10mm。又例如,M=30mm,N=30mm,贴片天线801的物理尺寸是30mm×30mm。又例如,M=20mm,N=30mm,贴片天线801的物理尺寸是20mm×30mm。Here, as shown in FIG. 8 , the physical size of the patch antenna 801 is M×N. M is between 10 mm and 30 mm, and N is between 10 mm and 30 mm. For example, M=10mm, N=10mm, and the physical size of the patch antenna 801 is 10mm x 10mm. For another example, M=30mm, N=30mm, and the physical size of the patch antenna 801 is 30mm×30mm. For another example, M=20mm, N=30mm, and the physical size of the patch antenna 801 is 20mm×30mm.
当然,上述第三天线还可以是其他类型的天线,如环天线(Loop Antenna)、倒F天线(Inverted F Antenna,IFA,),单极子天线(Monopole Antenna)或者缝隙天线(Slot Antenna),双极子天线(Dipole Antenna)等任一种类型天线,本申请实施例对此不作限制。但是,贴片天线的面积较大,在手机100的背面设置贴片天线可以更大限度的覆盖用户单手握持手机100时用户手指与手机100的背面的接触面。这样,有利于提升手机100进行右单侧握持状态和0mm side状态识别的准确度。Of course, the above-mentioned third antenna can also be other types of antennas, such as a loop antenna (Loop Antenna), an inverted F antenna (Inverted F Antenna, IFA,), a monopole antenna (Monopole Antenna) or a slot antenna (Slot Antenna), Any type of antenna such as a dipole antenna (Dipole Antenna) is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. However, the area of the patch antenna is large, and arranging the patch antenna on the back of the mobile phone 100 can cover the contact surface between the user's finger and the back of the mobile phone 100 to a greater extent when the user holds the mobile phone 100 with one hand. In this way, it is beneficial to improve the accuracy of the mobile phone 100 for recognizing the right unilateral holding state and the 0 mm side state.
可以理解,手机100处于右单侧握持状态或者左单侧握持状态时,用户的手指会接触手机100的背面贴片天线801所在的位置。如此,相比于FS状态,在右单侧握持状态或者左单侧握持状态用户握持手机100,该贴片天线801的阻抗可能会发生变化,从而该贴片天线801的反射系数也会发生变化。但是,手机100处于图1E中的(c)所示的0mm right side状态时,人体测试模型10并不会接触手机100的背面贴片天线801所在的位置。因此,相比于FS状态,在图1E中的(c)所示的0mm right side状态,该贴片天线801的阻抗不会发生变化,从而该贴片天线801的反射系数也不会发生变化。基于此,以区分右单侧握持状态和0mm right side状态为例,如图9所示,图7所示的S303c可以包括S901-S905。It can be understood that when the mobile phone 100 is held in a right-side holding state or a left-side holding state, the user's finger will touch the position of the back patch antenna 801 of the mobile phone 100 . In this way, compared with the FS state, when the user holds the mobile phone 100 in the right unilateral holding state or the left unilateral holding state, the impedance of the patch antenna 801 may change, so that the reflection coefficient of the patch antenna 801 also changes. will change. However, when the mobile phone 100 is in the 0 mm right side state shown in (c) of FIG. 1E , the human body test model 10 does not touch the position where the back patch antenna 801 of the mobile phone 100 is located. Therefore, compared with the FS state, in the 0 mm right side state shown in (c) of FIG. 1E , the impedance of the patch antenna 801 does not change, so the reflection coefficient of the patch antenna 801 does not change. . Based on this, taking the distinction between the right unilateral holding state and the 0mm right side state as an example, as shown in FIG. 9 , S303c shown in FIG. 7 may include S901-S905.
S901、若第一反射系数S1与第三反射系数S3_FS的矢量距离D1_FS小于预设距离阈值,且第二反射系数S2与第四反射系数S4_H的矢量距离D2_H小于预设距离阈值,手机100检测贴片天线801在第三工作频率的第五反射系数S3。S901. If the vector distance D1_FS between the first reflection coefficient S1 and the third reflection coefficient S3_FS is smaller than the preset distance threshold, and the vector distance D2_H between the second reflection coefficient S2 and the fourth reflection coefficient S4_H is smaller than the preset distance threshold, the mobile phone 100 detects the sticker The fifth reflection coefficient S3 of the patch antenna 801 at the third operating frequency.
其中,手机100检测贴片天线801在第三工作频率的第五反射系数的具体方法,可以参考上述实施例中手机100检测第一反射系数S1和第二反射系数S2的具体方法,本申请实施例这里不予赘述。For the specific method for the mobile phone 100 to detect the fifth reflection coefficient of the patch antenna 801 at the third operating frequency, reference may be made to the specific method for the mobile phone 100 to detect the first reflection coefficient S1 and the second reflection coefficient S2 in the above-mentioned embodiment, which is implemented in this application. Examples are not repeated here.
S902、手机100计算第五反射系数S3与贴片天线801的第六反射系数S3_FS的矢量距离。S902 , the mobile phone 100 calculates the vector distance between the fifth reflection coefficient S3 and the sixth reflection coefficient S3_FS of the patch antenna 801 .
其中,手机100中可以预先保存手机100处于FS状态下,贴片天线801在不同工作频率的反射系数。上述第六反射系数S3_FS是手机100处于FS状态下,贴片天线801在第三工作频率下的反射系数。手机100计算第五反射系数与第六反射系数的矢量距离的具体方法,可以参考上述实施例中手机100计算第一反射系数S1与第三反射系数的矢量距离的方法,本申请实施例这里不予赘述。The reflection coefficients of the patch antenna 801 at different operating frequencies may be pre-stored in the mobile phone 100 when the mobile phone 100 is in the FS state. The above-mentioned sixth reflection coefficient S3_FS is the reflection coefficient of the patch antenna 801 at the third working frequency when the mobile phone 100 is in the FS state. For the specific method for calculating the vector distance between the fifth reflection coefficient and the sixth reflection coefficient by the mobile phone 100, reference may be made to the method for calculating the vector distance between the first reflection coefficient S1 and the third reflection coefficient by the mobile phone 100 in the above-mentioned embodiment. To repeat.
S903、手机100判断第五反射系数S3与第六反射系数S3_FS的矢量距离是否小于预设距离门限。S903. The mobile phone 100 determines whether the vector distance between the fifth reflection coefficient S3 and the sixth reflection coefficient S3_FS is smaller than a preset distance threshold.
具体的,如果第五反射系数与第六反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离门限,则表示第五反射系数S3与在史密斯圆图上接近于第六反射系数S3_FS。在这种情况下,贴片天线801的阻抗未受到用户握持的影响;因此,如S904所述,手机100处于图1E中的(c)所示的0mm right side状态。Specifically, if the vector distance between the fifth reflection coefficient and the sixth reflection coefficient is smaller than the preset distance threshold, it means that the fifth reflection coefficient S3 is close to the sixth reflection coefficient S3_FS on the Smith chart. In this case, the impedance of the patch antenna 801 is not affected by the user's holding; therefore, as described in S904, the mobile phone 100 is in the 0 mm right side state shown in (c) in FIG. 1E.
如果第五反射系数与第六反射系数的矢量距离大于或等于预设距离门限,则表示第五反射系数S3与在史密斯圆图上距离第六反射系数S3_FS较远。在这种情况下,贴片天线801的阻抗受到用户握持的影响而发生变化;因此,如S905所述,手机100 处于图1C中的(b)所示的右单侧握持状态。If the vector distance between the fifth reflection coefficient and the sixth reflection coefficient is greater than or equal to the preset distance threshold, it means that the fifth reflection coefficient S3 is farther from the sixth reflection coefficient S3_FS on the Smith chart. In this case, the impedance of the patch antenna 801 changes under the influence of the user's holding; therefore, as described in S905 , the mobile phone 100 is in the right-side holding state shown in (b) of FIG. 1C .
S904、上述对比结果指示手机100处于0mm right side状态。S904. The above comparison result indicates that the mobile phone 100 is in a 0 mm right side state.
S905、上述对比结果指示手机100处于右单侧握持状态。S905 , the above comparison result indicates that the mobile phone 100 is in a right-side holding state.
本实施例中,手机100可以通过检测贴片天线801的反射系数(即第五反射系数S3),并判断第五发射系数S3与第六反射系数S3_FS的矢量距离是否大于预设距离门限,区分出手机100处于0mm side状态或者右单侧握持状态。In this embodiment, the mobile phone 100 can distinguish whether the vector distance between the fifth transmission coefficient S3 and the sixth reflection coefficient S3_FS is greater than the preset distance threshold by detecting the reflection coefficient of the patch antenna 801 (that is, the fifth reflection coefficient S3) The mobile phone 100 is in the 0mm side state or the right unilateral holding state.
仍以区分右单侧握持状态和0mm right side状态为例,可以理解的是,如果手机100处于图1C中的(b)所示的右单侧握持状态,那么用户以右单侧握持状态握持手机100的过程中,手机100与用户会存在一定程度的相对运动。如用户手指的活动,会带来手机100与用户的相对运动。但是,如果手机100处于图1E中的(c)所示的0mm right side状态,那么手机100与人体检测模型10之间则是相对静止的。可以理解的是,如果手机100与用户的手指发生相对运动,那么天线102的第二反射系数S2则会发生波动。Still taking the distinction between the right unilateral holding state and the 0mm right side state as an example, it can be understood that if the mobile phone 100 is in the right unilateral holding state shown in (b) in FIG. During the process of holding the mobile phone 100 in the holding state, the mobile phone 100 and the user will have a certain degree of relative movement. For example, the movement of the user's finger will bring about the relative movement between the mobile phone 100 and the user. However, if the mobile phone 100 is in the 0 mm right side state shown in (c) of FIG. 1E , the relationship between the mobile phone 100 and the human body detection model 10 is relatively stationary. It can be understood that, if the mobile phone 100 and the user's finger move relative to each other, the second reflection coefficient S2 of the antenna 102 will fluctuate.
在另一些实施例中,手机100可以通过检测天线102的第二反射系数S2是否发生波动,来区分0mm right side状态和右单侧握持状态。具体的,如图10所示,图7所示的S303c可以包括S1001-S1003。In other embodiments, the mobile phone 100 can distinguish the 0mm right side state and the right one-side holding state by detecting whether the second reflection coefficient S2 of the antenna 102 fluctuates. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 10 , S303c shown in FIG. 7 may include S1001-S1003.
S1001、若第一反射系数S1与第三反射系数S3_FS的矢量距离D1_FS小于预设距离阈值,且第二反射系数S2与第四反射系数S4_H的矢量距离D2_H小于预设距离阈值,手机100判断第二反射系数S2在预设时长内的变化是否大于预设变化阈值。S1001. If the vector distance D1_FS between the first reflection coefficient S1 and the third reflection coefficient S3_FS is smaller than a preset distance threshold, and the vector distance D2_H between the second reflection coefficient S2 and the fourth reflection coefficient S4_H is smaller than the preset distance threshold, the mobile phone 100 determines the Whether the change of the reflection coefficient S2 within the preset time period is greater than the preset change threshold.
其中,手机100执行S301可以周期性的检测天线101的第一反射系数S1和天线102的第二反射系数S2。例如,上述预设时长可以为5秒(s)、10s或者8s等任一时长。预设时长可以预先配置在手机100中;或者,可以由用户在手机100中设置。The mobile phone 100 performs S301 to periodically detect the first reflection coefficient S1 of the antenna 101 and the second reflection coefficient S2 of the antenna 102 . For example, the above-mentioned preset duration may be any duration such as 5 seconds (s), 10s, or 8s. The preset duration may be pre-configured in the mobile phone 100 ; or, may be set in the mobile phone 100 by the user.
需要说明的是,第二反射系数S2在预设时长内的变化可以包括:第二反射系数S2在预设时长内的幅度变化和相位变化。上述预设变化阈值可以包括预设幅度阈值和预设相位阈值。It should be noted that the changes of the second reflection coefficient S2 within the preset time period may include: amplitude changes and phase changes of the second reflection coefficient S2 within the preset time period. The above-mentioned preset change threshold may include a preset amplitude threshold and a preset phase threshold.
具体的,第二反射系数S2在预设时长内的变化大于预设变化阈值可以包括:第二反射系数S2在预设时长内的幅度变化大于预设幅度阈值;和/或,第二反射系数S2在预设时长内的相位变化大于预设相位阈值。Specifically, the change of the second reflection coefficient S2 within the preset time period is greater than the preset change threshold may include: the amplitude change of the second reflection coefficient S2 within the preset period of time is greater than the preset amplitude threshold; and/or, the second reflection coefficient The phase change of S2 within the preset time period is greater than the preset phase threshold.
可以理解,如果第二反射系数S2在预设时长内的变化大于预设变化阈值,则表示在预设时长内手机100与用户存在相对运动,如执行S1002所述,手机100处于右单侧握持状态。如果第二反射系数S2在预设时长内的变化小于或等于预设变化阈值,则表示在预设时长内手机100与用户不存在相对运动,如S1003所述,手机100处于0mm right side状态。It can be understood that if the change of the second reflection coefficient S2 within the preset time period is greater than the preset change threshold, it means that there is relative movement between the mobile phone 100 and the user within the preset time period. hold status. If the change of the second reflection coefficient S2 within the preset time period is less than or equal to the preset change threshold, it means that there is no relative movement between the mobile phone 100 and the user within the preset time period. As described in S1003, the mobile phone 100 is in a 0 mm right side state.
S1002、上述对比结果指示手机100处于右单侧握持状态。S1002. The above comparison result indicates that the mobile phone 100 is in a right-side holding state.
S1003、上述对比结果指示手机100处于0mm right side状态。S1003, the above comparison result indicates that the mobile phone 100 is in a state of 0 mm right side.
本实施例中,手机100可以通过判断天线102的反射系数在预设时长内的变化是否大于预设变化阈值,来区分手机100处于图1E中的(c)所示的0mm right side状态或者图1C中的(b)所示的右单侧握持状态。其中,采用本实施例的方式,不需要在手机100中额外增加第三天线(如贴片天线801),可以节省手机100实现0mm right  side状态和右单侧握持状态的识别的成本。In this embodiment, the mobile phone 100 can distinguish whether the mobile phone 100 is in the 0mm right side state shown in (c) of FIG. 1E or the picture The right unilateral holding state shown in (b) in 1C. Wherein, by adopting the method of this embodiment, there is no need to add a third antenna (such as the patch antenna 801) in the mobile phone 100, which can save the cost of the mobile phone 100 to realize the recognition of the 0mm right side state and the right side holding state.
需要说明的是,SAR测试状态(如图1E中的(a)-(f)中所示的任一种SAR测试状态)均为实验室的测试状态。用户使用手机100的过程中,可以不区分0mm right side状态和右单侧握持状态,并且不区分0mm left side状态和左单侧握持状态。It should be noted that the SAR test status (any SAR test status shown in (a)-(f) in FIG. 1E ) is the laboratory test status. In the process of using the mobile phone 100, the user may not distinguish between the 0mm right side state and the right unilateral holding state, and the 0mm left side state and the left unilateral holding state.
在S303a之后,手机100处于双侧握持状态。其中,手机100处于上述双侧握持状态可以分为以下两种情况。情况(1):手机100在头手模场景(即手机100被用户手持进行语音通话的场景)下处于双侧握持状态。情况(2):手机100在手模场景(手机100被用户手持,在除语音通话之外的其他场景)下处于双侧握持状态。After S303a, the mobile phone 100 is held on both sides. Wherein, when the mobile phone 100 is in the above-mentioned two-sided holding state, it can be divided into the following two situations. Situation (1): The mobile phone 100 is in a bilateral holding state in a head-hand mode scenario (ie, a scene in which the mobile phone 100 is held by the user for a voice call). Situation (2): The mobile phone 100 is in a bilateral holding state in a hand model scenario (the mobile phone 100 is held by the user in other scenarios except for a voice call).
本申请实施例中,在S303a之后,手机100可以通过手机100的听筒或受话器(例如图2中的受话器270B,也称为Receiver)处于开启(On)状态或者关闭(Off)状态,来判断手机100处于头手模场景或者手模场景。具体的,如图11所示,图7所示的S303a之后,本申请实施例的方法还包括S1101-S1103。In this embodiment of the present application, after S303a, the mobile phone 100 can determine that the mobile phone 100 is in the ON state or the OFF state by whether the handset or receiver of the mobile phone 100 (for example, the receiver 270B in FIG. 2, also referred to as the receiver) is in the ON state or the OFF state. 100 is in the head hand model scene or the hand model scene. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 11 , after S303a shown in FIG. 7 , the method of this embodiment of the present application further includes S1101-S1103.
S1101、手机100判断手机100的受话器Receiver是否处于开启状态。S1101. The mobile phone 100 determines whether the receiver Receiver of the mobile phone 100 is in an open state.
可以理解,如果手机100的受话器Receiver处于开启状态,则表示手机100的受话器Receiver正在接收来自其他电子设备的语音数据,手机100正在进行语音通信。在这种情况下,如S802所述,手机100处于头手模场景。It can be understood that if the receiver receiver of the mobile phone 100 is in an on state, it means that the receiver receiver of the mobile phone 100 is receiving voice data from other electronic devices, and the mobile phone 100 is conducting voice communication. In this case, as described in S802, the mobile phone 100 is in the head-hand mode scene.
如果手机100的受话器Receiver处于关闭状态,则表示手机100的受话器Receiver没有工作,手机100未进行语音通信。在这种情况下,如S803所述,手机100处于手模场景。If the receiver Receiver of the mobile phone 100 is in a closed state, it means that the receiver receiver of the mobile phone 100 is not working, and the mobile phone 100 is not performing voice communication. In this case, as described in S803, the mobile phone 100 is in the hand model scene.
S1102、手机100处于头手模场景。S1102, the mobile phone 100 is in a head-hand mode scene.
其中,手机100处于头手模场景时,手机100距离用户的头部较近。在这种情况下,如果天线101和天线102的发射功率过大,则可能会出现天线101和天线102对人体产生的辐射超标的问题。基于此,手机100可以调整天线101和天线102的发射功率,以降低辐射。Wherein, when the mobile phone 100 is in the head-hand mode scene, the mobile phone 100 is relatively close to the user's head. In this case, if the transmit power of the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 is too large, the problem that the radiation generated by the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 to the human body may exceed the standard. Based on this, the mobile phone 100 can adjust the transmit power of the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 to reduce radiation.
S1103、手机100处于手模场景。S1103, the mobile phone 100 is in a hand model scene.
其中,手机100处于手模场景时,手机100可以根据手机100的握持状态,切换使用手机100的天线,以提升手机100的通信效果。例如,当手机100处于双侧握持状态时,为了避免由于用户握持手机100影响天线101和天线102的发射功率,进而影响手机100的通信效果,手机100可以切换使用天线101和天线102之外的其他天线。这样,可以降低用户握持手机100对手机100的通信效果的影响。Wherein, when the mobile phone 100 is in the hand mode scene, the mobile phone 100 can switch to use the antenna of the mobile phone 100 according to the holding state of the mobile phone 100 to improve the communication effect of the mobile phone 100 . For example, when the mobile phone 100 is held on both sides, in order to prevent the user from holding the mobile phone 100 from affecting the transmit power of the antenna 101 and the antenna 102, thereby affecting the communication effect of the mobile phone 100, the mobile phone 100 can switch between the antenna 101 and the antenna 102. other antennas. In this way, the influence of the user holding the mobile phone 100 on the communication effect of the mobile phone 100 can be reduced.
在另一些实施例中,在图7所示的S303a之后,手机100还可以根据接近光传感器采集的数据判断手机100是否接近用户头部;如果手机100接近用户头部,则手机100处于头手模场景;如果手机100未接近用户头部,则手机100处于手模场景。In other embodiments, after S303a shown in FIG. 7 , the mobile phone 100 can also determine whether the mobile phone 100 is close to the user's head according to the data collected by the proximity light sensor; if the mobile phone 100 is close to the user's head, the mobile phone 100 is in the head-hand position Mode scene; if the mobile phone 100 is not close to the user's head, the mobile phone 100 is in the hand mode scene.
需要说明的是,手机100处于双侧握持状态的情况下,手机100区分上述头手模场景或手模场景的具体方法,包括但不限于上述多个实施例中所述的方法。手机100区分头手模场景或手模场景的其他方法,可以参考常规技术中的相关描述,本申请实施例这里不予赘述。It should be noted that, when the mobile phone 100 is held on both sides, the specific method for the mobile phone 100 to distinguish the above-mentioned head-hand model scene or hand model scene includes but is not limited to the methods described in the foregoing embodiments. For other methods by which the mobile phone 100 distinguishes the head-hand-model scene or the hand-model scene, reference may be made to the relevant description in the conventional technology, which will not be repeated in this embodiment of the present application.
在一些实施例中,S303d中,若第一反射系数S1与第三反射系数S3_FS的矢量距离D1_FS小于预设距离阈值,且第二反射系数S2与第四反射系数S4_FS的矢量距离 D2_FS小于预设距离阈值,手机100可能处于FS状态,还可能处于头模状态(也称为头模场景或单头场景)或第二SAR测试状态等任一种状态。该第二SAR测试状态是包括手机100与人体测试模型10相距5mm的状态。例如,该第二SAR测试状态可以包括5mm back状态或者5mm right side状态等。例如,该头模状态可以是手机100未被用户手持,且进行语音通话的场景。In some embodiments, in S303d, if the vector distance D1_FS between the first reflection coefficient S1 and the third reflection coefficient S3_FS is smaller than a preset distance threshold, and the vector distance D2_FS between the second reflection coefficient S2 and the fourth reflection coefficient S4_FS is smaller than the preset distance For the distance threshold, the mobile phone 100 may be in the FS state, or may be in any state such as a head model state (also called a head model scene or a single-head scene) or a second SAR test state. The second SAR test state includes a state in which the mobile phone 100 and the human body test model 10 are separated by 5 mm. For example, the second SAR test state may include a 5mm back state or a 5mm right side state, or the like. For example, the head model state may be a scenario in which the mobile phone 100 is not held by the user and a voice call is being made.
在不考虑SAR测试场景的情况下,手机100可以不区分FS状态与上述5mm back状态和5mm right side状态。但是,手机100需要区分FS状态和头模状态。其中,手机100可以通过判断手机100的受话器Receiver是否处于开启状态,来区分上述FS状态和头模状态。Without considering the SAR test scenario, the mobile phone 100 may not distinguish the FS state from the above-mentioned 5mm back state and 5mm right side state. However, the mobile phone 100 needs to distinguish between the FS state and the head model state. The mobile phone 100 can distinguish the above-mentioned FS state and the head model state by judging whether the receiver Receiver of the mobile phone 100 is in an open state.
具体的,如果手机100的受话器Receiver处于关闭状态,则手机100处于FS状态。如果手机100的受话器Receiver处于开启状态,则手机100处于头模状态。如此,手机100便可以区分出头模状态和FS状态。Specifically, if the receiver Receiver of the mobile phone 100 is in the off state, the mobile phone 100 is in the FS state. If the receiver Receiver of the mobile phone 100 is in an on state, the mobile phone 100 is in a head model state. In this way, the mobile phone 100 can distinguish the head mode state and the FS state.
在考虑SAR测试场景的情况下,为了区分FS状态与5mm back状态或者5mm right side状态,手机100中可以设置有距离传感器(如SAR传感器)。手机100可以通过SAR传感器采集数据,区分上述FS状态、5mm back状态或者5mm right side状态。Considering the SAR test scenario, in order to distinguish the FS state from the 5mm back state or the 5mm right side state, a distance sensor (such as a SAR sensor) may be provided in the mobile phone 100 . The mobile phone 100 can collect data through the SAR sensor to distinguish the above-mentioned FS state, 5mm back state or 5mm right side state.
其中,该SAR传感器可以用于采集手机100与用户或者人体测试模型之间的距离。或者,该SAR传感器可以用于采集手机100辐射的电磁波的SAR值。该SAR值用于表征手机100辐射的电磁波对人体或者其他物体所产生的影响程度。可以理解,在FS状态、5mm back状态或者5mm right side状态下,手机100周围的物体不同,或者手机100周围的物体与手机100之间的距离不同。因此,对于处于上述不同状态下的物体而言,手机100辐射的电磁波所产生的SAR则不同。由此可见,SAR传感器所采集的SAR值可用于评估手机100周围的物体与手机100之间的距离;因此,SAR传感器采集SAR值可以被认为是“SAR传感器采集距离”。Wherein, the SAR sensor can be used to collect the distance between the mobile phone 100 and the user or the human test model. Alternatively, the SAR sensor can be used to collect SAR values of electromagnetic waves radiated by the mobile phone 100 . The SAR value is used to characterize the degree of influence of the electromagnetic waves radiated by the mobile phone 100 on the human body or other objects. It can be understood that in the FS state, the 5mm back state or the 5mm right side state, the objects around the mobile phone 100 are different, or the distances between the objects around the mobile phone 100 and the mobile phone 100 are different. Therefore, for objects in the above different states, the SAR generated by the electromagnetic waves radiated by the mobile phone 100 is different. It can be seen that the SAR value collected by the SAR sensor can be used to evaluate the distance between the objects around the mobile phone 100 and the mobile phone 100; therefore, the SAR value collected by the SAR sensor can be regarded as the "SAR sensor collection distance".
基于此,手机100可以通过SAR传感器采集的参数(如距离或SAR值),区分上述FS状态、5mm back状态或者5mm right side状态。例如,SAR传感器采集的参数小于预设值,则表示手机100处于5mm back状态或者5mm right side状态;SAR传感器采集的参数大于或等于预设值,则表示手机100处于FS状态。Based on this, the mobile phone 100 can distinguish the above-mentioned FS state, 5mm back state or 5mm right side state according to the parameters (such as distance or SAR value) collected by the SAR sensor. For example, if the parameter collected by the SAR sensor is less than the preset value, it means that the mobile phone 100 is in the 5mm back state or the 5mm right side state; if the parameter collected by the SAR sensor is greater than or equal to the preset value, it means that the mobile phone 100 is in the FS state.
可以理解的是,设置在手机100的不同位置的SAR传感器,可以用于测量手机100对应位置与用户或者人体测试模型之间的距离。例如,设置在手机100背面的SAR传感器可以用于测量手机100的背面与用户或者人体测试模型之间的距离。又例如,设置在手机100右侧面的SAR传感器可以用于测量手机100的右侧面与用户或者人体测试模型之间的距离。It can be understood that the SAR sensors disposed at different positions of the mobile phone 100 can be used to measure the distance between the corresponding position of the mobile phone 100 and the user or the human body test model. For example, a SAR sensor disposed on the back of the mobile phone 100 can be used to measure the distance between the back of the mobile phone 100 and a user or a human test model. For another example, the SAR sensor disposed on the right side of the mobile phone 100 can be used to measure the distance between the right side of the mobile phone 100 and the user or a human test model.
其中,手机100通过SAR传感器采集的参数无法区分出头模状态和FS状态。基于此,手机100还可以判断手机100的受话器Receiver是否处于开启状态。如果手机100的受话器Receiver处于关闭状态,则该手机100处于FS状态。如果手机100的受话器Receiver处于开启状态,则该手机100处于头模状态。如此,手机100便可以区分出头模状态、FS状态和各种Body SAR状态。Among them, the parameters collected by the mobile phone 100 through the SAR sensor cannot distinguish the head mode state and the FS state. Based on this, the mobile phone 100 can also determine whether the receiver Receiver of the mobile phone 100 is in an open state. If the receiver Receiver of the mobile phone 100 is in the off state, the mobile phone 100 is in the FS state. If the receiver Receiver of the mobile phone 100 is in an on state, the mobile phone 100 is in a head model state. In this way, the mobile phone 100 can distinguish the head mode state, the FS state and various Body SAR states.
需要说明的是,在考虑SAR测试场景的情况下,S303d中区分上述FS状态、头模状态、5mm back状态或者5mm right side状态等状态的具体方法在图12中示出,本 申请实施例这里不予赘述。It should be noted that, in the case of considering the SAR test scenario, the specific method for distinguishing the above-mentioned FS state, head mold state, 5mm back state or 5mm right side state in S303d is shown in FIG. 12 . I won't go into details.
为了便于理解,本申请实施例这里结合图12介绍上述实施例中所述的移动终端的控制方法的流程。其中,手机100的SAR测试状态不仅可以包括0mm Body状态(如0mm back状态、0mm right side状态和0mm left side状态)、5mm Body状态(如5mm back状态、5mm right side状态和5mm left side状态),还可以包括10mm Body状态(如10mm back状态、10mm right side状态和10mm left side状态)等。For ease of understanding, this embodiment of the present application introduces the flow of the method for controlling the mobile terminal described in the foregoing embodiment with reference to FIG. 12 . Among them, the SAR test state of the mobile phone 100 can not only include 0mm body state (such as 0mm back state, 0mm right side state and 0mm left side state), 5mm body state (such as 5mm back state, 5mm right side state and 5mm left side state) , can also include 10mm Body state (such as 10mm back state, 10mm right side state and 10mm left side state) and so on.
本申请实施例这里将上述0mm back状态、0mm right side状态和0mm left side状态等统称为0mm Body状态,将5mm back状态、5mm right side状态和5mm left side状态等统称为5mm Body状态,将10mm back状态、10mm right side状态和10mm left side状态统称为10mm Body状态。以手机100的SAR测试状态包括0mm Body状态、5mm Body状态和10mm Body状态为例,介绍本申请实施例的方法。In the embodiments of the present application, the above-mentioned 0mm back state, 0mm right side state, and 0mm left side state are collectively referred to as the 0mm body state, and the 5mm back state, 5mm right side state, and 5mm left side state are collectively referred to as the 5mm body state, and the 10mm body state is collectively referred to as the 5mm body state. The back state, the 10mm right side state and the 10mm left side state are collectively referred to as the 10mm Body state. Taking the SAR test state of the mobile phone 100 including the 0mm Body state, the 5mm Body state and the 10mm Body state as an example, the method of the embodiment of the present application is introduced.
手机100可以先执行图12所示的1200,检测第一反射系数S1,并检测第二反射系数S2。其中,第一反射系数S1、第二反射系数S2以及1200的详细描述,可以参考上述实施例对S301的介绍,这里不予赘述。The mobile phone 100 may first execute 1200 shown in FIG. 12 to detect the first reflection coefficient S1 and detect the second reflection coefficient S2. For the detailed description of the first reflection coefficient S1, the second reflection coefficient S2, and 1200, reference may be made to the description of S301 in the foregoing embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
然后,手机100可以执行1201进行逻辑判断,以判断出第一反射系数S1和第二反射系数S2满足哪一种预设的场景。具体的,手机100执行1201,可以计算第一反射系数S1分别与天线101的多个第三反射系数的矢量距离,并计算第二反射系数分别与天线102的多个第四反射系数的矢量距离,并将计算得到的每个距离分别与预设距离门限对比,以判断出第一反射系数S1和第二反射系数S2满足哪一种预设的场景。Then, the mobile phone 100 may execute 1201 to perform logical judgment to determine which preset scenario the first reflection coefficient S1 and the second reflection coefficient S2 satisfy. Specifically, the mobile phone 100 executes 1201 to calculate the vector distances between the first reflection coefficient S1 and the plurality of third reflection coefficients of the antenna 101 respectively, and calculate the vector distances between the second reflection coefficients and the plurality of fourth reflection coefficients of the antenna 102 respectively , and each calculated distance is compared with a preset distance threshold to determine which preset scenario the first reflection coefficient S1 and the second reflection coefficient S2 satisfy.
在图12所示的1201之后,如果第一反射系数S1与第三反射系数S3_H的矢量距离D1_H小于预设距离阈值,且第二反射系数S2与第四反射系数S4_H的矢量距离D2_H小于预设距离阈值,则表示S1和S2都满足预设的手握场景。在这种情况下,手机100处于图12中1210所示的双侧握持状态(即手模场景或头手模场景)。其中,手机100执行图12所示的1201-1210的具体方法可以参考上述实施例对S304a的详细描述,这里不予赘述。After 1201 shown in FIG. 12 , if the vector distance D1_H between the first reflection coefficient S1 and the third reflection coefficient S3_H is smaller than the preset distance threshold, and the vector distance D2_H between the second reflection coefficient S2 and the fourth reflection coefficient S4_H is smaller than the preset distance If the distance threshold is set, it means that both S1 and S2 meet the preset hand-holding scene. In this case, the mobile phone 100 is in the double-sided holding state shown by 1210 in FIG. 12 (ie, the hand model scene or the head-hand model scene). The specific method for the mobile phone 100 to perform 1201-1210 shown in FIG. 12 may refer to the detailed description of S304a in the foregoing embodiment, and will not be repeated here.
其中,手机100处于双侧握持状态可以包括两种情况。情况(1):手机100在手模场景下处于双侧握持状态.情况(2):手机100在头手模场景下处于双侧握持状态。在图12所示的1210之后,手机100可以判断手机100的Receiver是否处于开启状态。如果Receiver开启(即Receiver处于开启状态),则手机100处于图12所示的头手模场景1211。如果Receiver关闭(即Receiver处于关闭状态),则手机100处于图12所示的手模场景1212。Wherein, the mobile phone 100 being in the state of being held on both sides may include two situations. Situation (1): The mobile phone 100 is in a bilaterally held state in the hand model scenario. Situation (2): The mobile phone 100 is in a bilaterally held state in the head-hand model scenario. After 1210 shown in FIG. 12 , the mobile phone 100 can determine whether the Receiver of the mobile phone 100 is in an open state. If the Receiver is enabled (that is, the Receiver is in an enabled state), the mobile phone 100 is in the head-hand mode scene 1211 shown in FIG. 12 . If the Receiver is closed (that is, the Receiver is in a closed state), the mobile phone 100 is in the hand model scene 1212 shown in FIG. 12 .
在图12所示的1201之后,如果第一反射系数S1与第三反射系数S3_H的矢量距离D1_H小于预设距离阈值,且第二反射系数S2与第四反射系数S4_FS的矢量距离D2_FS小于预设距离阈值;或者,第一反射系数S1与第三反射系数S3_FS的矢量距离D1_FS小于预设距离阈值,且第二反射系数S2与第四反射系数S4_H的矢量距离D2_H小于预设距离阈值,则表示S1和S2中的一个满足预设的手握场景,另一个满足预设的FS状态。在这种情况下,手机100处于图12中1220所示的左单侧握持状态、右单侧握持状态或者0mm Body状态(如0mm right side状态或者0mm left side状态)。其中,手机100执行图12所示的1201-1220的具体方法可以参考上述实施例对S304b 和S304c的详细描述,这里不予赘述。After 1201 shown in FIG. 12 , if the vector distance D1_H between the first reflection coefficient S1 and the third reflection coefficient S3_H is smaller than the preset distance threshold, and the vector distance D2_FS between the second reflection coefficient S2 and the fourth reflection coefficient S4_FS is smaller than the preset distance distance threshold; or, if the vector distance D1_FS between the first reflection coefficient S1 and the third reflection coefficient S3_FS is smaller than the preset distance threshold, and the vector distance D2_H between the second reflection coefficient S2 and the fourth reflection coefficient S4_H is smaller than the preset distance threshold, it means that One of S1 and S2 satisfies the preset hand-holding scene, and the other satisfies the preset FS state. In this case, the mobile phone 100 is in the left unilateral holding state, the right unilateral holding state, or the 0mm Body state (eg, the 0mm right side state or the 0mm left side state) as shown by 1220 in FIG. 12 . The specific method for the mobile phone 100 to execute 1201-1220 shown in FIG. 12 may refer to the detailed descriptions of S304b and S304c in the foregoing embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
其中,图12所示的1220之后,手机100可以通过检测第三天线(如贴片天线801)的第五反射系数S3,并判断第五反射系数S3与第六反射系数S3_FS的矢量距离是否大于预设距离门限的方式,区分0mm Body状态与左单侧握持状态和右单侧握持状态。其中,手机100通过第三天线的反射系数区分0mm Body状态与左单侧握持状态和右单侧握持状态的方法,可以参考上述实施例中S901-S905的详细描述,这里不予赘述。Among them, after 1220 shown in FIG. 12 , the mobile phone 100 can detect the fifth reflection coefficient S3 of the third antenna (such as the patch antenna 801 ), and determine whether the vector distance between the fifth reflection coefficient S3 and the sixth reflection coefficient S3_FS is greater than The method of preset distance threshold distinguishes the 0mm Body state from the left unilateral holding state and the right unilateral holding state. The method for distinguishing the 0mm Body state from the left unilateral holding state and the right unilateral holding state by the reflection coefficient of the third antenna of the mobile phone 100 may refer to the detailed descriptions of S901-S905 in the above embodiment, and will not be repeated here.
或者,图12所示的1220之后,手机100可以通过判断S1和/或S2在预设时长内的变化是否大于预设变化阈值,来区分0mm Body状态与左单侧握持状态和右单侧握持状态。其中,手机100通过S1和/或S2在预设时长内的变化区分0mm Body状态与左单侧握持状态和右单侧握持状态的方法,可以参考上述实施例中S1001-S1003的详细描述,这里不予赘述。Alternatively, after 1220 shown in FIG. 12 , the mobile phone 100 can distinguish the 0mm Body state from the left unilateral holding state and the right unilateral state by judging whether the change of S1 and/or S2 within the preset time period is greater than the preset change threshold. holding state. Wherein, for the method for the mobile phone 100 to distinguish the 0mm Body state from the left unilateral holding state and the right unilateral holding state through the changes of S1 and/or S2 within a preset duration, please refer to the detailed descriptions of S1001-S1003 in the above embodiment , will not be repeated here.
示例性的,以手机100通过判断S1和/或S2在预设时长内的变化是否大于预设变化阈值,来区分0mm Body状态与左单侧握持状态和右单侧握持状态为例。如果S1和/或S2在预设时长内的变化大于预设变化阈值,则手机100处于图12中1221所示的左单侧握持状态或右单侧握持状态。如果S1和S2在预设时长内的变化小于或等于预设变化阈值,则手机100处于图12中1222所示的0mm Body状态。Exemplarily, take the mobile phone 100 distinguishing the 0mm Body state from the left unilateral holding state and the right unilateral holding state by judging whether the change of S1 and/or S2 within the preset time period is greater than the preset change threshold. If the change of S1 and/or S2 within the preset time period is greater than the preset change threshold, the mobile phone 100 is in the left unilateral holding state or the right unilateral holding state shown by 1221 in FIG. 12 . If the changes of S1 and S2 within the preset time period are less than or equal to the preset change threshold, the mobile phone 100 is in the 0mm Body state shown by 1222 in FIG. 12 .
在图12所示的1201之后,如果第一反射系数S1与第三反射系数S3_FS的矢量距离D1_FS小于预设距离阈值,且第二反射系数S2与第四反射系数S4_FS的矢量距离D2_FS小于预设距离阈值,则表示S1和S2满足预设的FS状态。在这种情况下,手机100处于图12中1230所示的FS状态、5mm Body状态(如5mm back状态或者5mm right side状态)、10mm Body状态或者头模状态。其中,手机100执行图12所示的1201-1230的具体方法可以参考上述实施例对S304d的详细描述,这里不予赘述。After 1201 shown in FIG. 12 , if the vector distance D1_FS between the first reflection coefficient S1 and the third reflection coefficient S3_FS is smaller than the preset distance threshold, and the vector distance D2_FS between the second reflection coefficient S2 and the fourth reflection coefficient S4_FS is smaller than the preset distance distance threshold, it means that S1 and S2 meet the preset FS state. In this case, the mobile phone 100 is in the FS state shown at 1230 in FIG. 12 , the 5mm Body state (eg, the 5mm back state or the 5mm right side state), the 10mm Body state or the head mold state. The specific method for the mobile phone 100 to execute 1201-1230 shown in FIG. 12 may refer to the detailed description of S304d in the foregoing embodiment, and will not be repeated here.
其中,手机100处于FS状态(或者头模状态)、5mm Body状态或者10mm Body状态时,SAR传感器采集的参数不同。因此,图12所示的1230之后,手机100可以通过SAR传感器采集的参数,来区分FS状态(或者头模状态)、5mm Body状态或者10mm Body状态。Among them, when the mobile phone 100 is in the FS state (or the head mold state), the 5mm body state or the 10mm body state, the parameters collected by the SAR sensor are different. Therefore, after 1230 shown in FIG. 12 , the mobile phone 100 can distinguish the FS state (or the head mold state), the 5mm body state or the 10mm body state through the parameters collected by the SAR sensor.
如果SAR传感器检测满足5mm场景(即SAR传感器采集的参数,与手机100处于5mm Body状态时SAR传感器采集的参数匹配),则手机100处于图12所示的5mm Body状态1231。如果SAR传感器检测满足10mm场景(即SAR传感器采集的参数,与手机100处于10mm Body状态时SAR传感器采集的参数匹配),则手机100处于图12所示的10mm Body状态1232。如果SAR传感器检测超过10mm场景(即SAR传感器采集的参数,与手机100处于X mm Body状态时SAR传感器采集的参数匹配;X大于10),则手机100处于图12所示的头模状态(即头模场景或单头场景)1233或者FS状态1234。If the SAR sensor detection satisfies the 5mm scene (that is, the parameters collected by the SAR sensor match the parameters collected by the SAR sensor when the mobile phone 100 is in the 5mm Body state), the mobile phone 100 is in the 5mm Body state 1231 shown in FIG. 12 . If the SAR sensor detection satisfies the 10mm scene (that is, the parameters collected by the SAR sensor match the parameters collected by the SAR sensor when the mobile phone 100 is in the 10mm Body state), the mobile phone 100 is in the 10mm Body state 1232 shown in FIG. 12 . If the SAR sensor detects a scene exceeding 10mm (that is, the parameters collected by the SAR sensor match the parameters collected by the SAR sensor when the mobile phone 100 is in the X mm Body state; X is greater than 10), the mobile phone 100 is in the head mode state shown in FIG. head model scene or single head scene) 1233 or FS state 1234.
为了区分出FS状态和头模状态,手机100可以判断手机100的Receiver是否处于开启状态;如果Receiver开启(即Receiver处于开启状态),则手机100处于图12所示的头头模状态1233;如果Receiver关闭(即Receiver处于关闭状态),则手机100处于图12所示的FS状态1234。In order to distinguish the FS state and the head model state, the mobile phone 100 can judge whether the Receiver of the mobile phone 100 is in the open state; if the Receiver is turned on (that is, the Receiver is in the open state), the mobile phone 100 is in the head model state 1233 shown in FIG. 12 ; If it is closed (that is, the Receiver is in the closed state), the mobile phone 100 is in the FS state 1234 shown in FIG. 12 .
可以理解,在手机100处于开热点时的Body SAR状态(如图12所示的0mm Body状态1222、5mm Body状态1231或10mm Body状态1232)、图12所示的头手模场景 1211或者图12所示的头模状态1233的情况下,如果天线101和天线102的发射功率过大,则可能会出现天线101和天线102对人体产生的辐射超标,对人体造成损害的问题。基于此,手机100可以执行图12所示的1250,根据SAR要求调整手机100的上行发射功率。具体的,手机100可以调低天线101和/或天线102的上行发射功率,使手机100采集到的SAR值低于SAR要求。这样,可以保证天线101和天线102的辐射不超标。It can be understood that the Body SAR state (0mm Body state 1222, 5mm Body state 1231 or 10mm Body state 1232 shown in FIG. 12 ), the head-hand model scene 1211 shown in FIG. 12 or FIG. 12 In the case of the head model state 1233 shown, if the transmit power of the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 is too large, the radiation generated by the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 to the human body may exceed the standard, causing damage to the human body. Based on this, the mobile phone 100 may execute 1250 shown in FIG. 12 to adjust the uplink transmit power of the mobile phone 100 according to the SAR requirement. Specifically, the mobile phone 100 can reduce the uplink transmit power of the antenna 101 and/or the antenna 102 so that the SAR value collected by the mobile phone 100 is lower than the SAR requirement. In this way, it can be ensured that the radiation of the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 does not exceed the standard.
在手机100处于头模场景、左单侧握持状态、右单侧握持状态或者FS状态的情况下,手机100的一个或多个天线101处于FS状态。也就是说,该一个或多个天线的阻抗不会受到用户握持的影响。例如,手机100处于头模场景或者FS状态时,天线101和天线102均处于FS状态,其阻抗不会受到用户握持的影响。又例如,手机100处于左单侧握持状态时,天线102处于FS状态,其的阻抗不会受到用户握持的影响。又例如,手机100处于右单侧握持状态时,天线101处于FS状态,其的阻抗不会受到用户握持的影响。When the mobile phone 100 is in the head model scene, the left one-sided holding state, the right one-sided holding state, or the FS state, one or more antennas 101 of the mobile phone 100 are in the FS state. That is, the impedance of the one or more antennas is not affected by the user's holding. For example, when the mobile phone 100 is in the head model scene or the FS state, the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 are both in the FS state, and their impedance will not be affected by the user's holding. For another example, when the mobile phone 100 is in the left-side holding state, the antenna 102 is in the FS state, and its impedance will not be affected by the user's holding. For another example, when the mobile phone 100 is held on the right side, the antenna 101 is in the FS state, and its impedance will not be affected by the user's holding.
可以理解,如果天线阻抗受到用户握持的影响;那么使用该天线进行信号收发,则会影响手机的通信质量,进而影响用户的通信体验。如果天线阻抗不会受到用户握持的影响;那么使用该天线进行信号收发,则不会影响手机的通信质量,进而可以保证用户的通信体验。基于此,手机100可以执行图12所示的1260,切换天线提升通信质量。具体的,手机100可以切换使用上述处于FS状态的天线,如手机100处于左单侧握持状态时,手机100可以切换使用天线102,而不使用天线101。这样,可以降低用户握持对手机100通信质量的影响,可以提升用户的通信体验。It can be understood that if the antenna impedance is affected by the user's holding, then using the antenna to send and receive signals will affect the communication quality of the mobile phone, thereby affecting the user's communication experience. If the antenna impedance will not be affected by the user's holding; then using the antenna to send and receive signals will not affect the communication quality of the mobile phone, thereby ensuring the user's communication experience. Based on this, the mobile phone 100 can execute 1260 shown in FIG. 12 to switch the antenna to improve the communication quality. Specifically, the mobile phone 100 can switch to use the above-mentioned antenna in the FS state. For example, when the mobile phone 100 is held on the left side, the mobile phone 100 can switch to use the antenna 102 instead of the antenna 101 . In this way, the influence of the user's holding on the communication quality of the mobile phone 100 can be reduced, and the communication experience of the user can be improved.
需要注意的是,手机100具备双天线切换(transmitting antenna switching,TAS)功能。例如,在手机100使用天线101收发信号的情况下,若手机100检测到手机100的握持状态转换为左单侧握持状态,手机100则可以切换使用天线102,而不再使用天线101。即手机100可以在天线101和天线102之间进行双天线切换。这样,可以降低用户握持对手机100通信质量的影响,可以提升用户的通信体验。It should be noted that the mobile phone 100 has a dual antenna switching (transmitting antenna switching, TAS) function. For example, when the mobile phone 100 uses the antenna 101 to send and receive signals, if the mobile phone 100 detects that the holding state of the mobile phone 100 is changed to the left-side holding state, the mobile phone 100 can switch to use the antenna 102 instead of the antenna 101 . That is, the mobile phone 100 can perform dual-antenna switching between the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 . In this way, the influence of the user's holding on the communication quality of the mobile phone 100 can be reduced, and the communication experience of the user can be improved.
手机100不仅具备TAS功能,还具备多天线切换(multiple antenna switching,MAS)功能。例如,如图4所示,手机100不仅包括天线101和天线102,还包括天线408。在手机100使用天线102收发信号的情况下,若手机100检测到手机100的握持状态转换为右单侧握持状态,手机100则可以切换使用天线101和天线408,而不再使用天线102。即手机100可以在天线101、天线102和天线408之间进行多天线切换。这样,可以降低用户握持对手机100通信质量的影响,可以提升用户的通信体验。The mobile phone 100 not only has a TAS function, but also has a multiple antenna switching (multiple antenna switching, MAS) function. For example, as shown in FIG. 4 , the mobile phone 100 includes not only the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 , but also the antenna 408 . In the case where the mobile phone 100 uses the antenna 102 to send and receive signals, if the mobile phone 100 detects that the holding state of the mobile phone 100 is changed to the right-side holding state, the mobile phone 100 can switch to use the antenna 101 and the antenna 408 instead of the antenna 102 . That is, the mobile phone 100 can perform multi-antenna switching among the antenna 101 , the antenna 102 and the antenna 408 . In this way, the influence of the user's holding on the communication quality of the mobile phone 100 can be reduced, and the communication experience of the user can be improved.
一般而言,天线的反射系数与天线处于一种状态(记为状态c,如FS状态)下天线的反射系数的矢量距离(如D)大于或者等于预设距离门限(如0.3),则认为该天线当前的状态与上述状态c可区分,即天线不处于上述状态c。Generally speaking, if the vector distance (such as D) of the reflection coefficient of the antenna and the antenna is in a state (denoted as state c, such as FS state) is greater than or equal to the preset distance threshold (such as 0.3), it is considered that The current state of the antenna is distinguishable from the above state c, that is, the antenna is not in the above state c.
上述距离D的计算精度会受到上述反射系数的计算精度的影响。而上述反射系数的计算精度会受到图4所示的反射系数的检测电路的检测精度的影响。由上述实施例可知:天线辐射的Tx信号实际的前向功率和反向功率,与射频收发芯片402检测到的该Tx信号的前向功率和反向功率可能会存在误差。如此,则会导致图4所示的反射系数S(即根据实际的前向功率和反向功率计算得到的反射系数)与图4所示的反射系 数S′(即根据射频收发芯片402检测到的前向功率和反向功率计算得到的反射系数)存在偏差。The calculation accuracy of the above-mentioned distance D is affected by the calculation accuracy of the above-mentioned reflection coefficient. However, the calculation accuracy of the above reflection coefficient will be affected by the detection accuracy of the reflection coefficient detection circuit shown in FIG. 4 . It can be seen from the above embodiment that there may be errors between the actual forward power and reverse power of the Tx signal radiated by the antenna and the forward power and reverse power of the Tx signal detected by the radio frequency transceiver chip 402 . In this way, the reflection coefficient S shown in FIG. 4 (that is, the reflection coefficient calculated according to the actual forward power and reverse power) and the reflection coefficient S′ shown in FIG. 4 (that is, the reflection coefficient S′ shown in FIG. There is a deviation in the reflection coefficient calculated from the forward power and reverse power.
其中,图4所示的反射系数S与图4所示的反射系数S′存在以下公式(5)所示的映射关系。The reflection coefficient S shown in FIG. 4 and the reflection coefficient S′ shown in FIG. 4 have a mapping relationship shown in the following formula (5).
Figure PCTCN2021125904-appb-000007
Figure PCTCN2021125904-appb-000007
其中,a、b和c均为复数。a、b和c的具体取值决定于反射系数的检测电路的各项参数。针对不同的检测电路,a、b和c的取值可以不同。a、b和c的具体取值可以通过实验测试并计算得到。where a, b, and c are all complex numbers. The specific values of a, b and c are determined by various parameters of the detection circuit of the reflection coefficient. For different detection circuits, the values of a, b and c can be different. The specific values of a, b and c can be obtained through experimental testing and calculation.
示例性的,假设a=-0.5492+0.6121i,b=-0.0392+0.0805i,c=-0.0488-0.0325i。以中心频点为898兆赫兹(MHz)的10MHz带宽LTE Band8为例。图13中的史密斯圆图中的测量与计算(Measurments vs Calculation in Smitch Chart)1301示出图4所示的反射系数S′与图4所示的反射系数S在史密斯圆图上的位置偏差示意图。其中,图13所示的Measurments vs Calculation in Smitch Chart 1301中,黑色圆点和白色圆点分别表示反射系数S′与反射系数S。Exemplarily, assume a=-0.5492+0.6121i, b=-0.0392+0.0805i, and c=-0.0488-0.0325i. Take the 10MHz bandwidth LTE Band8 with a center frequency of 898 megahertz (MHz) as an example. The measurement and calculation (Measurments vs Calculation in Smitch Chart) 1301 in the Smith chart in FIG. 13 shows a schematic diagram of the positional deviation between the reflection coefficient S' shown in FIG. 4 and the reflection coefficient S shown in FIG. 4 on the Smith chart . Among them, in the Measurments vs Calculation in Smitch Chart 1301 shown in Figure 13, the black dots and the white dots represent the reflection coefficient S' and the reflection coefficient S, respectively.
图13中的距离偏差的测量与计算(Distance deviation of Measurments vs Calculation)1302示出根据反射系数S′计算得到的距离D′与根据反射系数S计算得到的距离D的偏差示意图。其中,上述反射系数S′与反射系数S均为矢量。图13中的振幅偏差的测量与计算(Amplitude deviation of Measurments vs Calculation)1303示出反射系数S′与反射系数S的振幅偏差示意图。图13中的相位偏差的测量与计算(Phase deviation of Measurments vs Calculation)1304示出反射系数S′与反射系数S的相位偏差示意图。The distance deviation measurement and calculation (Distance deviation of Measurments vs Calculation) 1302 in FIG. 13 shows a schematic diagram of the deviation between the distance D' calculated according to the reflection coefficient S' and the distance D calculated according to the reflection coefficient S. Wherein, the above-mentioned reflection coefficient S' and reflection coefficient S are both vectors. Amplitude deviation of Measurments vs Calculation 1303 in FIG. 13 shows a schematic diagram of the amplitude deviation of the reflection coefficient S′ and the reflection coefficient S. FIG. The phase deviation measurement and calculation (Phase deviation of Measurments vs Calculation) 1304 in FIG. 13 shows a schematic diagram of the phase deviation of the reflection coefficient S′ and the reflection coefficient S.
由图13中的Distance deviation of Measurments vs Calculation 1302可知:根据反射系数S′计算得到的距离D′与根据反射系数S计算得到的距离D的误差不超过0.04。由图13中的Amplitude deviation of Measurments vs Calculation 1303可知:反射系数S′与反射系数S的振幅误差不超过0.04。由图13中的Phase deviation of Measurments vs Calculation 1304可知:反射系数S′与反射系数S的相位误差不超过4度。It can be seen from the Distance deviation of Measurments vs Calculation 1302 in Figure 13 that the error between the distance D' calculated according to the reflection coefficient S' and the distance D calculated according to the reflection coefficient S does not exceed 0.04. From the Amplitude deviation of Measurments vs Calculation 1303 in Figure 13, it can be known that the amplitude error between the reflection coefficient S' and the reflection coefficient S does not exceed 0.04. It can be known from the Phase deviation of Measurments vs Calculation 1304 in Figure 13 that the phase error between the reflection coefficient S' and the reflection coefficient S does not exceed 4 degrees.
综上所述,图4所示的反射系数S与图4所示的反射系数S′的振幅误差、相位误差,以及由反射系数S与反射系数S′的误差所带来的距离D与距离D′的误差都比较小,并不会影响本申请实施例中手机100进行握持状态识别的准确度。To sum up, the amplitude error and phase error of the reflection coefficient S shown in Figure 4 and the reflection coefficient S' shown in Figure 4, and the distance D and distance caused by the error of the reflection coefficient S and the reflection coefficient S' The errors of D' are relatively small, and do not affect the accuracy of the holding state identification of the mobile phone 100 in the embodiment of the present application.
上述至少一个天线(如天线101和天线102)在手机100中的位置固定后,每个天线的不同设计也会对该天线的反射系数产生影响。例如,天线的馈电点的位置设计,会影响天线的反射系数。又例如,缝隙天线的天线缝隙的位置设计,也会影响天线的反射系数。After the positions of the at least one antenna (eg, the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 ) in the mobile phone 100 are fixed, the different designs of each antenna will also affect the reflection coefficient of the antenna. For example, the design of the position of the feeding point of the antenna will affect the reflection coefficient of the antenna. For another example, the positional design of the antenna slot of the slot antenna also affects the reflection coefficient of the antenna.
示例性的,如图14所示,天线101和天线102的馈电点可以设置在靠近手机100下部的一端。例如,如图14所示,天线102(如缝隙天线)的馈电点可以设置在距离天线102末端4mm的位置,该末端是天线102靠近手机100下部的一端。当天线102的馈电点的位置如图14所示,手机100处于FS状态、双侧握持状态(如HL状态或 HR状态)的情况下,天线102的反射系数在史密斯圆图上的分布如图5A所示。Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 14 , the feeding points of the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 may be set at one end near the lower part of the mobile phone 100 . For example, as shown in FIG. 14 , the feeding point of the antenna 102 (such as a slot antenna) can be set at a distance of 4 mm from the end of the antenna 102 , which is the end of the antenna 102 near the lower part of the mobile phone 100 . When the position of the feeding point of the antenna 102 is shown in FIG. 14 , and the mobile phone 100 is in the FS state and the two-sided holding state (such as the HL state or the HR state), the distribution of the reflection coefficient of the antenna 102 on the Smith chart As shown in Figure 5A.
示例性的,如图15所示,手机1500包括天线1501,如图16所示,手机1600包括天线1601。假设手机1500和手机1600除天线1501和天线1601之外,其他的器件和参数均相同;并且天线1501在手机1500的位置与天线1601在手机1600的位置相同,且天线1501与天线1601的尺寸相同。不同的是:天线1501的馈电点的位置与天线1601的馈电点的位置不同,且天线1501的天线缝的位置与天线1601的天线缝的位置不同。Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 15 , the mobile phone 1500 includes an antenna 1501 , and as shown in FIG. 16 , the mobile phone 1600 includes an antenna 1601 . It is assumed that the mobile phone 1500 and the mobile phone 1600 have the same components and parameters except for the antenna 1501 and the antenna 1601; and the position of the antenna 1501 in the mobile phone 1500 is the same as that of the antenna 1601 in the mobile phone 1600, and the size of the antenna 1501 and the antenna 1601 are the same . The difference is that the position of the feed point of the antenna 1501 is different from the position of the feed point of the antenna 1601 , and the position of the antenna slot of the antenna 1501 is different from the position of the antenna slot of the antenna 1601 .
如图15所示,天线1501(如缝隙天线)的馈电点可以设置在距离天线1501一个末端7mm的位置,该末端是天线1501靠近手机1500下部的一端。如图15所示,天线1501(如缝隙天线)的天线缝可以设置在天线1501的另一个末端。当天线1501的馈电点和天线缝的位置如图15所示,手机1500处于FS状态、HL状态和HR状态的情况下,天线1501的反射系数在史密斯圆图上的分布如图15所示。As shown in FIG. 15 , the feeding point of the antenna 1501 (such as a slot antenna) can be set at a distance of 7 mm from one end of the antenna 1501 , which is the end of the antenna 1501 near the lower part of the mobile phone 1500 . As shown in FIG. 15 , the antenna slot of the antenna 1501 (eg, a slot antenna) may be disposed at the other end of the antenna 1501 . When the positions of the feeding point and the antenna slit of the antenna 1501 are shown in FIG. 15 , and the mobile phone 1500 is in the FS state, the HL state and the HR state, the distribution of the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1501 on the Smith chart is shown in FIG. 15 . .
如图16所示,天线1601(如缝隙天线)的馈电点可以设置在距离天线1601靠近手机100上部的一个末端7mm的位置。如图16所示,天线1601(如缝隙天线)的天线缝可以设置在天线1601的另一个末端(如天线101靠近手机1600下部的一端)。当天线1601的馈电点和天线缝的位置如图16所示,手机1600处于FS状态、HL状态和HR状态的情况下,天线1601的反射系数在史密斯圆图上的分布如图16所示。As shown in FIG. 16 , the feeding point of the antenna 1601 (such as a slot antenna) can be set at a position 7 mm away from one end of the antenna 1601 near the upper part of the mobile phone 100 . As shown in FIG. 16 , the antenna slot of the antenna 1601 (eg, slot antenna) can be set at the other end of the antenna 1601 (eg, the end of the antenna 101 near the lower part of the mobile phone 1600 ). When the positions of the feeding point and the antenna slot of the antenna 1601 are shown in Figure 16, and the mobile phone 1600 is in the FS state, the HL state and the HR state, the distribution of the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1601 on the Smith chart is shown in Figure 16 .
其中,图15所示的天线1501和图16所示的天线1601的工作频率均为1.1GHz-1.2GHz。由于图15所示的天线1501的馈电点和天线缝的位置,与图16所示的天线1601的馈电点和天线缝的位置不同;因此,手机1500与手机1600处于同一种握持状态时,天线1501与天线1601的反射系数不同。The operating frequencies of the antenna 1501 shown in FIG. 15 and the antenna 1601 shown in FIG. 16 are both 1.1 GHz-1.2 GHz. Since the positions of the feeding point and the antenna slit of the antenna 1501 shown in FIG. 15 are different from those of the antenna 1601 shown in FIG. 16 ; therefore, the mobile phone 1500 and the mobile phone 1600 are in the same holding state , the reflection coefficients of the antenna 1501 and the antenna 1601 are different.
例如,对比图15和图16可知:手机1500处于FS状态时天线1501的反射系数在史密斯圆图上的位置,与手机1600处于FS状态时天线1601的反射系数在史密斯圆图上的位置不同,即反射系数不同;手机1500处于HL状态时天线1501的反射系数在史密斯圆图上的位置,与手机1600处于HL状态时天线1601的反射系数在史密斯圆图上的位置不同,即反射系数不同;手机1500处于HR时天线1501的反射系数在史密斯圆图上的位置,与手机1600处于HR状态时天线1601的反射系数在史密斯圆图上的位置不同,即反射系数不同。For example, comparing FIG. 15 with FIG. 16, it can be seen that the position of the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1501 on the Smith chart when the mobile phone 1500 is in the FS state is different from the position of the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1601 on the Smith chart when the mobile phone 1600 is in the FS state. That is, the reflection coefficients are different; the position of the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1501 on the Smith chart when the mobile phone 1500 is in the HL state is different from the position of the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1601 on the Smith chart when the mobile phone 1600 is in the HL state, that is, the reflection coefficient is different; The position of the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1501 on the Smith chart when the mobile phone 1500 is in HR is different from the position of the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1601 on the Smith chart when the mobile phone 1600 is in the HR state, that is, the reflection coefficient is different.
示例性的,图1A所示的手机100中天线101的馈电点和天线缝的位置(附图未示出),与图17所示的手机1700中天线1701的馈电点和天线缝的位置不同。如图6B所示,天线101的工作频率为2.4GHz-2.5GHz;如图17所示,天线1701的工作频率为2.4GHz-2.5GHz。天线101的工作频率与天线1701的工作频率相同。Exemplarily, the positions of the feed point and the antenna slot of the antenna 101 in the mobile phone 100 shown in FIG. Location is different. As shown in FIG. 6B , the working frequency of the antenna 101 is 2.4GHz-2.5GHz; as shown in FIG. 17 , the working frequency of the antenna 1701 is 2.4GHz-2.5GHz. The operating frequency of the antenna 101 is the same as the operating frequency of the antenna 1701 .
但是,由于天线101的与天线1701的馈电点和天线缝的位置不同;因此,手机100与手机1700处于同一种握持状态时,天线1501与天线1601的反射系数不同。例如,对比图6B所示的史密斯圆图601与图17所示的史密斯圆图可知:手机100处于FS状态时天线101的反射系数在史密斯圆图上的位置,与手机1700处于FS状态时天线1701的反射系数在史密斯圆图上的位置不同,即反射系数不同;手机100处于HL状态时天线101的反射系数在史密斯圆图上的位置,与手机1700处于HL状态时天线1701的反射系数在史密斯圆图上的位置不同,即反射系数不同;手机100处于HR状 态时天线101的反射系数在史密斯圆图上的位置,与手机1700处于HR状态时天线1701的反射系数在史密斯圆图上的位置不同,即反射系数不同;手机100处于0mm Back状态时天线101的反射系数在史密斯圆图上的位置,与手机1700处于0mm Back状态时天线1701的反射系数在史密斯圆图上的位置不同,即反射系数不同;手机100处于0mm side状态时天线101的反射系数在史密斯圆图上的位置,与手机1700处于0mm side状态时天线1701的反射系数在史密斯圆图上的位置不同,即反射系数不同。However, since the positions of the feeding point and the antenna slit of the antenna 101 and the antenna 1701 are different; therefore, when the mobile phone 100 and the mobile phone 1700 are in the same holding state, the reflection coefficients of the antenna 1501 and the antenna 1601 are different. For example, comparing the Smith chart 601 shown in FIG. 6B with the Smith chart shown in FIG. 17 , it can be known that the position of the reflection coefficient of the antenna 101 on the Smith chart when the mobile phone 100 is in the FS state is different from that of the antenna when the mobile phone 1700 is in the FS state. The position of the reflection coefficient of 1701 on the Smith chart is different, that is, the reflection coefficient is different; when the mobile phone 100 is in the HL state, the position of the reflection coefficient of the antenna 101 on the Smith chart is different from the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1701 when the mobile phone 1700 is in the HL state. The positions on the Smith chart are different, that is, the reflection coefficients are different; the position of the reflection coefficient of the antenna 101 on the Smith chart when the mobile phone 100 is in the HR state is the same as the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1701 on the Smith chart when the mobile phone 1700 is in the HR state. The position is different, that is, the reflection coefficient is different; the position of the reflection coefficient of the antenna 101 on the Smith chart when the mobile phone 100 is in the 0mm Back state is different from the position of the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1701 on the Smith chart when the mobile phone 1700 is in the 0mm Back state. That is, the reflection coefficients are different; the position of the reflection coefficient of the antenna 101 on the Smith chart when the mobile phone 100 is in the 0mm side state is different from the position of the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1701 on the Smith chart when the mobile phone 1700 is in the 0mm side state, that is, the reflection coefficient different.
示例性的,如图18所示,手机1800包括天线1801;如图19所示,手机1900包括天线1901。假设手机1800和手机1900除天线1801和天线1901之外,其他的器件和参数均相同;并且天线1801在手机1800的位置与天线1901在手机1900的位置相同,且天线1801与天线1901的尺寸相同。不同的是:天线1801的馈电点的位置与天线1901的馈电点的位置不同,且天线1801的天线缝的位置与天线1901的天线缝的位置不同。Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 18 , the mobile phone 1800 includes an antenna 1801 ; as shown in FIG. 19 , the mobile phone 1900 includes an antenna 1901 . It is assumed that the mobile phone 1800 and the mobile phone 1900 have the same components and parameters except for the antenna 1801 and the antenna 1901; and the position of the antenna 1801 in the mobile phone 1800 is the same as that of the antenna 1901 in the mobile phone 1900, and the size of the antenna 1801 and the antenna 1901 are the same . The difference is that the position of the feed point of the antenna 1801 is different from the position of the feed point of the antenna 1901 , and the position of the antenna slot of the antenna 1801 is different from the position of the antenna slot of the antenna 1901 .
其中,图18所示的天线1801和图19所示的天线1901的工作频率均为0.75GHz-0.85GHz。由于图18所示的天线1801的馈电点和天线缝的位置,与图19所示的天线1901的馈电点和天线缝的位置不同;因此,手机1800与手机1900处于同一种握持状态时,天线1801与天线1901的反射系数不同。The operating frequencies of the antenna 1801 shown in FIG. 18 and the antenna 1901 shown in FIG. 19 are both 0.75GHz-0.85GHz. Since the positions of the feeding point and the antenna slit of the antenna 1801 shown in FIG. 18 are different from those of the antenna 1901 shown in FIG. 19 ; therefore, the mobile phone 1800 and the mobile phone 1900 are in the same holding state , the reflection coefficients of antenna 1801 and antenna 1901 are different.
例如,对比图18和图19可知:手机1800处于FS状态时天线1801的反射系数在史密斯圆图上的位置,与手机1900处于FS状态时天线1901的反射系数在史密斯圆图上的位置不同,即反射系数不同;手机1800处于HL状态时天线1801的反射系数在史密斯圆图上的位置,与手机1900处于HL状态时天线1901的反射系数在史密斯圆图上的位置不同,即反射系数不同;手机1800处于HR状态时天线1801的反射系数在史密斯圆图上的位置,与手机1900处于HR状态时天线1901的反射系数在史密斯圆图上的位置不同,即反射系数不同。For example, comparing Fig. 18 with Fig. 19, it can be seen that the position of the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1801 on the Smith chart when the mobile phone 1800 is in the FS state is different from the position of the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1901 on the Smith chart when the mobile phone 1900 is in the FS state. That is, the reflection coefficients are different; the position of the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1801 on the Smith chart when the mobile phone 1800 is in the HL state is different from the position of the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1901 on the Smith chart when the mobile phone 1900 is in the HL state, that is, the reflection coefficient is different; The position of the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1801 on the Smith chart when the mobile phone 1800 is in the HR state is different from the position of the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1901 on the Smith chart when the mobile phone 1900 is in the HR state, that is, the reflection coefficient is different.
进一步的,天线的反射系数不仅会受到天线本身设计的影响,还会受到用户使用移动终端(如手机100)的习惯的影响。例如,部分用户喜欢为手机增加皮套来手机。针对同一手机,在相同的握持状态下,增加皮套的情况下该手机被用户握持对天线的影响,与未添加皮套的情况下该手机被用户握持对天线的影响不同。因此,上述两种情况下,手机中天线的阻抗变化不同,天线的反射系数不同。Further, the reflection coefficient of the antenna is not only affected by the design of the antenna itself, but also by the user's habit of using a mobile terminal (such as the mobile phone 100 ). For example, some users like to add a leather case to their mobile phone. For the same mobile phone, under the same holding state, the influence of the mobile phone being held by the user on the antenna when the holster is added is different from that when the mobile phone is held by the user without the holster. Therefore, in the above two cases, the impedance change of the antenna in the mobile phone is different, and the reflection coefficient of the antenna is different.
例如,如图15所示,手机1500处于HL状态时,增加1mm厚度皮套的情况下天线1501的反射系数(图15中的曲线“HL状态,1mm皮套”所表示的反射系数)与未增加皮套的情况下天线1501的反射系数(图15中的曲线“HL状态”所表示的反射系数)在史密斯圆图上的位置不同,即反射系数不同。如图15所示,手机1500处于HR状态时,增加1mm厚度皮套的情况下天线1501的反射系数(图15中的曲线“HR状态,1mm皮套”所表示的反射系数)与未增加皮套的情况下天线1501的反射系数(图15中的曲线“HR状态”所表示的反射系数)在史密斯圆图上的位置不同,即反射系数不同。For example, as shown in FIG. 15 , when the mobile phone 1500 is in the HL state, the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1501 (reflection coefficient represented by the curve “HL state, 1mm holster” in FIG. 15 ) when the thickness of the holster is added by 1mm is different from that of the When the holster is added, the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1501 (reflection coefficient represented by the curve "HL state" in FIG. 15 ) is different on the Smith chart, that is, the reflection coefficient is different. As shown in FIG. 15 , when the mobile phone 1500 is in the HR state, the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1501 (reflection coefficient represented by the curve “HR state, 1mm holster” in FIG. 15 ) when the thickness of the holster is added by 1mm is different from that without the addition of the holster. The reflection coefficient of the antenna 1501 (reflection coefficient represented by the curve "HR state" in FIG. 15 ) in the case of the sleeve is different in the position on the Smith chart, that is, the reflection coefficient is different.
例如,如图16所示,手机1600处于HL状态时,增加1mm厚度皮套的情况下天线1601的反射系数(图16中的曲线“HL状态,1mm皮套”所表示的反射系数)与未增加皮套的情况下天线1601的反射系数(图16中的曲线“HL状态”所表示的反射系数)在史密斯圆图上的位置不同,即反射系数不同。如图16所示,手机1600处于HR状态 时,增加1mm厚度皮套的情况下天线1601的反射系数(图16中的曲线“HR状态,1mm皮套”所表示的反射系数)与未增加皮套的情况下天线1601的反射系数(图16中的曲线“HR状态”所表示的反射系数)在史密斯圆图上的位置不同,即反射系数不同。For example, as shown in FIG. 16 , when the mobile phone 1600 is in the HL state, the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1601 (reflection coefficient represented by the curve “HL state, 1mm holster” in FIG. 16 ) when the thickness of the holster is added by 1mm is different from When the holster is added, the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1601 (reflection coefficient represented by the curve "HL state" in FIG. 16 ) is different in the Smith chart position, that is, the reflection coefficient is different. As shown in Figure 16, when the mobile phone 1600 is in the HR state, the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1601 (reflection coefficient represented by the curve "HR state, 1mm holster" in Figure 16) when the thickness of the holster is added by 1mm is different from that without the addition of the holster. The reflection coefficient of the antenna 1601 (reflection coefficient represented by the curve "HR state" in FIG. 16 ) in the case of the sleeve is different in the position on the Smith chart, that is, the reflection coefficient is different.
又例如,如图17所示,手机1700处于HL状态时,增加1mm厚度皮套的情况下天线1701的反射系数(图17中的曲线“HL状态,1mm皮套”所表示的反射系数)与未增加皮套的情况下天线1701的反射系数(图17中的曲线“HL状态”所表示的反射系数)在史密斯圆图上的位置不同,即反射系数不同。如图17所示,手机1700处于HR状态时,增加1mm厚度皮套的情况下天线1701的反射系数(图17中的曲线“HR状态,1mm皮套”所表示的反射系数)与未增加皮套的情况下天线1701的反射系数(图17中的曲线“HR状态”所表示的反射系数)在史密斯圆图上的位置不同,即反射系数不同。For another example, as shown in FIG. 17 , when the mobile phone 1700 is in the HL state, the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1701 (reflection coefficient represented by the curve “HL state, 1mm holster” in FIG. 17 ) when the holster with a thickness of 1 mm is added is the same as the When the holster is not added, the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1701 (reflection coefficient represented by the curve "HL state" in FIG. 17 ) has different positions on the Smith chart, that is, the reflection coefficient is different. As shown in FIG. 17 , when the mobile phone 1700 is in the HR state, the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1701 (reflection coefficient represented by the curve “HR state, 1mm holster” in FIG. 17 ) when the thickness of the holster is added by 1mm is different from that without the addition of the holster. In the case of the sleeve, the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1701 (reflection coefficient represented by the curve "HR state" in FIG. 17 ) is different in the position on the Smith chart, that is, the reflection coefficient is different.
又例如,如图19所示,手机1900处于HL状态时,增加1mm厚度皮套的情况下天线1901的反射系数(图19中的曲线“HL状态,1mm皮套”所表示的反射系数)与未增加皮套的情况下天线1901的反射系数(图19中的曲线“HL状态”所表示的反射系数)在史密斯圆图上的位置不同,即反射系数不同。如图19所示,手机1900处于HR状态时,增加1mm厚度皮套的情况下天线1901的反射系数(图19中的曲线“HR状态,1mm皮套”所表示的反射系数)与未增加皮套的情况下天线1901的反射系数(图19中的曲线“HR状态”所表示的反射系数)在史密斯圆图上的位置不同,即反射系数不同。For another example, as shown in FIG. 19 , when the mobile phone 1900 is in the HL state, the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1901 (the reflection coefficient represented by the curve “HL state, 1mm holster” in FIG. 19 ) when the holster with a thickness of 1mm is added is the same as the When the holster is not added, the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1901 (reflection coefficient represented by the curve "HL state" in FIG. 19 ) has different positions on the Smith chart, that is, the reflection coefficient is different. As shown in Figure 19, when the mobile phone 1900 is in the HR state, the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1901 (reflection coefficient represented by the curve "HR state, 1mm holster" in Figure 19) when the thickness of the holster is added by 1mm is different from that without the addition of the holster. In the case of the sleeve, the reflection coefficient of the antenna 1901 (reflection coefficient represented by the curve "HR state" in FIG. 19 ) is different in position on the Smith chart, that is, the reflection coefficient is different.
综上所述,手机中天线的反射系数会受到各种因素的影响。本申请实施例中,为了提高移动终端识别握持状态的准确性,该移动终端中可以预先保存上述各种因素影响下天线处于不同握持状态的反射系数。例如,手机100中可以预先保存该手机100增加皮套的情况下,手机100处于不同握持状态时,天线(如天线101)在不同工作频率下的反射系数;还可以保存该手机100未增加皮套的情况下,手机100处于不同握持状态时,天线(如天线101)在不同工作频率下的反射系数。并且,手机100在识别握持状态时,可以通过传感器(如磁传感器)检测手机100是否增加了皮套。如果手机100增加了皮套,手机100则可以计算天线101的第一反射系数与增加皮套的情况下天线101的多个第三反射系数的矢量距离,以识别手机100的握持状态。如果手机100未增加皮套,手机100则可以计算天线101的第一反射系数与未增加皮套的情况下天线101的多个第三反射系数的矢量距离,以识别手机100的握持状态。这样,便可以提升识别结果的准确性。To sum up, the reflection coefficient of the antenna in the mobile phone will be affected by various factors. In the embodiment of the present application, in order to improve the accuracy of identifying the holding state of the mobile terminal, the mobile terminal may pre-store the reflection coefficients of the antenna in different holding states under the influence of the above-mentioned various factors. For example, the mobile phone 100 can pre-store the reflection coefficients of the antenna (such as the antenna 101 ) at different operating frequencies when the mobile phone 100 is in different holding states when the mobile phone 100 is added with a holster; it can also be stored that the mobile phone 100 is not added In the case of a leather case, when the mobile phone 100 is in different holding states, the reflection coefficients of the antenna (eg, the antenna 101 ) at different operating frequencies. Moreover, when the mobile phone 100 recognizes the holding state, it can detect whether a leather case is added to the mobile phone 100 through a sensor (eg, a magnetic sensor). If a holster is added to the mobile phone 100, the mobile phone 100 can calculate the vector distance between the first reflection coefficient of the antenna 101 and multiple third reflection coefficients of the antenna 101 when the holster is added to identify the holding state of the mobile phone 100. If the mobile phone 100 does not have a holster, the mobile phone 100 can calculate the vector distance between the first reflection coefficient of the antenna 101 and multiple third reflection coefficients of the antenna 101 without the holster to identify the holding state of the mobile phone 100 . In this way, the accuracy of the recognition result can be improved.
上述实施例中,手机100执行S301,不仅检测天线101在第一工作频率下的第一反射系数S1,还检测天线102在第二工作频率下的第二反射系数S2。并且,手机102执行S302,不仅计算第一反射系数S1分别与天线101的多个第三反射系数的矢量距离,并计算第二反射系数S2分别与天线102的多个第四反射系数的矢量距离。In the above-mentioned embodiment, the mobile phone 100 performs S301 to detect not only the first reflection coefficient S1 of the antenna 101 at the first working frequency, but also the second reflection coefficient S2 of the antenna 102 at the second working frequency. In addition, the mobile phone 102 executes S302, not only calculating the vector distances between the first reflection coefficient S1 and a plurality of third reflection coefficients of the antenna 101, but also calculating the vector distances between the second reflection coefficient S2 and a plurality of fourth reflection coefficients of the antenna 102, respectively .
而在另一些实施例中,手机100可能只需要检测天线101和天线102中一个天线的反射系数,并计算一个天线的反射系数与手机100中保存的反射系数的矢量距离。例如,以手机100检测天线101在第一工作频率下的第一反射系数S1为例。手机100可以检测天线101在第一工作频率下的第一反射系数S1,然后计算第一反射系数S1 分别与天线101的多个第三反射系数的矢量距离。In other embodiments, the mobile phone 100 may only need to detect the reflection coefficient of one of the antennas 101 and 102 , and calculate the vector distance between the reflection coefficient of one antenna and the reflection coefficient stored in the mobile phone 100 . For example, take the mobile phone 100 detecting the first reflection coefficient S1 of the antenna 101 at the first operating frequency as an example. The mobile phone 100 can detect the first reflection coefficient S1 of the antenna 101 at the first operating frequency, and then calculate the vector distances between the first reflection coefficient S1 and the plurality of third reflection coefficients of the antenna 101 respectively.
如果第一反射系数S1与天线101处于第二状态时的第三反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离门限,则表示该天线101处于第二状态的可能性较大。在这种情况下,该手机100可能处于双侧握持状态或左单侧握持状态,该手机100不处于FS状态。此时,手机100可以将手机100的双侧握持状态或左单侧握持状态与FS状态区分开。在判断手机100是否被握持,或者手机100是否处于FS状态的情况下,手机100则不需要再检测天线102的反射系数。If the vector distance between the first reflection coefficient S1 and the third reflection coefficient when the antenna 101 is in the second state is smaller than the preset distance threshold, it indicates that the antenna 101 is more likely to be in the second state. In this case, the mobile phone 100 may be in a double-sided holding state or a left single-sided holding state, and the mobile phone 100 is not in the FS state. At this time, the mobile phone 100 can distinguish the double-sided holding state or the left one-sided holding state of the mobile phone 100 from the FS state. In the case of judging whether the mobile phone 100 is held, or whether the mobile phone 100 is in the FS state, the mobile phone 100 does not need to detect the reflection coefficient of the antenna 102 again.
如果第一反射系数S1与天线101处于第一状态时的第三反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离门限,则表示该天线101处于第一状态的可能性较大。在这种情况下,该手机100可能处于右单侧握持状态或者FS状态。此时,手机100无法将手机100的右单侧握持状态与FS状态区分开。因此,手机100可以检测天线102在第二工作频率下的第二反射系数S2,然后计算第二反射系数S2分别与天线102的多个第四反射系数的矢量距离。If the vector distance between the first reflection coefficient S1 and the third reflection coefficient when the antenna 101 is in the first state is smaller than the preset distance threshold, it indicates that the antenna 101 is more likely to be in the first state. In this case, the mobile phone 100 may be in the right-side holding state or the FS state. At this time, the mobile phone 100 cannot distinguish the right-side holding state of the mobile phone 100 from the FS state. Therefore, the mobile phone 100 can detect the second reflection coefficient S2 of the antenna 102 at the second operating frequency, and then calculate the vector distances between the second reflection coefficient S2 and the plurality of fourth reflection coefficients of the antenna 102 respectively.
如果第二反射系数S2与天线102处于第一状态时的第四反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离门限,则表示该天线102处于第一状态的可能性较大。在这种情况下,手机100处于FS状态。如果第二反射系数S2与天线102处于第二状态时的第四反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离门限,则表示该天线102处于第二状态的可能性较大。在这种情况下,手机100处于右单侧握持状态。If the vector distance between the second reflection coefficient S2 and the fourth reflection coefficient when the antenna 102 is in the first state is smaller than the preset distance threshold, it indicates that the antenna 102 is more likely to be in the first state. In this case, the mobile phone 100 is in the FS state. If the vector distance between the second reflection coefficient S2 and the fourth reflection coefficient when the antenna 102 is in the second state is smaller than the preset distance threshold, it indicates that the antenna 102 is more likely to be in the second state. In this case, the mobile phone 100 is held on the right side.
在该实施例中,手机100可能只需要检测天线101和天线102中任一个天线的反射系数,并计算该任一个天线的反射系数与手机100中保存的反射系数的矢量距离,便可以判断出手机100是否被握持,或者手机100是否处于FS状态。In this embodiment, the mobile phone 100 may only need to detect the reflection coefficient of any one of the antennas 101 and 102, and calculate the vector distance between the reflection coefficient of any antenna and the reflection coefficient stored in the mobile phone 100, and then it can be determined Whether the mobile phone 100 is held, or whether the mobile phone 100 is in the FS state.
需要说明的是,上述实施例中,以手机100处于竖屏状态,手机100的左侧边框设置有天线101,手机100的右侧边框设置有天线102为例,介绍本申请实施例的方法。本申请实施例的方法,也可以适用于移动终端处于横屏场景下,识别该移动终端的握持状态,然后根据该移动终端的握持状态控制该移动终端。例如,该移动终端可以是图1D中的(a)、图1D中的(b)或图1D中的(c)所示的移动终端120。该移动终端120可以是手机或平板电脑。It should be noted that, in the above embodiment, the method of the embodiments of the present application is described by taking the mobile phone 100 in the vertical screen state, the antenna 101 provided on the left side frame of the mobile phone 100, and the antenna 102 provided on the right side frame of the mobile phone 100 as an example. The method of the embodiment of the present application can also be applied to a mobile terminal in a landscape screen scenario, identifying the holding state of the mobile terminal, and then controlling the mobile terminal according to the holding state of the mobile terminal. For example, the mobile terminal may be the mobile terminal 120 shown in (a) in FIG. 1D , (b) in FIG. 1D or (c) in FIG. 1D . The mobile terminal 120 may be a mobile phone or a tablet computer.
以移动终端是平板电脑120为例。该平板电脑120的上侧边框设置有天线103,该平板电脑120的下侧边框设置有天线104。其中,设置在平板电脑120的上侧边框和下侧边框的天线103和天线104,可以支持平板电脑120在横屏场景下,识别出平板电脑120的FS状态、左单侧握持状态、右单侧握持状态和双侧握持状态等状态。Take the mobile terminal being the tablet computer 120 as an example. The upper side frame of the tablet computer 120 is provided with the antenna 103 , and the lower side frame of the tablet computer 120 is provided with the antenna 104 . Among them, the antenna 103 and the antenna 104 arranged on the upper side frame and the lower side frame of the tablet computer 120 can support the tablet computer 120 to recognize the FS state, the left side holding state, the right side holding state of the tablet computer 120 in the landscape screen scene States such as unilateral holding state and bilateral holding state.
需要说明的是,图1D中的(a)、图1D中的(b)和图1D中的(c)所示中虚线框所示的天线的位置仅为示意性的。上述天线可以设置在平板电脑120的边框上,也可以设置在平板电脑120上靠近边框的位置(如手机100的边框内侧)。本申请实施例对天线在边框的位置不作限制。It should be noted that the positions of the antennas shown in the dotted boxes shown in FIG. 1D (a), FIG. 1D (b), and FIG. 1D (c) are only schematic. The above-mentioned antenna may be arranged on the frame of the tablet computer 120, or may be arranged at a position on the tablet computer 120 close to the frame (eg, inside the frame of the mobile phone 100). This embodiment of the present application does not limit the position of the antenna on the frame.
其中,平板电脑120可以在识别出平板电脑120处于横屏场景时,执行本实施例所述的方法,识别出平板电脑120的FS状态、左单侧握持状态、右单侧握持状态和双侧握持状态等状态。The tablet computer 120 can perform the method described in this embodiment when recognizing that the tablet computer 120 is in a landscape scene, and identify the FS state, the left unilateral holding state, the right unilateral holding state, and the The state of holding both sides and so on.
需要说明的是,平板电脑120可以通过平板电脑120中的一个或多个传感器(如 加速度传感器或陀螺仪传感器等)识别出平板电脑120处于横屏场景。平板电脑120在横屏场景识别平板电脑120的握持状态的方法,可以参考上述实施例中,手机100在竖屏状态下识别手机100的握持状态的方法。It should be noted that, the tablet computer 120 may recognize that the tablet computer 120 is in a landscape screen scene through one or more sensors (such as an acceleration sensor or a gyroscope sensor, etc.) in the tablet computer 120. For the method for the tablet computer 120 to recognize the holding state of the tablet computer 120 in the landscape screen scene, reference may be made to the method for the mobile phone 100 to recognize the holding state of the mobile phone 100 in the vertical screen state in the above-mentioned embodiment.
本申请一些实施例提供了一种移动终端,该移动终端可以包括:显示屏(如触摸屏)、存储器和处理器。该显示屏、存储器和处理器耦合。该存储器用于存储计算机程序代码,该计算机程序代码包括计算机指令。当处理器执行计算机指令时,移动终端可执行上述方法实施例中移动终端执行的各个功能或者步骤。该移动终端的结构可以参考图2所示的移动终端200的结构。Some embodiments of the present application provide a mobile terminal, and the mobile terminal may include: a display screen (eg, a touch screen), a memory, and a processor. The display screen, memory and processor are coupled. The memory is used to store computer program code comprising computer instructions. When the processor executes the computer instructions, the mobile terminal can perform various functions or steps performed by the mobile terminal in the foregoing method embodiments. For the structure of the mobile terminal, reference may be made to the structure of the mobile terminal 200 shown in FIG. 2 .
本申请一些实施例提供了一种移动终端,该移动终端包括边框,如第一侧边框、第二侧边框和第三侧边框。该移动终端还可以包括第一天线和第二天线。Some embodiments of the present application provide a mobile terminal. The mobile terminal includes a frame, such as a first side frame, a second side frame, and a third side frame. The mobile terminal may also include a first antenna and a second antenna.
该第一天线和第二天线分别设置在移动终端相对的第一侧边框和第二侧边框。该第一天线和第二天线的物理尺寸在15mm-100mm之间。该第一天线和第二天线靠近移动终端的第三侧边框的一端与第三侧边框的距离在0mm-20mm之间。The first antenna and the second antenna are respectively disposed on the first side frame and the second side frame opposite to the mobile terminal. The physical size of the first antenna and the second antenna is between 15mm-100mm. The distance between one end of the first antenna and the second antenna close to the third side frame of the mobile terminal and the third side frame is between 0 mm and 20 mm.
在应用场景(1)中,上述第一侧边框是左侧边框,第二侧边框是右侧边框。第一天线设置在移动终端的左侧边框,第二天线设置在移动终端的右侧边框。上述实施例的移动终端相对的两侧边框为该移动终端的上侧边框和移动终端的下侧边框。上述第三侧边框为电子设备的下侧边框。In the application scenario (1), the first side frame is a left frame, and the second side frame is a right frame. The first antenna is arranged on the left side frame of the mobile terminal, and the second antenna is arranged on the right side frame of the mobile terminal. The opposite side frames of the mobile terminal in the above embodiments are the upper frame of the mobile terminal and the lower frame of the mobile terminal. The third side frame is the lower frame of the electronic device.
在应用场景(2)中,第一侧边框是上侧边框,第二侧边框是下侧边框。第一天线设置在移动终端的上侧边框,第二天线设置在移动终端的下侧边框。上述实施例的移动终端相对的两侧边框为移动终端的上侧边框和移动终端的下侧边框。上述第三侧边框为电子设备的左侧边框或者右侧边框。In the application scenario (2), the first side frame is an upper frame, and the second side frame is a lower frame. The first antenna is arranged on the upper side frame of the mobile terminal, and the second antenna is arranged on the lower side frame of the mobile terminal. The opposite side frames of the mobile terminal in the above embodiments are the upper side frame of the mobile terminal and the lower side frame of the mobile terminal. The third side frame is the left frame or the right frame of the electronic device.
具体的,当第一天线在第一工作频率下的第一反射系数与第一天线的第三反射系数之间的第一矢量距离小于第一预设距离门限,且第二天线在第二工作频率下的第二反射系数与第二天线的第四反射系数之间的第二矢量距离小于第二预设距离门限时,移动终端根据第一天线的第一天线状态和第二天线的第二天线状态,控制移动终端。Specifically, when the first vector distance between the first reflection coefficient of the first antenna at the first operating frequency and the third reflection coefficient of the first antenna is less than the first preset distance threshold, and the second antenna is operating at the second When the second vector distance between the second reflection coefficient at the frequency and the fourth reflection coefficient of the second antenna is less than the second preset distance threshold, the mobile terminal determines the Antenna status, control the mobile terminal.
其中,第一反射系数和第二反射系数是用于表征对应信号幅度和相位的矢量,第三反射系数和第四反射系数为预存在移动终端的矢量,其中,第三反射系数是第一天线处于第一天线状态时在第一工作频率下的反射系数,第四反射系数是第二天线处于第二天线状态时在第二工作频率下的反射系数。The first reflection coefficient and the second reflection coefficient are vectors used to characterize the amplitude and phase of the corresponding signals, the third reflection coefficient and the fourth reflection coefficient are vectors pre-existing in the mobile terminal, and the third reflection coefficient is the first antenna The reflection coefficient at the first working frequency when in the first antenna state, and the fourth reflection coefficient is the reflection coefficient at the second working frequency when the second antenna is in the second antenna state.
需要说明的是,第一天线的第一天线状态和第二天线的第二天线状态可以决定移动终端的握持状态,该移动终端的握持状态可用于控制移动终端。本实施例中,移动终端根据天线的状态或者移动终端的握持状态控制移动终端的方法,可以参考上述实施例中的相关方法,这里不再赘述。It should be noted that the first antenna state of the first antenna and the second antenna state of the second antenna may determine the holding state of the mobile terminal, and the holding state of the mobile terminal may be used to control the mobile terminal. In this embodiment, for the method for the mobile terminal to control the mobile terminal according to the state of the antenna or the holding state of the mobile terminal, reference may be made to the related methods in the above-mentioned embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
应用场景(1)中,第一天线的第一天线状态和第二天线的第二天线状态,用于控制竖屏状态下的移动终端。应用场景(2)中,第一天线的第一天线状态和第二天线的第二天线状态,用于控制横屏状态下的移动终端。In the application scenario (1), the first antenna state of the first antenna and the second antenna state of the second antenna are used to control the mobile terminal in the vertical screen state. In the application scenario (2), the first antenna state of the first antenna and the second antenna state of the second antenna are used to control the mobile terminal in the landscape screen state.
示例性的,第一天线的第一天线状态可以包括:第一侧边框未被握持时第一天线的状态(即上述实施例中的第一天线的第一状态),以及第一侧边框被握持时第一天线的状态(即上述实施例中的第一天线的第二状态)。Exemplarily, the first antenna state of the first antenna may include: a state of the first antenna when the first side frame is not held (that is, the first state of the first antenna in the foregoing embodiment), and the first side frame The state of the first antenna when being held (ie, the second state of the first antenna in the above embodiment).
第二天线的第二天线状态可以包括:第二侧边框未被握持时第二天线的状态(即上述实施例中的第二天线的第一状态),以及第二侧边框被握持时第二天线的状态(即上述实施例中的第二天线的第二状态)。The second antenna state of the second antenna may include: a state of the second antenna when the second side frame is not held (ie, the first state of the second antenna in the above embodiment), and a state when the second side frame is held The state of the second antenna (ie, the second state of the second antenna in the above embodiment).
在另一些实施例中,该移动中的还可以包括受话器;其中,该移动终端可以根据第一天线的第一天线状态和第二天线的第二天线状态,结合受话器的状态,控制移动终端。例如,第一天线的第一天线状态和第二天线的第二天线状态,结合受话器的状态,可以用于识别移动终端的握持状态。该移动终端的握持状态可用于控制该移动终端。其中,受话器的状态为开启状态或关闭状态。In other embodiments, the moving device may further include a receiver; wherein, the mobile terminal can control the mobile terminal according to the first antenna state of the first antenna and the second antenna state of the second antenna, combined with the state of the receiver. For example, the first antenna state of the first antenna and the second antenna state of the second antenna, combined with the state of the receiver, can be used to identify the holding state of the mobile terminal. The holding state of the mobile terminal can be used to control the mobile terminal. Wherein, the state of the receiver is an open state or a closed state.
其中,天线的状态结合受话器的状态可用于确定移动终端的握持状态。本实施例中,移动终端根据天线的状态结合受话器的状态,或者根据移动终端的握持状态控制移动终端的方法,可以参考上述实施例中的相关方法,这里不再赘述。The state of the antenna combined with the state of the receiver can be used to determine the holding state of the mobile terminal. In this embodiment, for the method for the mobile terminal to control the mobile terminal according to the state of the antenna combined with the state of the receiver, or to control the mobile terminal according to the holding state of the mobile terminal, reference may be made to the related methods in the above embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
在另一些实施例中,该移动终端还包括第三天线,第三天线设置在移动终端的背面。其中,当第三天线在第三工作频率下的第五反射系数与第三天线的第六反射系数之间的第三矢量距离小于第三预设距离门限时,移动终端根据第一天线的第一天线状态、第二天线的第二天线状态和第三天线的第三天线状态,控制移动终端。例如,第一天线的第一天线状态、第二天线的第二天线状态和第三天线的第三天线状态,可以用于识别移动终端的握持状态。该移动终端的握持状态可用于控制该移动终端。In other embodiments, the mobile terminal further includes a third antenna, and the third antenna is disposed on the back of the mobile terminal. Wherein, when the third vector distance between the fifth reflection coefficient of the third antenna at the third working frequency and the sixth reflection coefficient of the third antenna is less than the third preset distance threshold, the mobile terminal according to the first antenna An antenna state, a second antenna state of the second antenna, and a third antenna state of the third antenna control the mobile terminal. For example, the first antenna state of the first antenna, the second antenna state of the second antenna, and the third antenna state of the third antenna may be used to identify the holding state of the mobile terminal. The holding state of the mobile terminal can be used to control the mobile terminal.
示例性的,第三天线靠近移动终端的第三侧边框的一端与第三侧边框的距离在0毫米-20毫米之间。上述第三天线是贴片天线。该第三天线的物理尺寸是M×N,M在10毫米-30毫米之间取值,N在10毫米-30毫米之间取值。Exemplarily, the distance between one end of the third antenna close to the third side frame of the mobile terminal and the third side frame is between 0 mm and 20 mm. The above-mentioned third antenna is a patch antenna. The physical size of the third antenna is M×N, where M ranges from 10 mm to 30 mm, and N ranges from 10 mm to 30 mm.
其中,第五反射系数是用于表征对应信号幅度和相位的矢量。第六反射系数为预存在移动终端的矢量,第六反射系数是第三天线处于第三天线状态时在第三工作频率下的反射系数。The fifth reflection coefficient is a vector used to characterize the amplitude and phase of the corresponding signal. The sixth reflection coefficient is a vector pre-existing in the mobile terminal, and the sixth reflection coefficient is the reflection coefficient at the third working frequency when the third antenna is in the third antenna state.
示例性的,上述第三天线状态包括:移动终端的背面未被握持时第三天线的状态(即上述实施例中的第三天线的第一状态),以及移动终端的背面被握持时第三天线的状态(即上述实施例中的第三天线的第二状态)。Exemplarily, the above third antenna state includes: a state of the third antenna when the back of the mobile terminal is not held (that is, the first state of the third antenna in the above embodiment), and when the back of the mobile terminal is held The state of the third antenna (ie, the second state of the third antenna in the above embodiment).
其中,第一天线、第二天线和第三天线的状态可用于确定移动终端的握持状态。本实施例中,移动终端根据天线的状态或者移动终端的握持状态控制移动终端的方法,可以参考上述实施例中的相关方法,这里不再赘述。The states of the first antenna, the second antenna and the third antenna may be used to determine the holding state of the mobile terminal. In this embodiment, for the method for the mobile terminal to control the mobile terminal according to the state of the antenna or the holding state of the mobile terminal, reference may be made to the related methods in the above-mentioned embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
本申请实施例还提供一种芯片系统,该芯片系统可以应用于包括存储器的移动终端。该移动终端相对的两侧边框中分别设置有第一天线和第二天线。The embodiment of the present application further provides a chip system, and the chip system can be applied to a mobile terminal including a memory. A first antenna and a second antenna are respectively provided in the frame on opposite sides of the mobile terminal.
如图20所示,芯片系统2000包括至少一个处理器2001和至少一个接口电路2002。处理器2001和接口电路2002可通过线路互联。例如,接口电路2002可用于从其它装置(例如移动终端的存储器)接收信号。又例如,接口电路2002可用于向其它装置(例如处理器2001或者移动终端的触摸屏)发送信号。示例性的,接口电路2002可读取存储器中存储的指令,并将该指令发送给处理器2001。当所述指令被处理器2001执行时,可使得移动终端执行上述实施例中的各个步骤。当然,该芯片系统还可以包含其他分立器件,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。As shown in FIG. 20 , the chip system 2000 includes at least one processor 2001 and at least one interface circuit 2002 . The processor 2001 and the interface circuit 2002 may be interconnected by wires. For example, the interface circuit 2002 may be used to receive signals from other devices, such as a memory of a mobile terminal. For another example, the interface circuit 2002 may be used to send signals to other devices (eg, the processor 2001 or the touch screen of the mobile terminal). Exemplarily, the interface circuit 2002 can read the instructions stored in the memory and send the instructions to the processor 2001 . When the instructions are executed by the processor 2001, the mobile terminal can be caused to execute each step in the above embodiment. Certainly, the chip system may also include other discrete devices, which are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机存储介质,该计算机存储介质包括计算机指令, 当所述计算机指令在上述移动终端上运行时,使得该移动终端执行上述方法实施例中移动终端执行的各个功能或者步骤。Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer storage medium, where the computer storage medium includes computer instructions, and when the computer instructions are executed on the above-mentioned mobile terminal, the mobile terminal is made to perform each function or step performed by the mobile terminal in the above-mentioned method embodiments .
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品,当所述计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行上述方法实施例中移动终端执行的各个功能或者步骤。该计算机可以是上述移动终端。Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer program product, which, when the computer program product runs on a computer, enables the computer to perform each function or step performed by the mobile terminal in the above method embodiments. The computer may be the above-mentioned mobile terminal.
通过以上实施方式的描述,所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,仅以上述各功能模块的划分进行举例说明,实际应用中,可以根据需要而将上述功能分配由不同的功能模块完成,即将装置的内部结构划分成不同的功能模块,以完成以上描述的全部或者部分功能。From the description of the above embodiments, those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and brevity of the description, only the division of the above functional modules is used as an example for illustration. In practical applications, the above functions can be allocated by Different functional modules are completed, that is, the internal structure of the device is divided into different functional modules, so as to complete all or part of the functions described above.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述模块或单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个装置,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed apparatus and method may be implemented in other manners. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the modules or units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components may be Incorporation may either be integrated into another device, or some features may be omitted, or not implemented. On the other hand, the shown or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是一个物理单元或多个物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个不同地方。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and components shown as units may be one physical unit or multiple physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple different places . Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution in this embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above-mentioned integrated units may be implemented in the form of hardware, or may be implemented in the form of software functional units.
所述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请实施例的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一个设备(可以是单片机,芯片等)或处理器(processor)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read only memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it may be stored in a readable storage medium. Based on such understanding, the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be embodied in the form of software products in essence, or the parts that contribute to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solutions, which are stored in a storage medium , including several instructions to make a device (may be a single chip microcomputer, a chip, etc.) or a processor (processor) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read only memory (ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes.
以上内容,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何在本申请揭露的技术范围内的变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above contents are only specific embodiments of the present application, but the protection scope of the present application is not limited thereto, and any changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the present application should be covered within the protection scope of the present application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application shall be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (29)

  1. 一种移动终端的控制方法,其特征在于,应用于移动终端,所述移动终端相对的两侧边框中分别设置有第一天线和第二天线,所述方法包括:A control method for a mobile terminal, characterized in that, when applied to a mobile terminal, a first antenna and a second antenna are respectively set in the frame on opposite sides of the mobile terminal, and the method includes:
    所述移动终端获取所述第一天线在第一工作频率下的第一反射系数和所述第二天线在第二工作频率下的第二反射系数;其中,所述第一反射系数和所述第二反射系数是用于表征对应信号幅度和相位的矢量;obtaining, by the mobile terminal, a first reflection coefficient of the first antenna at a first working frequency and a second reflection coefficient of the second antenna at a second working frequency; wherein the first reflection coefficient and the The second reflection coefficient is a vector used to characterize the amplitude and phase of the corresponding signal;
    所述移动终端计算所述第一反射系数分别与所述第一天线的多个第三反射系数的矢量距离,并计算所述第二反射系数分别与所述第二天线的多个第四反射系数的矢量距离;其中,所述多个第三反射系数包括所述第一天线处于不同状态时所述第一天线在所述第一工作频率下的反射系数,所述多个第四反射系数包括所述第二天线处于不同状态时所述第二天线在所述第二工作频率下的反射系数;The mobile terminal calculates vector distances between the first reflection coefficient and a plurality of third reflection coefficients of the first antenna, respectively, and calculates the second reflection coefficient and a plurality of fourth reflections of the second antenna, respectively The vector distance of the coefficients; wherein the plurality of third reflection coefficients include the reflection coefficients of the first antenna at the first operating frequency when the first antenna is in different states, and the plurality of fourth reflection coefficients Including the reflection coefficient of the second antenna at the second operating frequency when the second antenna is in different states;
    所述移动终端将计算得到的每个矢量距离分别与预设距离门限对比得到对比结果,根据所述对比结果控制所述移动终端;其中,所述对比结果用于指示所述移动终端的握持状态。The mobile terminal compares each calculated vector distance with a preset distance threshold to obtain a comparison result, and controls the mobile terminal according to the comparison result; wherein, the comparison result is used to indicate the holding of the mobile terminal condition.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一天线设置在所述移动终端的左侧边框,所述第二天线设置在所述移动终端的右侧边框,所述移动终端相对的两侧边框为所述移动终端的左侧边框和所述移动终端的右侧边框;The method according to claim 1, wherein the first antenna is arranged on the left side frame of the mobile terminal, the second antenna is arranged on the right side frame of the mobile terminal, and the mobile terminal is opposite to The two side borders of the mobile terminal are the left border of the mobile terminal and the right border of the mobile terminal;
    其中,所述对比结果用于指示所述移动终端在竖屏状态下的握持状态。Wherein, the comparison result is used to indicate the holding state of the mobile terminal in the vertical screen state.
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一天线设置在所述移动终端的上侧边框,所述第二天线设置在所述移动终端的下侧边框,所述移动终端相对的两侧边框为所述移动终端的上侧边框和所述移动终端的下侧边框;The method according to claim 1, wherein the first antenna is arranged on an upper side frame of the mobile terminal, the second antenna is arranged on a lower side frame of the mobile terminal, and the mobile terminal is opposite to The two side frames are the upper side frame of the mobile terminal and the lower side frame of the mobile terminal;
    其中,所述对比结果用于指示所述移动终端在横屏状态下的握持状态。Wherein, the comparison result is used to indicate the holding state of the mobile terminal in the horizontal screen state.
  4. 根据权利要求1-3中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述多个第三反射系数包括:所述第一天线处于第一状态时,所述第一天线在所述第一工作频率下的反射系数;以及所述第一天线处于第二状态时,所述第一天线在所述第一工作频率下的反射系数;The method according to any one of claims 1-3, wherein the plurality of third reflection coefficients comprises: when the first antenna is in a first state, the first antenna is in the first the reflection coefficient at the working frequency; and the reflection coefficient of the first antenna at the first working frequency when the first antenna is in the second state;
    所述多个第四反射系数包括:所述第二天线处于所述第一状态时,所述第二天线在所述第二工作频率下的反射系数;以及所述第二天线处于所述第二状态时,所述第二天线在所述第二工作频率下的反射系数;The plurality of fourth reflection coefficients include: reflection coefficients of the second antenna at the second operating frequency when the second antenna is in the first state; and the second antenna is in the first state. In two states, the reflection coefficient of the second antenna at the second operating frequency;
    其中,所述第一状态是对应天线所在的侧边框未被握持时,所述对应天线的状态;所述第二状态是所述对应天线所在的侧边框被握持时,所述对应天线的状态。The first state is the state of the corresponding antenna when the side frame where the corresponding antenna is located is not held; the second state is the state of the corresponding antenna when the side frame where the corresponding antenna is located is held status.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述移动终端将计算得到的每个矢量距离分别与预设距离门限对比得到对比结果,包括:The method according to claim 4, wherein the mobile terminal compares each calculated vector distance with a preset distance threshold to obtain a comparison result, comprising:
    若所述第一反射系数与所述第一天线处于所述第二状态时的第三反射系数的矢量距离小于预设距离阈值,且所述第二反射系数与所述第二天线处于所述第二状态时的第四反射系数的矢量距离小于所述预设距离阈值,则所述对比结果指示所述移动终端处于双侧握持状态;其中,所述双侧握持状态为所述移动终端相对的两侧边框均被握持的状态。If the vector distance between the first reflection coefficient and the third reflection coefficient when the first antenna is in the second state is less than a preset distance threshold, and the second reflection coefficient and the second antenna are in the second state When the vector distance of the fourth reflection coefficient in the second state is less than the preset distance threshold, the comparison result indicates that the mobile terminal is in a bilateral holding state; wherein the bilateral holding state is the moving The state in which the borders on the opposite sides of the terminal are both held.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述移动终端还包括受话器;在所 述对比结果指示所述移动终端处于双侧握持状态之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 5, wherein the mobile terminal further comprises a receiver; after the comparison result indicates that the mobile terminal is in a bilateral holding state, the method further comprises:
    判断所述受话器是否处于开启状态;Determine whether the receiver is in an open state;
    若所述受话器处于所述开启状态,则所述移动终端处于头手模场景;或者,If the receiver is in the on state, the mobile terminal is in the head-hand mode scene; or,
    若所述受话器处于关闭状态,则所述移动终端处于手模场景;If the receiver is in a closed state, the mobile terminal is in a hand mode scene;
    其中,所述头手模场景是所述移动终端处于所述双侧握持状态,且进行语音通话的场景;所述手模场景是所述移动终端处于所述双侧握持状态,但未进行语音通话的场景。Wherein, the head-hand model scene is a scene in which the mobile terminal is in the bilateral holding state and a voice call is made; the hand model scene is that the mobile terminal is in the bilateral holding state, but is not The scene of making a voice call.
  7. 根据权利要求4-6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述移动终端将计算得到的每个矢量距离分别与预设距离门限对比得到对比结果,包括:The method according to any one of claims 4-6, wherein the mobile terminal compares each calculated vector distance with a preset distance threshold to obtain a comparison result, including:
    若所述第一反射系数与所述第一天线处于所述第二状态时的第三反射系数的矢量距离小于所述预设距离阈值,且所述第二反射系数与所述第二天线处于所述第一状态时的第四反射系数的矢量距离小于所述预设距离阈值,则所述对比结果指示所述移动终端处于第一单侧握持状态;其中,所述第一单侧握持状态为所述移动终端相对的两侧边框中第一侧边框被用户握持,第二侧边框未被用户握持的状态;If the vector distance between the first reflection coefficient and the third reflection coefficient when the first antenna is in the second state is less than the preset distance threshold, and the second reflection coefficient and the second antenna are in the second state If the vector distance of the fourth reflection coefficient in the first state is less than the preset distance threshold, the comparison result indicates that the mobile terminal is in a first one-sided holding state; wherein the first one-sided holding state The holding state is a state in which the first side frame is held by the user and the second side frame is not held by the user among the opposite side frames of the mobile terminal;
    其中,所述第一侧边框是所述移动终端的左侧边框,所述第二侧边框是所述移动终端的右侧边框;或者,所述第一侧边框是所述移动终端的上侧边框,所述第二侧边框是所述移动终端的下侧边框。Wherein, the first side frame is the left frame of the mobile terminal, and the second side frame is the right frame of the mobile terminal; or, the first side frame is the upper side of the mobile terminal a frame, and the second side frame is a lower frame of the mobile terminal.
  8. 根据权利要求4-6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述移动终端还包括第三天线,所述第三天线设置在所述移动终端的背面;The method according to any one of claims 4-6, wherein the mobile terminal further comprises a third antenna, and the third antenna is disposed on the back of the mobile terminal;
    其中,所述移动终端将计算得到的每个矢量距离分别与预设距离门限对比得到对比结果,包括:Wherein, the mobile terminal compares each calculated vector distance with a preset distance threshold to obtain a comparison result, including:
    若所述第一反射系数与所述第一天线处于所述第二状态时的第三反射系数的矢量距离小于所述预设距离阈值,且所述第二反射系数与所述第二天线处于所述第一状态时的第四反射系数的矢量距离小于所述预设距离阈值,则所述移动终端检测所述第三天线在第三工作频率的第五反射系数;If the vector distance between the first reflection coefficient and the third reflection coefficient when the first antenna is in the second state is less than the preset distance threshold, and the second reflection coefficient and the second antenna are in the second state If the vector distance of the fourth reflection coefficient in the first state is less than the preset distance threshold, the mobile terminal detects the fifth reflection coefficient of the third antenna at the third working frequency;
    所述移动终端计算所述第五反射系数与第六反射系数的矢量距离;其中,所述第六反射系数是所述移动终端处于自由空间FS状态时,所述第三天线在所述第三工作频率下的反射系数;The mobile terminal calculates the vector distance between the fifth reflection coefficient and the sixth reflection coefficient; wherein, the sixth reflection coefficient is when the mobile terminal is in the free space FS state, the third antenna is in the third reflection coefficient at operating frequency;
    若所述第五反射系数与所述第六反射系数的矢量距离大于或等于所述预设距离门限,则所述对比结果指示所述移动终端处于第一单侧握持状态;其中,所述第一单侧握持状态为所述移动终端相对的两侧边框中第一侧边框被用户握持,第二侧边框未被用户握持的状态;或者,If the vector distance between the fifth reflection coefficient and the sixth reflection coefficient is greater than or equal to the preset distance threshold, the comparison result indicates that the mobile terminal is in a first one-sided holding state; wherein the The first one-side holding state is a state in which the first side frame is held by the user and the second side frame is not held by the user among the opposite side frames of the mobile terminal; or,
    若所述第五反射系数与所述第六反射系数的矢量距离小于所述预设距离门限,则所述对比结果指示所述移动终端处于第一电磁波辐射比值SAR测试状态;其中,所述第一SAR测试状态为所述第一侧边框与人体测试模型相距0毫米的状态;If the vector distance between the fifth reflection coefficient and the sixth reflection coefficient is less than the preset distance threshold, the comparison result indicates that the mobile terminal is in the first electromagnetic wave radiation ratio SAR test state; A SAR test state is a state where the distance between the first side frame and the human body test model is 0 mm;
    其中,所述第一侧边框是所述移动终端的左侧边框,所述第二侧边框是所述移动终端的右侧边框;或者,所述第一侧边框是所述移动终端的上侧边框,所述第二侧边框是所述移动终端的下侧边框。Wherein, the first side frame is the left frame of the mobile terminal, and the second side frame is the right frame of the mobile terminal; or, the first side frame is the upper side of the mobile terminal a frame, and the second side frame is a lower frame of the mobile terminal.
  9. 根据权利要求4-6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述移动终端将计算得 到的每个矢量距离分别与预设距离门限对比得到对比结果,包括:The method according to any one of claims 4-6, it is characterized in that, described mobile terminal obtains contrast result by each vector distance that calculates obtains with preset distance threshold contrast respectively, comprises:
    若所述第一反射系数与所述第一天线处于所述第二状态时的第三反射系数的矢量距离小于所述预设距离阈值,且所述第二反射系数与所述第二天线处于所述第一状态时的第四反射系数的矢量距离小于所述预设距离阈值,则所述移动终端判断所述第一反射系数或者所述第二反射系数在预设时长内的变化是否大于预设变化阈值;If the vector distance between the first reflection coefficient and the third reflection coefficient when the first antenna is in the second state is less than the preset distance threshold, and the second reflection coefficient and the second antenna are in the second state When the vector distance of the fourth reflection coefficient in the first state is less than the preset distance threshold, the mobile terminal determines whether the change of the first reflection coefficient or the second reflection coefficient within a preset time period is greater than Preset change threshold;
    若所述第一反射系数或者所述第二反射系数在所述预设时长内的变化大于预设变化阈值,则所述对比结果指示所述移动终端处于第一单侧握持状态;其中,所述第一单侧握持状态为所述移动终端相对的两侧边框中第一侧边框被用户握持,第二侧边框未被用户握持的状态;或者,If the change of the first reflection coefficient or the second reflection coefficient within the preset time period is greater than a preset change threshold, the comparison result indicates that the mobile terminal is in a first one-sided holding state; wherein, The first one-side holding state is a state in which the first side frame is held by the user and the second side frame is not held by the user among the opposite side frames of the mobile terminal; or,
    若所述第一反射系数和所述第二反射系数在所述预设时长内的变化均小于或等于预设变化阈值,则所述对比结果指示所述移动终端处于第一SAR测试状态;其中,所述第一SAR测试状态为所述第一侧边框与人体测试模型相距0毫米的状态;If the changes of the first reflection coefficient and the second reflection coefficient within the preset time period are both less than or equal to a preset change threshold, the comparison result indicates that the mobile terminal is in the first SAR test state; wherein , the first SAR test state is the state in which the first side frame is 0 mm away from the human body test model;
    其中,所述第一侧边框是所述移动终端的左侧边框,所述第二侧边框是所述移动终端的右侧边框;或者,所述第一侧边框是所述移动终端的上侧边框,所述第二侧边框是所述移动终端的下侧边框。Wherein, the first side frame is the left frame of the mobile terminal, and the second side frame is the right frame of the mobile terminal; or, the first side frame is the upper side of the mobile terminal a frame, and the second side frame is a lower frame of the mobile terminal.
  10. 根据权利要求4-9中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述移动终端将计算得到的每个矢量距离分别与预设距离门限对比得到对比结果,包括:The method according to any one of claims 4-9, wherein the mobile terminal compares each calculated vector distance with a preset distance threshold to obtain a comparison result, including:
    若所述第一反射系数与所述第一天线处于所述第一状态时的第三反射系数的矢量距离小于所述预设距离阈值,且所述第二反射系数与所述第二天线处于所述第二状态时的第四反射系数的矢量距离小于所述预设距离阈值,则所述对比结果指示所述移动终端处于第二单侧握持状态;其中,所述第二单侧握持状态为所述移动终端相对的两侧边框中第二侧边框被用户握持,第一侧边框未被用户握持的状态;If the vector distance between the first reflection coefficient and the third reflection coefficient when the first antenna is in the first state is less than the preset distance threshold, and the second reflection coefficient and the second antenna are in the first state If the vector distance of the fourth reflection coefficient in the second state is less than the preset distance threshold, the comparison result indicates that the mobile terminal is in a second one-sided holding state; wherein the second one-sided holding state The holding state is a state in which the second side frame of the opposite side frames of the mobile terminal is held by the user, and the first side frame is not held by the user;
    其中,所述第一侧边框是所述移动终端的左侧边框,所述第二侧边框是所述移动终端的右侧边框;或者,所述第一侧边框是所述移动终端的上侧边框,所述第二侧边框是所述移动终端的下侧边框。Wherein, the first side frame is the left frame of the mobile terminal, and the second side frame is the right frame of the mobile terminal; or, the first side frame is the upper side of the mobile terminal a frame, and the second side frame is a lower frame of the mobile terminal.
  11. 根据权利要求4-10中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述移动终端将计算得到的每个矢量距离分别与预设距离门限对比得到对比结果,包括:The method according to any one of claims 4-10, wherein the mobile terminal compares each calculated vector distance with a preset distance threshold to obtain a comparison result, including:
    若所述第一反射系数与所述第一天线处于所述第一状态时的第三反射系数的矢量距离小于所述预设距离阈值,且所述第二反射系数与所述第二天线处于所述第一状态时的第四反射系数的矢量距离小于所述预设距离阈值,则所述对比结果指示所述移动终端处于FS状态。If the vector distance between the first reflection coefficient and the third reflection coefficient when the first antenna is in the first state is less than the preset distance threshold, and the second reflection coefficient and the second antenna are in the first state If the vector distance of the fourth reflection coefficient in the first state is less than the preset distance threshold, the comparison result indicates that the mobile terminal is in the FS state.
  12. 根据权利要求4-10中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述移动终端将计算得到的每个矢量距离分别与预设距离门限对比得到对比结果,包括:The method according to any one of claims 4-10, wherein the mobile terminal compares each calculated vector distance with a preset distance threshold to obtain a comparison result, including:
    若所述第一反射系数与所述第一天线处于所述第一状态时的第三反射系数的矢量距离小于所述预设距离阈值,且所述第二反射系数与所述第二天线处于所述第一状态时的第四反射系数的矢量距离小于所述预设距离阈值,则所述移动终端判断所述移动终端的受话器是否处于开启状态;If the vector distance between the first reflection coefficient and the third reflection coefficient when the first antenna is in the first state is less than the preset distance threshold, and the second reflection coefficient and the second antenna are in the first state If the vector distance of the fourth reflection coefficient in the first state is less than the preset distance threshold, the mobile terminal determines whether the receiver of the mobile terminal is in an open state;
    若所述受话器处于所述开启状态,则所述对比结果指示所述移动终端处于头模状态;其中,所述头模状态是所述移动终端未被用户握持,且进行语音通话的状态;或 者,If the receiver is in the open state, the comparison result indicates that the mobile terminal is in a head model state; wherein, the head model state is a state in which the mobile terminal is not held by the user and is making a voice call; or,
    若所述受话器处于关闭状态,则所述对比结果指示所述移动终端处于所述FS状态。If the receiver is in the off state, the comparison result indicates that the mobile terminal is in the FS state.
  13. 根据权利要求4-10中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述移动终端包括SAR传感器,所述SAR传感器用于采集所述移动终端与其他物体之间的距离;The method according to any one of claims 4-10, wherein the mobile terminal includes a SAR sensor, and the SAR sensor is used to collect distances between the mobile terminal and other objects;
    所述移动终端将计算得到的每个矢量距离分别与预设距离门限对比得到对比结果,包括:The mobile terminal compares each calculated vector distance with a preset distance threshold to obtain a comparison result, including:
    若所述第一反射系数与所述第一天线处于所述第一状态时的第三反射系数的矢量距离小于所述预设距离阈值,且所述第二反射系数与所述第二天线处于所述第一状态时的第四反射系数的矢量距离小于所述预设距离阈值,则所述移动终端通过所述SAR传感器采集所述移动终端与其他物体之间的距离;If the vector distance between the first reflection coefficient and the third reflection coefficient when the first antenna is in the first state is less than the preset distance threshold, and the second reflection coefficient and the second antenna are in the first state If the vector distance of the fourth reflection coefficient in the first state is less than the preset distance threshold, the mobile terminal collects the distance between the mobile terminal and other objects through the SAR sensor;
    若所述SAR传感器采集的距离小于预设值,则所述对比结果指示所述移动终端处于第二SAR测试状态;其中,所述第二SAR测试状态包括所述移动终端与人体测试模型相距5mm的状态;或者,If the distance collected by the SAR sensor is less than a preset value, the comparison result indicates that the mobile terminal is in a second SAR test state; wherein the second SAR test state includes a distance of 5 mm between the mobile terminal and the human body test model status; or,
    若所述SAR传感器采集的距离大于或等于所述预设值,则所述对比结果指示所述移动终端处于所述FS状态或者头模状态;其中,所述头模状态是所述移动终端未被用户握持,且进行语音通话的状态。If the distance collected by the SAR sensor is greater than or equal to the preset value, the comparison result indicates that the mobile terminal is in the FS state or the head model state; wherein the head model state is that the mobile terminal is not in the FS state or the head model state. The state that is held by the user and is making a voice call.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述移动终端还包括受话器;其中,所述若所述SAR传感器采集的距离大于或等于所述预设值,则所述对比结果指示所述移动终端处于所述FS状态或者头模状态,包括:The method according to claim 13, wherein the mobile terminal further comprises a receiver; wherein, if the distance collected by the SAR sensor is greater than or equal to the preset value, the comparison result indicates the The mobile terminal is in the FS state or the head model state, including:
    若所述SAR传感器采集的距离大于或等于所述预设值,则所述移动终端判断所述移动终端的受话器是否处于开启状态;If the distance collected by the SAR sensor is greater than or equal to the preset value, the mobile terminal determines whether the receiver of the mobile terminal is in an open state;
    若所述受话器处于所述开启状态,则所述对比结果指示所述移动终端处于所述头模状态;或者,If the receiver is in the open state, the comparison result indicates that the mobile terminal is in the head mold state; or,
    若所述受话器处于关闭状态,则所述对比结果指示所述移动终端处于所述FS状态。If the receiver is in the off state, the comparison result indicates that the mobile terminal is in the FS state.
  15. 根据权利要求1-14中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述对比结果控制所述移动终端,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-14, wherein the controlling the mobile terminal according to the comparison result comprises:
    所述移动终端根据所述对比结果调整所述移动终端的上行功率;或者,The mobile terminal adjusts the uplink power of the mobile terminal according to the comparison result; or,
    所述移动终端根据所述对比结果切换使用所述移动终端的天线,所述移动终端的天线包括所述第一天线和所述第二天线。The mobile terminal switches to use the antenna of the mobile terminal according to the comparison result, where the antenna of the mobile terminal includes the first antenna and the second antenna.
  16. 根据权利要求1-15中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述移动终端中预先保存有所述多个第三反射系数和所述多个第四反射系数。The method according to any one of claims 1-15, wherein the plurality of third reflection coefficients and the plurality of fourth reflection coefficients are pre-stored in the mobile terminal.
  17. 根据权利要求1-15中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述移动终端计算所述第一反射系数分别与所述第一天线的多个第三反射系数的矢量距离,并计算所述第二反射系数分别与所述第二天线的多个第四反射系数的矢量距离之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-15, wherein the vector distances between the first reflection coefficient and a plurality of third reflection coefficients of the first antenna are calculated at the mobile terminal, and Before calculating the vector distances between the second reflection coefficients and a plurality of fourth reflection coefficients of the second antenna, the method further includes:
    所述移动终端显示引导界面,所述引导界面用于引导用于以预设的握持方式握持所述移动终端;其中,所述预设的握持方式包括:双侧握持的方式、第一单侧握持的方式和第二单侧握持的方式;The mobile terminal displays a guide interface, and the guide interface is used to guide users to hold the mobile terminal in a preset holding manner; wherein the preset holding manner includes: a bilateral holding manner, The first unilateral holding method and the second unilateral holding method;
    所述移动终端采集用户以所述预设的握持方式握持所述移动终端时,所述第一天 线的反射系数和所述第二天线的反射系数,得到并保存所述多个第三反射系数和所述多个第四反射系数;The mobile terminal collects the reflection coefficient of the first antenna and the reflection coefficient of the second antenna when the user holds the mobile terminal in the preset holding manner, and obtains and saves the plurality of third antennas. a reflection coefficient and the plurality of fourth reflection coefficients;
    其中,在所述双侧握持的方式下,所述移动终端相对的两侧边框被用户握持;在所述第一单侧握持的方式下,所述移动终端相对的两侧边框中第一侧边框被用户握持,第二侧边框未被用户握持;在所述第二单侧握持的方式下,所述第二侧边框被用户握持,所述第一侧边框未被用户握持;所述第一侧边框是所述移动终端的左侧边框,所述第二侧边框是所述移动终端的右侧边框;或者,所述第一侧边框是所述移动终端的上侧边框,所述第二侧边框是所述移动终端的下侧边框。Wherein, in the two-sided holding mode, the two side frames opposite to the mobile terminal are held by the user; in the first one-side holding mode, the two opposite side frames of the mobile terminal are held by the user. The first side frame is held by the user, and the second side frame is not held by the user; in the second one-sided holding mode, the second side frame is held by the user, and the first side frame is not held by the user. is held by the user; the first side frame is the left frame of the mobile terminal, and the second side frame is the right frame of the mobile terminal; or the first side frame is the mobile terminal The upper side frame of the mobile terminal, the second side frame is the lower side frame of the mobile terminal.
  18. 一种移动终端,其特征在于,所述移动终端相对的两侧边框中分别设置有第一天线和第二天线;所述移动终端还包括显示屏、存储器和处理器,所述显示屏、所述存储器与所述处理器耦合;其中,所述存储器用于存储计算机程序代码,所述计算机程序代码包括计算机指令;当所述计算机指令被所述处理器执行时,使得所述移动终端执行如权利要求1-17中任一项所述的方法。A mobile terminal, characterized in that, a first antenna and a second antenna are respectively set in the frame on opposite sides of the mobile terminal; the mobile terminal further comprises a display screen, a memory and a processor, the display screen, all the The memory is coupled to the processor; wherein, the memory is used to store computer program codes, and the computer program codes include computer instructions; when the computer instructions are executed by the processor, the mobile terminal is made to execute the The method of any of claims 1-17.
  19. 一种移动终端,其特征在于,所述移动终端包括边框、第一天线和第二天线,所述第一天线和所述第二天线分别设置在所述移动终端相对的第一侧边框和第二侧边框,所述第一天线和所述第二天线的物理尺寸在15毫米-100毫米之间,所述第一天线和所述第二天线靠近所述移动终端的第三侧边框的一端与所述第三侧边框的距离在0毫米-20毫米之间;其中,A mobile terminal, characterized in that the mobile terminal includes a frame, a first antenna and a second antenna, and the first antenna and the second antenna are respectively arranged on the first side frame and the second side frame opposite to the mobile terminal. Two side frames, the physical dimensions of the first antenna and the second antenna are between 15 mm and 100 mm, and the first antenna and the second antenna are close to one end of the third side frame of the mobile terminal The distance from the third side frame is between 0 mm and 20 mm; wherein,
    当所述第一天线在第一工作频率下的第一反射系数与所述第一天线的第三反射系数之间的第一矢量距离小于第一预设距离门限,且所述第二天线在第二工作频率下的第二反射系数与所述第二天线的第四反射系数之间的第二矢量距离小于第二预设距离门限时,所述移动终端根据所述第一天线的第一天线状态和所述第二天线的第二天线状态,控制所述移动终端;When the first vector distance between the first reflection coefficient of the first antenna at the first operating frequency and the third reflection coefficient of the first antenna is less than the first preset distance threshold, and the second antenna is at When the second vector distance between the second reflection coefficient at the second working frequency and the fourth reflection coefficient of the second antenna is less than the second preset distance threshold, the mobile terminal according to the first an antenna state and a second antenna state of the second antenna to control the mobile terminal;
    其中,所述第一反射系数和所述第二反射系数是用于表征对应信号幅度和相位的矢量,所述第三反射系数和所述第四反射系数为预存在所述移动终端的矢量,其中,所述第三反射系数是所述第一天线处于所述第一天线状态时在所述第一工作频率下的反射系数,所述第四反射系数是所述第二天线处于所述第二天线状态时在所述第二工作频率下的反射系数。Wherein, the first reflection coefficient and the second reflection coefficient are vectors used to characterize the amplitude and phase of corresponding signals, the third reflection coefficient and the fourth reflection coefficient are vectors pre-existed in the mobile terminal, The third reflection coefficient is the reflection coefficient at the first operating frequency when the first antenna is in the first antenna state, and the fourth reflection coefficient is the second antenna in the first antenna state. The reflection coefficient at the second operating frequency in the two-antenna state.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的移动终端,其特征在于,所述第一侧边框是左侧边框,所述第二侧边框是右侧边框;The mobile terminal according to claim 19, wherein the first side frame is a left frame, and the second side frame is a right frame;
    其中,所述第一天线设置在所述移动终端的左侧边框,所述第二天线设置在所述移动终端的右侧边框;Wherein, the first antenna is arranged on the left side frame of the mobile terminal, and the second antenna is arranged on the right side frame of the mobile terminal;
    所述第三侧边框为所述电子设备的下侧边框;the third side frame is the lower frame of the electronic device;
    且其中,所述移动终端根据所述第一天线的所述第一天线状态和所述第二天线的所述第二天线状态,控制竖屏状态下的所述移动终端。And wherein, the mobile terminal controls the mobile terminal in the vertical screen state according to the first antenna state of the first antenna and the second antenna state of the second antenna.
  21. 根据权利要求19所述的移动终端,其特征在于,所述第一侧边框是上侧边框,所述第二侧边框是下侧边框;The mobile terminal according to claim 19, wherein the first side frame is an upper side frame, and the second side frame is a lower side frame;
    其中,所述第一天线设置在所述移动终端的上侧边框,所述第二天线设置在所述移动终端的下侧边框;Wherein, the first antenna is arranged on the upper side frame of the mobile terminal, and the second antenna is arranged on the lower side frame of the mobile terminal;
    所述第三侧边框为所述电子设备的左侧边框或者右侧边框;The third side frame is the left frame or the right frame of the electronic device;
    且其中,所述移动终端根据所述第一天线的所述第一天线状态和所述第二天线的所述第二天线状态,控制横屏状态下的所述移动终端。And wherein, the mobile terminal controls the mobile terminal in a landscape screen state according to the first antenna state of the first antenna and the second antenna state of the second antenna.
  22. 根据权利要求19-21中任一项所述的移动终端,其特征在于,所述第一天线状态包括:所述第一侧边框未被握持时所述第一天线的状态,以及所述第一侧边框被握持时所述第一天线的状态;The mobile terminal according to any one of claims 19-21, wherein the first antenna state comprises: a state of the first antenna when the first side frame is not held, and the first antenna state the state of the first antenna when the first side frame is held;
    所述第二天线状态包括:所述第二侧边框未被握持时所述第二天线的状态,以及所述第二侧边框被握持时所述第二天线的状态。The second antenna state includes: a state of the second antenna when the second side frame is not held, and a state of the second antenna when the second side frame is held.
  23. 根据权利要求19-22中任一项所述的移动终端,其特征在于,所述移动终端还包括受话器;其中,The mobile terminal according to any one of claims 19-22, wherein the mobile terminal further comprises a receiver; wherein,
    所述移动终端根据所述第一天线的第一天线状态和所述第二天线的第二天线状态,结合所述受话器的状态,控制所述移动终端;The mobile terminal controls the mobile terminal according to the first antenna state of the first antenna and the second antenna state of the second antenna in combination with the state of the receiver;
    其中,所述受话器的状态为开启状态或关闭状态。Wherein, the state of the receiver is an open state or a closed state.
  24. 根据权利要求19-23中任一项所述的移动终端,其特征在于,所述移动终端还包括第三天线,所述第三天线设置在所述移动终端的背面,且所述第三天线靠近所述移动终端的所述第三侧边框的一端与所述第三侧边框的距离在1毫米-20毫米之间;其中,The mobile terminal according to any one of claims 19-23, wherein the mobile terminal further comprises a third antenna, the third antenna is disposed on the back of the mobile terminal, and the third antenna is The distance between one end of the third side frame close to the mobile terminal and the third side frame is between 1 mm and 20 mm; wherein,
    当所述第三天线在第三工作频率下的第五反射系数与所述第三天线的第六反射系数之间的第三矢量距离小于第三预设距离门限时,所述移动终端根据所述第一天线的第一天线状态、所述第二天线的第二天线状态和所述第三天线的第三天线状态,控制所述移动终端;When the third vector distance between the fifth reflection coefficient of the third antenna at the third working frequency and the sixth reflection coefficient of the third antenna is smaller than the third preset distance threshold, the mobile terminal according to the controlling the mobile terminal by controlling the first antenna state of the first antenna, the second antenna state of the second antenna, and the third antenna state of the third antenna;
    其中,所述第五反射系数是用于表征对应信号幅度和相位的矢量,所述第六反射系数为预存在所述移动终端的矢量,第六反射系数是所述第三天线处于所述第三天线状态时在所述第三工作频率下的反射系数。The fifth reflection coefficient is a vector used to characterize the amplitude and phase of the corresponding signal, the sixth reflection coefficient is a vector pre-existed in the mobile terminal, and the sixth reflection coefficient is when the third antenna is in the first The reflection coefficient at the third operating frequency in the three-antenna state.
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的移动终端,其特征在于,所述第三天线是贴片天线,所述第三天线的物理尺寸是M×N,M在10毫米-30毫米之间取值,N在10毫米-30毫米之间取值。The mobile terminal according to claim 24, wherein the third antenna is a patch antenna, and the physical size of the third antenna is M×N, where M ranges from 10 mm to 30 mm, and N Values between 10mm-30mm.
  26. 根据权利要求24或25所述的移动终端,其特征在于,所述第三天线状态包括:所述移动终端的背面未被握持时所述第三天线的状态,以及所述移动终端的背面被握持时所述第三天线的状态。The mobile terminal according to claim 24 or 25, wherein the third antenna state comprises: a state of the third antenna when the back side of the mobile terminal is not held, and the back side of the mobile terminal The state of the third antenna when held.
  27. 一种芯片系统,其特征在于,所述芯片系统应用于包括存储器的移动终端,所述移动终端相对的两侧边框中分别设置有第一天线和第二天线;所述芯片系统包括一个或多个接口电路和一个或多个处理器;所述接口电路和所述处理器通过线路互联;所述接口电路用于从所述存储器接收信号,并向所述处理器发送所述信号,所述信号包括所述存储器中存储的计算机指令;当所述处理器执行所述计算机指令时,所述移动终端执行如权利要求1-17中任一项所述的方法。A chip system, characterized in that, the chip system is applied to a mobile terminal including a memory, and a first antenna and a second antenna are respectively set in the frame on opposite sides of the mobile terminal; the chip system includes one or more an interface circuit and one or more processors; the interface circuit and the processor are interconnected by lines; the interface circuit is used to receive signals from the memory and send the signals to the processor, the The signals comprise computer instructions stored in the memory; when the processor executes the computer instructions, the mobile terminal performs the method of any one of claims 1-17.
  28. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,包括计算机指令,当所述计算机指令在移动终端上运行时,使得所述移动终端执行如权利要求1-17中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized by comprising computer instructions, which, when executed on a mobile terminal, cause the mobile terminal to execute the method according to any one of claims 1-17.
  29. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,当所述计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时, 使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1-17中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product, characterized in that, when the computer program product is run on a computer, the computer is caused to execute the method according to any one of claims 1-17.
PCT/CN2021/125904 2020-08-28 2021-10-22 Mobile terminal control method, and mobile terminal WO2022042772A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202010888034.4 2020-08-28
CN202010888034.4A CN114125142B (en) 2020-08-28 2020-08-28 Control method of mobile terminal, chip system and storage medium

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022042772A1 true WO2022042772A1 (en) 2022-03-03

Family

ID=80352719

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/125904 WO2022042772A1 (en) 2020-08-28 2021-10-22 Mobile terminal control method, and mobile terminal

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN114125142B (en)
WO (1) WO2022042772A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024041044A1 (en) * 2022-08-23 2024-02-29 荣耀终端有限公司 Control method and apparatus for terminal antenna

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20130267181A1 (en) * 2012-04-09 2013-10-10 Mina Ayatollahi Dynamic Antenna Selection Based on User Hand Position
CN106843487A (en) * 2017-01-24 2017-06-13 维沃移动通信有限公司 The determination method and mobile terminal of a kind of state being held
US20180292525A1 (en) * 2017-04-10 2018-10-11 The Government of the United States of America, as represented by the Secretary of Homeland Securit Measurement system and methods of measuring a reflection coefficient and obtaining error correction
CN108737629A (en) * 2017-04-20 2018-11-02 中兴通讯股份有限公司 A kind of right-hand man's recognition methods and its device, mobile terminal
CN109643843A (en) * 2016-08-18 2019-04-16 三星电子株式会社 Electronic equipment and its gripping recognition methods

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN106899320B (en) * 2017-04-20 2019-10-29 Tcl移动通信科技(宁波)有限公司 A kind of method, system, mobile terminal and storage device reducing SAR value
CN108174024A (en) * 2017-12-20 2018-06-15 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 End equipment power control method, device and terminal device
CN109120786A (en) * 2018-08-20 2019-01-01 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Control method, device and the storage medium of mobile terminal antenna

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20130267181A1 (en) * 2012-04-09 2013-10-10 Mina Ayatollahi Dynamic Antenna Selection Based on User Hand Position
CN109643843A (en) * 2016-08-18 2019-04-16 三星电子株式会社 Electronic equipment and its gripping recognition methods
CN106843487A (en) * 2017-01-24 2017-06-13 维沃移动通信有限公司 The determination method and mobile terminal of a kind of state being held
US20180292525A1 (en) * 2017-04-10 2018-10-11 The Government of the United States of America, as represented by the Secretary of Homeland Securit Measurement system and methods of measuring a reflection coefficient and obtaining error correction
CN108737629A (en) * 2017-04-20 2018-11-02 中兴通讯股份有限公司 A kind of right-hand man's recognition methods and its device, mobile terminal

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024041044A1 (en) * 2022-08-23 2024-02-29 荣耀终端有限公司 Control method and apparatus for terminal antenna

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN114125142B (en) 2023-02-03
CN114125142A (en) 2022-03-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
KR102503683B1 (en) Method for controlling antenna and electronic device thereof
US9392548B2 (en) Method of controlling for transmission power and device therefor
KR102516621B1 (en) Method for controlling antenna and electronic device thereof
CN113498124B (en) SIM card and eSIM card switching method and electronic equipment
WO2021036776A1 (en) Wireless charging method and electronic device
KR20200145829A (en) Electronic devices supporting ENDC and control methods of the electronic devices
CN110401767B (en) Information processing method and apparatus
KR102320172B1 (en) Method of outputing signal using an anttena disposed adjacent to a conductive member of a connector and an electronic device using the same
CN113764888B (en) Antenna combination system and terminal equipment
CN109450477A (en) The signal acceptance method of antenna structure and electronic equipment, device, electronic equipment
CN112969089B (en) HTTP request transmission method and equipment
WO2022042772A1 (en) Mobile terminal control method, and mobile terminal
CN111757451B (en) Method for adjusting Bluetooth output power and terminal equipment
CN113490291B (en) Data downloading method and device and terminal equipment
JP7204902B2 (en) File transfer method and electronic device
WO2019129043A1 (en) Mobile terminal having enhanced wireless communication performance
CN112099741B (en) Display screen position identification method, electronic device and computer readable storage medium
WO2022161036A1 (en) Method and apparatus for selecting antenna, electronic device, and readable storage medium
WO2023272590A1 (en) Terminal capability reporting method and apparatus, and storage medium
WO2021197115A1 (en) Antenna tuning method and apparatus, and electronic device and network device
EP3910734A1 (en) Antenna structure and electronic equipment
US20240048322A1 (en) Data sending method and terminal device
CN112956240A (en) Antenna switching method and device
WO2022089523A1 (en) Data sharing method and related device
WO2020019861A1 (en) Electronic device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21860604

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21860604

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1